= = Hi, MH | i nt i WT A HAN Hi a A a HM Hd ty HT 1TH BUTTERFLY BOOK THE BUTTERFLY Book, COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898, . Pyrameis Cardui, Linn., 4 (The Painted Lady); Sign); 4. Colias Philodice, Godt., 4; 5. 5 1 PLATE I, Frontispiece. SPRING BUTTERFLIES. P. Huntera, Fabr., 4 (Hunter’s Butterfly); 3. Grapta Interrogationis, Fabr., ¢ (The Question Do., 2 (The Clouded Sulphur); 6. Vanessa Antiopa, Linn., 2 (The Mourning Cloak). iie bUPPERPLY BOOK, A POPULAR GUIDE TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA BY Wes OLEAN D | Pan Da Ds Dele Dp: CHANCELLOR OF THE WESTERN UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA; DIRECTOR OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM, PITTSBURGH, PA.; FELLOW OF THE ZOOLOGICAL AND ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETIES OF LONDON} MEMBER OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF FRANCE, ETC., ETC. WITH 48 PLATES IN COLOR-PHOTOGRAPHY, REPRO- DUCTIONS OF BUTTERFLIES IN THE AUTHOR’S COL- LECTION, AND MANY TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS PRESENTING MOST OF THE SPECIES FOUND IN THE UNITED STATES NEW YORK DOUBLEDAY & McCLURE CO. 1898 Tea ikt UiceMepag COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY WS, TO MY GOOD WIFE AND MY TWO BONNY BOYS, THE COMPANIONS OF MY LEISURE HOURS AND MY VACATION RAMBLES, I DEDICATE THIS BOOK, WITHOUT ASKING THEIR PERMISSION PwelenCs T some time or other in the life of every healthy young per- son there appears to be developed what has been styled ‘the collecting mania.” Whether this tendency is due to the natural acquisitiveness of the human race, to an innate apprecia- tion of the beautiful and the curious, or to the development of an instinct such as is possessed by the bower-bird, the magpie, and the crow, which have the curious habit of gathering together and storing away trifles which are bright and attractive to the eye, I leave to students of the mind to decide. The fact is patent that there is no village without its youthful enthusiast whose collection of postage-stamps is dear to his heart, and no town in which there are not amateur geologists, archzologists, botanists, and zodlogists, who are eagerly bent upon the formation of collections of such objects as possess an attraction for them. One of the commonest pursuits of boyhood is the formation of a collection of insects. The career of almost every naturalist of renown has been marked in its early stages by a propensity to collect these lower, yet most interesting and instructive, forms of animal life. Among the insects, because of their beauty, butterflies have always held a foremost place in the regard of the amateur collector. For the lack, however, of suitable in- struction in the art of preserving specimens, and, above all, by reason of the almost entire lack of a convenient and well-illus-. trated manual, enabling the collector to identify, name, and properly classify the collections which he is making, much of the labor expended in this direction in the United States and Canada fails to accomplish more than the furnishing of tem- porary recreation. It is otherwise in Europe. Manuals, compre- hensive in scope, and richly adorned with illustrations of the v Preface leading insect forms of Great Britain and the Continent, have been produced in great numbers in recent years in England, France, and Germany. The result is that the youthful collector enters the field in those countries in the possession of a vast advantage over his less fortunate American fellow. It is to meet this want on this side of the Atlantic that this volume has been written. Its aim is to guide the amateur collector in right paths and to pre- pare him by the intelligent accomplishment of his labors for the enjoyment of still wider and more difficult researches in this and allied fields of human knowledge. The work is confined to the fauna of the continent of North America north of the Rio Grande of Texas. It is essentially popular in its character. Those who seek a more technical treatment must resort to the writings of others. If | shall succeed in this book in creating a more wide-spread interest in the world of insect life and thereby diverting attention in a measure from the persecuted birds, which I love, but which are in many species threatened with extinction by the too eager attentions which they are receiving from young naturalists, who are going forth in increased numbers with shot-gun in hand, I think I shall render a good service to the country. I flatter myself that I have possessed peculiar facilities for the successful accomplishment of the undertaking I have proposed to myself, because of the possession of what is admitted to be un- doubtedly the largest and most perfect collection of the butterflies of North America in existence, containing the types of W. H. Ed- wards, and many of those of other authors. I have also enjoyed. access to all the other great collections of this country and Europe, and have had at my elbow the entire literature relating to the subject. The successful development in recent months of the process of reproducing in colors photographic representations of objects has been to a certain degree the argument for the publication of this book at the present time. A few years ago the preparation of such a work as this at the low price at which it is sold would have been an utter impossibility. ‘‘The Butterflies of North America,” by W. H. Edwards, published in three volumes, is sold at one hundred and fifty dollars, and, as I know, is sold even at this price below the cost of manufacture. ‘‘ The Butterflies of New England,” by Dr. S. H. Scudder, in three volumes, is sold at seventy-five dollars, and likewise represents at this price only vi Preface a partial return to the learned author for the money, labor, and time expended uponit. The present volume, while not pretend- ing to vie in any respect with the magnificence of the illustrations contained in these beautiful and costly works, nevertheless pre- sents in recognizable form almost every species figured in them, and in addition a multitude of others, many of which have never before been delineated. So far as possible I have em- ployed, in making the illustrations, the original types from which the author of the species drew his descriptions. This fact will no doubt add greatly to the value of the work, as it will not only serve as a popular guide, but have utility also for the scientific student. I am under obligations to numerous friends and correspondents who have aided me, and take the present opportunity to extend to them all my hearty thanks for the generous manner in which they have assisted me in my pleasant task. I should fail, how- ever, to follow the instincts of a grateful heart did I not render an especial acknowledgment to Mr. W. H. Edwards, of Coalburg, West Virginia, and Dr. Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Justly esteemed as the two foremost lepidopterists of America, it is my honor to claim them as personal friends, whose kindness has much aided me in this labor of scientific love which ] have undertaken. For the kind permission given me by Dr. Scudder to use various illustrations contained in the ‘‘ Butterflies of New England” and other works, I am profoundly grateful. ] am under obligations to Messrs. Charles Scribner’s Sons for permission to use the cuts numbered 46-49, 51-56, 59, 61, 62, and 73, which are taken from the work entitled ‘‘ Taxidermy and Zo6logical Collecting,” by W. T. Hornaday, and to the authorities of the United States National Museum and the heirs of the late Professor C. V. Riley for other illustrations. Should this book find the favor which I have reason to think it deserves, | shall endeavor shortly to follow it by the preparation of a similar work upon the moths of the United States and Canada. OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR, W. J. H. WESTERN UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, August 16, 1898. vii CHAP, TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION PAGE I]. THe Lire-History AND ANATOMY OF BUTTERFLIES . . 3-25 The Eggs of Butterflies. Caterpillars: Structure, Form, Color, etc.; Moults; Food of Caterpillars; Duration of Larval State; Transformation. The Pupa, or Chrysalis: The Form of Chrysalids; Duration of Pupal Life; The Transformation from the Chrysalis to the Imago. Anatomy of Butterflies: The Head; The Thorax; The Abdomen; The Legs; The Wings; Internal Organs; Polymorphism and Dimorphism; Albi- nism and Melanism; Monstrosities; Mimicry. The Distribution of But- terflies. II. THE Capture, PREPARATION, AND PRESERVATION OF SPECI- Ill. IV. MENS eegeteueeairst eee bhan tein ably nena bere att DOO 77 Collecting Apparatus : Nets; Collecting-Jars; Field-Boxes; The Use of the Net; Baits; Beating. The Breeding of Specimens : How to Get the Eggs of Butterflies; Breeding-Cages; How to Find Caterpillars; Hibernating Caterpillars. The Preservation of Specimens: Papering Specimens; Mounting Butterflies; Relaxing Specimens; The Prepara- tion and Preservation of Butterfly Eggs; The Preservation of Chrysa- lids; The Preservation of Caterpillars. The Preservation and Arrangement of Collections: Boxes; Cabinets and Drawers; Label- ing; Arrangement of Specimens; Insect Pests; Greasy Specimens; Mould; Repairing Specimens; Packing and Forwarding Specimens; Pins; The Forceps. THE CLASSIFICATION OF BUTTERFLIES . . . . ~ 58-08 The Place of Butterflies in the Animal Kingdom; The Principles of Scientific Arrangement; The Species; The Genus; The Family, etc.; Scientific Names; Synonyms; Popular Names. Books aBouT NorTH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. . . 69-74 Early Writers; Later Writers; Periodicals. ix Table of Contents THE BOOK PAGE THE BUTTERFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF Mexico. Family I. Nymphalide, the Brush-footed Butterflies . . 77 Subfamily Eupleine, the Milkweed Butterflies . . . 80 Subfamily /thomiine, the Long-winged Butterflies . . 85 Subfamily Heliconiine, the Heliconians. . . . . . QI Subfamily Nymphaline, the Nymphs . . ie nO3 Subfamily Satyrine, the Satyrs, Meadow- eaTTHTS, and ENCWES 6 BOuctte: og LOW Subfamily Lepore “ihe Snowe butterflies Filet Se, (22226 Family Il. Lemonitide . . Sect ert ton Pei oO Subfamily Exycinine, the Metalemayies Sy Wb. Oh Ooty cn Masi Nek Family lll. Lycanide . . > 3 230 Subfamily Lycenine, the Hair-streaks, the Blues, and the: Coppersui nt mmm coeeee ach oken men time 230 Family IV. Papilionide, the Swallowtails and Allies . . 272 Subfamily Pzerin@, the Whites, the Sulphurs, the Orange-tips . . . 22 Subfamily Papi/ionine, the Parnassians and Swallow tile 304 Family Wenlespeniid ce atherS kip persimce meinem eS Subfamily Pyrrhopygine . . Sree AP ites one gTO) Subfamily Hesperiine, the Hlaspaadls. Shree pa a ech cry eX) Subfamily Pamphiline . . J 96 9G 5, 5)380) Subfamily Megathymine, penus Megathymus spacer hast 1307 DIGRESSIONS AND QUOTATIONS PAGE Immortality (Sigourney) . aes ty Hugo’s ‘‘ Flower to Butterfly ” (Translated en Buses Field) 74 Superstitions (Frank Cowan). ee et OO Luther’s Saddest Experience (Yale Literary Magazine! 1852) 100 Rae aise a Buiieray 5 5 « ¢ 0 6 0 6 0.0 0 5 LBW x Table of Contents PAGE Suspicious Comgluei 2 o 6 6 6 6 6 0 6 8 o o «a o NEO Collecting iim ape 6 0. 67> 6.0 oo 6 6 61g 6 6 ub) Faunal Regions . . SY (sana Cone Inte ceascnLeay MeNRHTION (OY) Widely Distributed Butterflies ive TUS eShiaed ee slugil The Butterflies’ Fad Cane Wheeler * Wileox) GNU bens eM isan teh SO Fossil Insects . . pj!) Lon On) Hear asl oy sp MUONS In the Face of the Call - anes Bikes Maen Uncle Jotham’s Boarder (Annie irae Slosson) Si Rises i EI} Mimicryanaae. SEIS MAIN Oia MA ee ID De Ig The Utility of Entomology Bbc oer A eeu ean erica ne aye) SIZ Cte vee mi BIR WEL a TiNtion ceuinl eastern alcies ‘Men aare hal al eto Instinct. Sian McauiaioimareDiaayehaeen tt tia NTE HD 8G) Red Rain (Frank Cowan) . $6 . 299 For a Design of a Butterfly Resting on a ‘Skull (Mrs. Hemans). . eect ted cheer OE} The Caterpillar and the Ant (Allan Ramsay) Salon wey hea seer SKC) Collections and Collectors. . . Cee aie yey er .37) Ec han eS pamma mn snenrnanisuieule sin tenants sheelieauxel) sts eplestrk o urna xi a i) 99 OA ANHRW bd = _ EIS FOE MEEOSIRATIONS IN| EX . Egg of Basilarchia disippus, magnified . . Ege of Basilarchia disippus, natural size . Egg of Papilio turnus, enlarged . Egg of Anosia plexippus, magnified Egg of Anosia plexippus, natural size . Egg of Anthocharis genutia, magnified Ege of Lycena pseudargiolus, magnified . : Bee of Melitzea phaéton, magnified . . Micropyle of egg of Pieris oleracea, aemiicd . Eggs of Grapta comma, magnified . Eggs of Vanessa antiopa, magnified . Caterpillar of Papilio philenor . . Head of caterpillar of Papilio asterias, aeemitiedl . Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, magnified . . Head of caterpillar of Anosia Bee side view, enlarged . . Caterpillar of Anosia alsxiaaus, aati size . Fore leg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, enlarged . . Anterior segments of caterpillar of A. plexippus . Proleg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, enlarged . Caterpillar of Basilarchia disippus . Early stages of goatweed butterfly . Head of caterpillar of Papilio troilus BO Ce hel Goa . Caterpillar of milkweed butterfly changing into chrysalis . . Chrysalis of avai butterfly . Chrysalis of Papilio philenor : . Caterpillar and chrysalis of Pieris protoriee! . Chrysalis of Pieris oleracea Xill ” > 19) ics] DDavwwaIHRHR HAA BW WwW oO ONIN SI SI ~I List of Illustrations in Text FIG. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37- 38. 39- 40. AI. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57: 58. 59- . Drying-box 5 5 . Apparatus for inflating ERED 3 . Tip of inflating-tube . . Drying-oven . Drying-oven . Detail drawing of ale non . Detail drawing of box Butterfly emerging from chrysalis. Head of milkweed butterfly, showing parts . Cross-section of sucking-tube of butterfly : Longitudinal section of the head of the milkweed butterfly . Interior structure of head of milleweed butterfly . Labial palpus of butterfly Legs of butterfly . : Parts of leg of butterfly Scales on wing of butterfly Androconia from wing of butterfly Outline of wing of butterfly Arrangement of scales on the wing of a pereniy, Figure of wing, showing names of veins Internal anatomy of caterpillar of milkweed butterfly . Internal anatomy of milkweed butterfly Plan for folding net-ring Insect-net ; Plan for making a cheap net Cyanide-jar Paper cover for enaniiile Method of pinching a butterfly Cheap form of breeding-cage . Breeding-cage . Butterfly in envelope : Method of making envelopes . Setting-board . Setting-block . ‘ Butterfly on setting- block ‘ Setting-needle : Setting-board with moth upon it Butterfly pinned on setting-board Drying-box . XIV List of Illustrations in Text FIG PAGE Oya IDeteall cheawnine OOO oo 46) 6 6 6 6 bio vo ZO) 68. Insect-box . . . URDetar ann years FENG 69. Detail drawing of drawer for cabinet mrahe 51 70. Detail drawing for paper bottom of box to take alae OP COBK\6) 9,6 Ve a, 5 71. Manner of arranging secinens. in eine c or box Sty) 72. Naphthaline cone. . . OLAS Span DAN ban PEAR, by 3 73. Butterflies packed for Shigment SA TUCC es Pe Me Lene Unb LN Css FAN ORCEPSaaMim ein nis nes peti ceeoNant Peer ayy ati fara sen abe ae 5G) Fis JOKES 5 a PO NAR IE ee ne a Ea ee ia Maoh Deer RL 76. Antenne of ruierdIbr Mn iaa ett Moat Wht zen a) niall eeu ONT lo, ENMOMMES Ol GROUNS 6 elo Bo ke We ae ey on OF 78. Neuration of genus Anosia. . . si 79. Swarm of milkweed butterflies, photographed at night 83 SOmNeUrationolsenusy Mechanitisy yes sya) Vein isin 00 Sie Newrationvoneenus: Ceratinia yy iNew le OS, SoMNeUrAatloncomoentissDircennagyymeiy lune n ee CD) Ss enoredesronremaleyDircennarklucde eines SM, INGUIN OF LAMWS InIeCOMNWIS 5) ci oo 6 6 es OU 85. Young caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa . . . . . . 94 0, INGUTEIION OF GEMS COEINIS 496 + 4 6 6 6 6 4 Of So INGUBIOM OF EMUS IDIOMS ob 1o 2 16 66 6 0 91) C8) SEL INGURATOM OL AIMUIS IMPOSE 6. 6 6) 6 6 6 6 16 8) Os So), INGLIEIIIOIN OiexinIs ANAS 4 55 6 50 6 6, 6 LOL CO, INGQUIWOIN OF KEMUS IRM |b 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 18S) Ole NeuTravonvof cenusyMelitzale wine enem ero emnysnaty 3S O2maNeurationvomcenuspehyclodestsnio us memiey nee eli O3, NeUOM Of SEMUS IES G6 5 oo co 5 6 a 5 MEY Ol, NGUETOM Ot GEMS SwaCwMes os 6 96 156 oid) 5 EL) OpeaNetirationsof cenussGraptaieien icy meme cite Anieue OS Go, INGUIEHIOD OF eeMUS WAM 5. 6) 6 6 a 5) bo a MOF C7, NEUTAIOM OF GEMUS IAMBWNES 6 65 6 6) 5 15) 6 6 170 Ge. Newton OF GEMS UMOME 6 yoo 4 16 6b Mo 56 Ae GD), NGUIEHICM OF eens ANOEIMHELS 6) oso 6 67 6 60 5 GH roo) Neurationof genus ypanartia 92 95 5 a 75 (Ol, Newetiion Cr emus IWMI 5 big 6 6 9 5 10, LF 1G2, NETTHOM GF ACoUS CyswmMeUM 69 oo 6 0 6 6 6 NYP Os}, INGWKtNON Ci exes Callers Gb) 6 5 6 6 oa a W9S Os, Weurelinorny Gri eros Wee 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 6 le ZL) 105. Neuration of genus Hypolimnas . . . .. . . . I8I XV List of Illustrations in Text FIG. 106. Neuration of genus Basilarchia 107. Leaf cut away at end by the caterpillar of Basilarchia 108. Hibernaculum of caterpillar of Basilarchia . 109. Neuration of genus Adelpha 110. Neuration of genus Chlorippe . 111. Neuration of genus Pyrrhanea 112. Neuration of genus Ageronia 113. Neuration of genus Victorina . 114. Neuration of genus Debis 115. Neuration of genus Satyrodes . 116. Neuration of genus Neonympha 117. Neuration of genus Ccenonympha 118. Neuration of genus Erebia . 119. Neuration of genus Geirocheilus . 120. Neuration of genus Neominois 121. Neuration of genus Satyrus 122. Neuration of genus CEneis . 123. Caterpillars of CEneis macouni 124. Neuration of genus Libythea 125. Neuration of base of hind wing of ponte Lemons - 126. Neuration of genus Lemonias . 127. Neuration of genus Calephelis . 128. Neuration of genus Eumzus 129. Neuration of Thecla edwardsi . 130. Neuration of Thecla melinus 131. Neuration of Thecla damon 132. Neuration of Thecla niphon 133. Neuration of Thecla titus 134. Neuration of genus Feniseca 135. Neuration of genus Chrysophanus 136. Neuration of Lyczena pseudargiolus . 137. Neuration of Lyczena comyntas 138. Neuration of genus Dismorphia 139. Neuration of genus Neophasia 140. Neuration of genus Tachyris 141. Neuration of genus Pieris 142. Neuration of genus Nathalis 143. Neuration of genus Euchloé 144. Neuration of genus Catopsilia . 145. Neuration of genus Kricogonia xvi . 188 - 193 PAGE 182 183 183 187 192 195 199 . 200 5 BO . 205 . 208 > Bis 5 BID a 2 5 DG) 5 Dal . 226 . 228 . 229 5 DED - 237 . 238 ap242 . 246 - 249 . 250 6 Dl . 252 . 267 . 268 + 273 + 274 270 - 277 . 281 5 Ase . 286 . 287 FIG. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. 171. 172. 173. 174. 175. 176. 77s 178. 179. 180. 181. 182. 183. List of Illustrations in Text Neuration of genus Meganostoma Neuration of genus Colias . Neuration of genus Terias . Neuration of genus Parnassius An Astronomer’s Conception of an Entomologist Head and antenna of genus Pyrrhopyge Neuration of genus Pyrrhopyge Neuration of genus Eudamus . Antenna and neuration of genus Plestia . Neuration of genus Epargyreus Neuration of genus Thorybes . Neuration of genus Achalarus . ; Antenna and neuration of genus Hesperia é Neuration of genus Systasea Neuration of genus Pholisora . Neuration of genus Thanaos Neuration of genus Amblyscirtes Neuration of genus Pamphila Neuration of genus Oarisma Neuration of genus Ancyloxypha . Neuration of genus Copzodes Neuration of genus Erynnis Neuration of genus Thymelicus Neuration of genus Atalopedes Neuration of genus Polites . Neuration of genus Hylephila . Neuration of genus Prenes . Neuration of genus Calpodes . Neuration of genus Lerodea Neuration of genus Limochores Neuration of genus Euphyes Neuration of genus Oligoria Neuration of genus Poanes . Neuration of genus Phycanassa Neuration of genus Atrytone Neuration of genus Lerema Megathymus yucce, 2 Larva of Megathymus yuccz Chrysalis of Megathymus yucce . The Popular Conception of an Entomologist 5 xvii PAGE Wey ae oie EIS TOR REOLORED) PEATES FACING PAGE o Sordi BMUNIIES 56 6 od to 0 8 JeAapIAC? . Caterpillars of Papilionide and Hesperiide. . . 6 . Caterpillars of Nymphalidze ale 18 . Chrysalids in Color and in Outing =Nynienalides 30 . Chrysalids in Color and in Outline — Nymphalide, Lycenide Pierince: 2 a 44 . Chrysalids in Color and in Outline=“papiloninc and Hesperiidz Bn rie Sok Pana ee TEN yee RL) . Anosia and Basilarchia . ~. 80 . Ithomiinz, Heliconius, Dione, Colanis, and Eupe LO LE CARRE MDE MM Mac (ota AUS a Mai a ten enna Nisa tl (lias eee PATE MMS manele eee ge | Ooumyser ener cae ee mint dcr OO) MPATOVMMISemergupe tials. called red ewan ie TOM > ANREAVMAUS ay Ware a noreiene natn pecan 9 UeNAVeay tenet oilatn) (OFS) 5. GeNNGFR VAMULOVES 8) alee Nae ca Rieedec Nat a UNS PEM ete (0 PATON MIMISHielenmr mnie li el wmts rie emne Mas ees teu Non NTO . Argynnis A UES CHE RRND tees earn ohn Mla ea Nee teaay G22) MVS EMUM Swaneemere ater mee oe wen esi me emma Mion NIM GI tOTESG) . Melitea . . SHAR RO Ret A arcre aC foe Gets) . Melitzea, Puveiodest “Brest ST ntl co aaa ti WARN Sore AZ) . Argynnis, Brenthis, Meliteea, Phyciodes, Eresia, Synchloé, Debis, Geirocheilus . . . . . . 156 . Grapta, Vanessa . . 5 a HOA . Grapta, Vanessa, Jone, Aner ‘Pypannals OS . Timetes, Hypolimnas, Eunica, Callicore. . . . 178 . Basilarchia, Adelpha . Pear ies i eth ea teats 30] vedio (toy (Challoysteye 9 4s 190 . Pyrrhanea, Ageronia, ‘Synchloé, Cystineura, Hy- pene, Witton 5 5 6 o o 6 0 9 6 LOO xIX List of Colored Plates XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. XXXI. XXXII. XXXIII. XXXIV. XXXV. . Meganostoma, Colias . . Terias, Dismorphia . Papilio. . Parnassius . Papilio. . Papilio. . Papilio. . Papilio, Colias, Pyrameis, Baragreeus . Papilio XLVII. XLVIII. Satyrodes, Coenonympha, Neonympha, nois, Erebia . Rts tes abe inte a5 Satyrus (Eneis Libythea, Lemonias, Calephelis Eumeus, Chys ophanus, Feniseca . Chrysophanus, Thecla Thecla, Lyczena Lyczena Lyczena, helen Naina, BachIog Catopsilia, Pyrameis : Euchloé, Neophasia, Pieris, aricomenie 5 Tachyris, Pieris, Colias . Papilio, Pholisora, aatcrane Achaanns. pyge, Plestia, Calpodes, Thanaos . . Hespertidz mie Hesperiidze Hesperiidz and Colias auamneras XX FACING PAGE Neomi- Pyrrho- INTRODUCTION CHAPTER | THE LIFE-HISTORY AND ANATOMY OF BUTTERFLIES “The study of butterflies, —creatures selected as the types of airiness and frivolity, —instead of being despised, will some day be valued as one of the most important branches of biological science.” —Bates, Naturalist on the Amazons. In studying any subject, it is always well, if possible, to com- mence at the beginning; and in studying the life of animals, or of a group of animals, we should endeavor to obtain a clear idea at the outset of the manner in which they are developed. It is a familiar saying that “all life is from an egg.” This statement is scientifically true in wide fields which come under the eye of the naturalist, and butterflies are no exception to the rule. THE EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES The eggs of butterflies consist of a membranous shell con- taining a fluid mass composed of the germ of the future cat- erpillar and the liquid food which is necessary for its maintenance and de- velopment until it escapes from the shell. The forms of these eggs are various. Some are spherical, others hemispherical, con- ical, and cylindri- cal. Some are bar- rel-shaped; others Fig, 2.—Egg of Basilar- Fic. 1.—Egg of Basilarchia have the shape of ie gs pb is Dalnasis, disippus, magnified 30 diame- -7, at the end of under surface ters (Riley), 8 7 a cheese, and still of leaf (Riley). others have the form of a turban. Many of them are angled, some depressed at the ends. Their surface is variously ornamented. Some- 3 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies times they are ribbed, the ribs running from the center out- wardly and downwardly along the sides like the meridian lines WO Fic. 3.—Egg of Papilio turnus, greatly magnified. vations variously disposed. uponaglobe. Between these ribs there is fre- quently found a fine network of raised lines variously arranged. Sometimes the © sur- face is covered with minute depressions, sometimes with a series of minute ele- As there is great variety in the form of the eggs, so also there is great variety in their Fic. 5.—Egg of Anosia plexippus, natural size, on under side of leaf (Riley). eggs. ie 3 999) Z —_ 1 i) 4) 2 a one AQAGAas 98.995 oat, aaa eee) 19), 9899399 [ofeTeTeroleye let el ng ili wer) 00) sl 00000 jell Se 9 a) 00. 29 ae Fic. 4.—Egg of Anosia plexippus, magnified 30 diameters (Riley). color. Brown, blue, green, red, and yellow eggs occur. Greenish or greenish-white are common _ tints. The eggs are often ornamented with dots and lines of darker color. which are related to one another show Species their affinity even in the form of their At the upper end of the eggs of insects there are one or more curious structures, known as micropyles (little doors), Fic. 6.—Egg of Anthocharis enutia, magni- ied 20 diameters. Fic. 7.—Turban-shaped egg of Lycaena pseudar- giolus, greatly magnified. Fic. 8.—Egg of Melitea phaéton, greatly magnified. through which the spermatozoa of the male find ingress and they are fertilized. These can only be seen under a good micro- scope. The eggs are laid upon the food-plant upon which the cater- 4 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies pillar, after it is hatched, is destined to live, and the female re- veals wonderful instinct in selecting plants which are appropriate to the develop- ane ment of the larva. As a Sige rule, the larve are restricted in Weel] the range of their food-plants to S in 2 eg amili —Eogs = Ce Pee genera, or families of Hos Be ——— ie : ma, laid in Sis The eggs are deposited © string-like clus- ach ek Punente! sometimes singly, sometimes (5%. greatly magnified, show- im small clusters, sometimes leaf. (Magni- ing the micropyle. ina mass. Fertile eggs, a few fied.) days after they have been deposited, frequently undergo a change of color, and it is often possible with a magnifying-glass to see through the thin shell the form of the minute caterpillar which is being developed withintheegg. Unfruitfuleggs gen- erally shrivel and dry up after the lapse of ashort time. The period of time requisite for the development of the embryo in the egg varies. Many butterflies are single-brooded; others produce two or three gen- erations during the summer in temperate climates, and even more generations in subtropical or tropical climates. In such cases an interval of only a few days, or weeks at the most, separates the time when the egg was deposited and the time when the larva Fic. 11.—Eges is hatched. When the period of hatching, or emer- of Vanessa an- 4 3 Os ; tiopa, laid in a gence, has arrived, the little caterpillar cuts its way. mass ona twig. forth from the egg through an opening made either atthe side oronthe top. Many species have eggs which appear to be provided witha lid, a portion of the shell being separated from the re- mainder by athin section, which, when the caterpillar has reached the full limit allowed by the egg, breaks under the pressure of the enlar- ging embryo within, one portion of the egg flying off, the remainder adhering to the leaf or twig upon which it has been deposited. CATERPILLARS Structure, Form, Color, etc.—The second stage in which the insects we are studying exist is known as the larval stage. The insect is known as a larva, or a caterpillar. In general cater- 5 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies pillars have long, worm-like bodies. Frequently they are thickest about the middle, tapering before and behind, flat- tened on the under side. While the cylindrical shape is most common, there are some families in which the larve are short, oval, or slug-shaped, sometimes curiously modified by ridges and promi- nences. The body of the larve of lepi- doptera consists normally of thirteen rings, or segments, the first constituting the head. The head is always conspicuous, com- posed of horny or chitinous material, but varying exceedingly in form and size. It is very rarely small and retracted. It is generally large, hemispherical, conical, or bilobed. In some families it _ is ornamented by horn-like projections. On the lower side are the mouth-parts, consisting of the upper lip, the mandibles, the antenne, or feelers, the under lip, the maxilla, and two sets of palpi, known as the maxillary and the labial palpi. In many genera the labium, or under lip, is provided with a short, horny projection known as the spinneret, through which the silk secreted by the cater- pillar is passed. On either side, just above the man- dibles, are located the eyes, or ocelli, which in the caterpillar are Fic, 12.—Caterpillar of Papilio philenor (Riley). Fic. 14.—Head of caterpillar Fic.13.—Head simple, round, shining prominences, generally of Anosia plexippus, lower side, magnified 10 diameters: /b, la- 5; : brum, or upper lip; md, mandi- of caterpillar of only to be clearly dis- ples:’ mx, maxilla, with two Papilio aste- 4: ; i Ipi; Jim, labi lower li ¢ 4 uish b he a palpi; /, lablum, or lower lip rias, front view, cloisonne! : y ine ele with one ‘pair of palpi; s, spin. enlarged. of a magnifying-glass. neret; a, antenna; 0, ocelli. quently arranged in series on each side. These ocelli are fre- (After Burgess.) The palpi are organs of touch connected with the maxilla and the labium, or under lip, and are used in the process of feeding, and also when the 6 paunke Begrlt 1 Zeya oh) Se Wisiss 2 Sy Pes ward [neice W ens y ieusen) ¢ : iiss holon zis BY AAASN AVA 3911 OSE CEB UCPAU ES 3) of to 3, 4. 5. 6. hp 8. 9. 0. EXPLANATION OF PLaTE II Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from ‘‘ The Butterflies New England,” vol. iii, Plate 76. CATERPILLARS OF PAPILIONIDA AND HESPERIDAS Colias eurplheme. Callidryas eubule. Terias lisa. Callidryas eubule. Euchloé genutia. Terias nicippe. Pieris protodice, Pieris napi, var. oleracea. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. Colias philodice. . Pieris rapa. . Pieris rape. . Papilio philenor. A Papilio ajax. 7. Papilio asterias. . Papilio turnus, Just before pupation. . Papilio cresphontes. In second stage. . Papilio trotlus. . Papilio troilus, Inthird stage; plain. . Achalarus Iycidas. . Papilio asterias. . Papilio philenor. . Papilio philenor. In third stage; — dorsal view. . Papilio troilus. In third stage: dor- sal view. 5 Dorsal view. In fourth stage; dorsal view. Thorybes prlades. Papilio turnus. Dorsal view. . Papilio aslerias. . Papilio turnus. Thorpbes prlades. o. Epargyreus tityrus. . Epargyreus tityrus. Thorvbes bathyllus. . Epargyreus titvrus. . Eudamus proteus. . Epargyvreus titvrus. In third stage. THE BuTTERFLY Book. PLATE II. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies caterpillar is crawling about from place to place. The larva appears to guide itself in great part by means of the palpi. The body of the caterpillar is covered by a thin skin, which often lies in wrinkled folds, admitting of great freedom of motion. The body is composed, as we have seen, of rings, or segments, the first three of which, back of the head, correspond Fic.15.—Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexip- pus, side view, showing ocelli. Fic. 16.—Caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, milkweed butterfly (Riley). to the thorax of the perfect insect, and the last nine to the abdomen of the butterfly. On each ring, with the exception of the second, the third, and the last, there is found on either side a small oval opening known as a spiracle, through which the creature breathes. As a rule, the spiracles of the first and eleventh rings are larger in size than the others. Every caterpillar has on each of the first three segments a pair of legs, which are organs composed of three somewhat horny parts covered and bound together with skin, and armed at their extremities by a sharp claw (Fig. 17). These three pairs of feet in the caterpillar are always known as the fore legs, and corre- a> Fic. 17.—Fore Fic. 18.—Ante- leg of caterpil- lar of Vanes- sa antiopa,en- larged. rior segments of cat- erpillar of milkweed butterfly, showing thoracic or true legs Fic. 19.—Proleg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, enlarged. (Riley). spond to the six which are found in the butterfly or the moth. In addition, in most cases, we find four pairs of prolegs on the under side of the segments from the sixth to the ninth, and another pair on the last segment, which latter pair are i The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies called the anal prolegs. These organs, which are necessary to the life of the caterpillar, do not reappear in the perfect insect, but are lost when the transformation from the caterpillar to the chrysalis takes place. There are various modifications of this scheme of foot-like appendages, only the larger and more highly developed forms of lepidoptera having as many pairs of prolegs as have been enumerated. The bodies of caterpillars are variously ornamented: many of them are quite smooth; many are provided with horny projections, spines, and eminences. The coloration of cater- pillars is as remarkable in the variety which it displays as is the ornamentation by means of the prominences of which we have just spoken. As caterpillars, forthe most part, feed upon growing vegeta- - tion, multitudes of them are : i Pa green in color, being thus Fic. 20.—Caterpillar of Basilarchia disippus, : : the viceroy, natural size (Riley). adapted to their surroundings and securing a measure of protection. Many are brown, and exactly mimic the color of the twigs and branches upon which they rest when not engaged in feeding. Not a few are very gaily colored, but in almost every case this gay coloring is found to bear some relation to the color of the objects upon which they rest. Caterpillars vary in their social habits. Some species are gregarious, and are found in colonies. These frequently build for themselves defenses, weaving webs of silk among the branches, in which they are in part protected from their enemies and also from the inclemencies of the weather. Most caterpillars are, however, solitary, and no community life is maintained by the vast majority of species. Many species have the habit of drawing together the edges of a leaf, in which way they form a covering for themselves. The caterpillars of some butter- flies are wood-boring, and construct tunnels in the pith, or in the soft layers of growing plants. In these cases, being protected and concealed from view, the caterpillars are gener- ally white in their coloration, resembling in this respect the larve of wood-boring beetles. A most curious phenomenon has 8 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies within comparatively recent years been discovered in connection with the larval stage of certain small butterflies belonging to the family Lycenide. The caterpillars are carnivorous, or rather aphidivorous; they live upon aphids, or plant-lice, and scale- insects, and cover themselves with the white exudations or mealy secretions of the latter. This trait is characteristic of only one of our North American species, the Harvester (Feniseca tarquinius). In addition to being protected from enemies by having colors which enable them to elude obser- vation, as has been already stated, some caterpillars are pro- vided with other means of defense. The caterpillars of the swallowtail butter- S/ Fic, 21.—Early stages of the goatweed butterfly: a, caterpillar; b, chrysalis; c, leaf drawn together at edges to form a nest. (Natural size.) (Riley.) flies are provided with a bifurcate or forked organ, generally yellow in color,-which is protruded from an opening in the skin Fic. 22.—Head of caterpillar of Pa- pilio troilus, with scent-organs, or os- materia, protruded. back of the head, and which emits a powerful odor (Fig. 22). This protrusive organ evidently exists only for purposes of defense, and the secre- tion of the odor is analogous to the secretion of evil odors by some of the vertebrate ani- mals, as the skunk. The majority of caterpil- lars, when attacked by insect or other enemies, defend themselves by quickly hurling the an- terior part of the body from side to side. Mou/lts.—Caterpillars in the process of growth and develop- ment from time to time shed their skins. This process is called moulting. Moulting takes place, as a rule, at regular intervals, 9 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies though there are exceptions to this rule. The young larva, having emerged from the egg, grows for a number of days, until the epidermis, or true skin, has become too small. It then ceases feeding, attaches itself firmly to some point, and remains quiet for atime. During this period certain changes are taking place, and then the skin splits along the middle line from the head to the extremity of the last segment, and the caterpillar crawls forth from the skin, which is left behind it, attached to the leaf or branch to which it was fastened. The skin of the head sometimes remains attached to the head of the caterpillar for a time after it has moulted, and then falls off to the ground. Ordinarily not more than five, and frequently only four, moults take place between hatching from the egg and the change into the chrysalis. In cases where caterpillars hibernate, or pass the winter in inaction, a long interval necessarily elapses between moults. Some arctic species are known in which the development from the egg to the perfect insect covers a period of two or three years, long periods of - hibernation under the arctic snows taking place. The manner in which the caterpillar withdraws itself from its exuviz, or old skin, is highly interesting. Every little spine or rough prominence is withdrawn from its covering, and the skin is left as a perfect cast of the creature which has emerged from it, even the hairs and spines attached to the skin being left behind and replaced by others. The Food of the Caterpillar.—The vast majority of the cater- pillars of butterflies subsist upon vegetable food, the only excep- tions being the singular one already noted in which the larve feed upon scale-insects. Some of the Hesperitd@, a group in which the relationship between butterflies and moths is shown, have larve which burrow in the roots and stems of vegetation. Duration of the Larval State. —The duration of the larval state varies greatly. In temperate climates the majority of species exist in the caterpillar state for from two to three months, and where hibernation takes place, for ten months. Many caterpillars which hibernate do so immediately after emerging from the egg and be- fore having made the first moult. The great majority, however, hibernate after having passed one or more moults. With the approach of spring they renew their feeding upon the first reap- pearance of the foliage of their proper food-plant, or are trans- formed into chrysalids and presently emerge as perfect insects. 10 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies A few species live gregariously during the period of hibernation, constructing for themselves a shelter of leaves woven together with strands of silk. Transformation.—The larval or caterpillar stage having been completed, and full development having been attained, the cater- pillar is transformed into a pupa, or chrysalis. Of this, the third stage in the life of the insect, we now shall speak at length. THE PUPA, OR CHRYSALIS The caterpillars of many butterflies attach themselves by a button of silk to the under surface of a branch or stone, or other projecting surface, and are transformed into chrysalids, Fic. 23.—Caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, undergoing change into chrysalis: a, caterpillar just before rending of the skin; 6, chrysalis just before the cremaster, or hook, at its end is withdrawn; c, chrysalis holding itself in place by the folds of the shed skin caught between the edges of the abdominal segments, while with the cremaster, armed with microscopic hooks, it searches for the button of silk from which it is to hang (Riley). (Compare Fig. 24, showing final form of the chrysalis.) which are naked, and which hang perpendicularly from the sur- face to which they are attached. Other caterpillars attach them- selves to surfaces by means of a button of silk which holds the anal extremity of the chrysalis, and have, in addition, a girdle of silk which passes around the middle of the chrysalis, holding it in place very much as a papoose is held on the back of an Indian Squaw by a strap passed over her shoulders. The Form of Chrysalids.—The forms assumed by the insect in this stage of its being vary very greatly, though there is a general resemblance among the different families and subfamilies, so that 11 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies it is easy for one who has studied the matter to tell approximately to what family the form belongs, even when it is not specifically known. Chrysalids are in most cases obscure in coloring, though a few are quite brilliant, and, as in the case of the common milk- weed butterfly (Anosia plexippus), ornamented with golden-hued spots. The chrysalids of the Nymphalide, one of the largest Fic. 24.— Chrysalis of Anosia plexippus, final form (Riley). Fic. 25.—Chrysalis of Papilio philenor: a, . front view; b, side view, showing manner in which it is held in place by the girdle of silk (Riley). groups of butterflies, are all suspended. The chrysalids of the Papilionide, or swallowtail butterflies, are held in place by girdles, and generally are bifurcate or cleft at the upper end (Fig. 25), and are greenish or wood-brown in color. A study of the structure of all chrysalids shows that within them there is contained the immature butterfly. The segments of the body are ensheathed in the corresponding segments of the chrysalis, and soldered over these segments are ensheathing plates of chitinous matter under which are the wings of the butterfly, as well as all the other organs neces- sary to its existence in the airy realm upon which it enters after emergence Fic. 26.—Pueris protodice: a, caterpillar; 6, from the chrysalis. The chrysalis (Riley). 3 practised eye of the ob- server is soon able to distinguish the location of the various parts of the butterfly in the chrysalis, and when the time for escape 12 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies draws near, it is in many cases possible to discern through the thin, yet tough and hard, outer walls of the chrysalis the spots and colors on the wings of the insect. Duration of Pupal Life. —Many butterflies remain in the chrys- alis stage only for a few weeks; others hibernate in this state, and in temperate climates a great many butterflies pass the winter as chrysalids. Where, as is sometimes the case, there are two or three generations or broods of a species during the year, the life of one brood is generally longer than that of the others, because this brood is compelled to over- winter, or hibernate. There are a number of but- terflies known in temperate North America which have three broods: a spring brood, emerging from chrysalids which have overwintered; an early sum- mer brood; and a fall brood. The chrysalids in the ete latter two cases generally represent only a couple Chrysalis of of weeks at most in the life of the insect. In Be iene tropical and semi-tropical countries many species re- main in the chrysalis form during the dry season, and emerge at the beginning of the rains, when vegetation is refreshed and new and tender growths occur in the forests. The Transformation from the Chrysalis to the Imago.—The perfectly developed insect is known technically as the zmago. When the time of maturity in the chrysalis state has been reached, the coverings part in such a way as to allow of the escape of the perfect insect, which, as it comes forth, generally carries with it some suggestion of its caterpillar state in the lengthened abdomen, which it with apparent difficulty trails after it until it secures a hold upon some object from which it may depend while a process of development (which lasts generally a few hours) takes place pre- paratory to flight. The imago, as it first emerges, is provided with small, flaccid wings, which, to- “ne “EE gether with all the organs of sense. such as the asterias) just antenne, require for their complete development ERveclis rem the injection into them of the vital fluids which, upon first emergence, are largely contained in the cavities of the thorax and abdomen. Hanging pendant on a pro- jecting twig, or clinging to the side of a rock, the insect remains 13 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies fanning its wings, while by the strong process of circulation a rapid injection of the blood into the wings and other organs takes place, accompanied by their expansion to normal proportions, in which they gradually attain to more or less rigidity. Hardly any- thing in the range of insect life is more interesting than this rapid development of the butterfly after its first emergence from the chrysalis. The body is robbed of its liquid contents in a large degree; the abdomen is shortened up; the chitinous rings which compose its external skeleton become set and hardened; the wings are expanded, and then the moment arrives when, on airy pinions, the creature that has lived a worm-like life for weeks and months, or which has been apparently sleeping the sleep of death in its cerements, soars aloft in the air, the companion of the sunlight and the breezes. ANATOMY OF BUTTERFLIES The body of the butterfly consists of three parts—the head, the thorax, and the abdomen. The Head.—The head is globular, its breadth generally exceed- ing its length. The top is called the vertex, the anterior portion, corresponding in location to the human face, is called the front. Upon the sides of the head are situated the large compound eves, between which are the antennc, or “feelers,” as they are some- times called. Above the mouth is a smooth horny plate, the clypeus. The /a- brum, or upper lip, is quite Fic. 29.—Head of milkweed butterfly, mall. On both sides of the stripped of scales and greatly magnified = (after Burgess): 2, vertex; f, front; c/, cly- mouth are rudimentary man- peus; 7b, labrum, or upper lip; md, mandi- dibles, which are microscopic bles; a, antenne; oc, eyes; ¢k, spiral tongue, : or proboscis. objects. The true suctorial apparatus is formed by the maxtlle, which are produced in the form of semi-cylindrical tubes, which, being brought together and interlocking, form a com- 14 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies plete tube, which is known as the proboscis, and which, when not in use, is curled up spirally, looking like a watch-spring. At Fic. 30.—Cross-section of the sucking-tube of the milkweed butterfly, to show the way in which the halves unite to form a central canal (c): tr, trachez, or air- tubes; 7, nerves; m2, m3, muscles of one side. (Magnified 125 diameters.) (Burgess.) the upper end of the proboscis, in the head, is a bulb-like en- largement, in the walls of which are inserted muscles which have Fic. 31.—Longitudinal section of the head of the milkweed butterfly: c/, clypeus; mx, left maxilla, the right being removed; m/l, floor of mouth; @, cesophagus, or gullet; ov, mouth-valve; sd, salivary duct; dm and fm, dorsal and frontal muscles, which open the sac. (Magnified 20 diameters). (Burgess.) their origin on the inner wall of the head. When these muscles contract, the bulb-like cavity is enlarged, a vacuum is produced, 15 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies and the fluids in the cup of the flower flow up the proboscis and into the bulb. The bulb is also surrounded by muscles, which, when contracting, compress it. The external opening of the tube has a flap, or valve, which, when the bulb is compressed, Fic. 32.—Interior view of head of milkweed butter- fly : cl, clypeus; cor, cornea of the eye; @, cesophagus, or gullet; fm, frontal muscle; dm, dorsal muscles; /m, lat- eral muscles; pm, muscles moving the palpus (Burgess). closes and causes the fluid in it to flow backward into the gullet and the stomach. The arrangement is mechanically not unlike that in a bulb-syringe used by physicians. The process of feeding Fic. 33.— Labial palpus of Colias, magnified 10 diameters. in the case of the butterfly is a process of pump- ing honeyed water out of the flowers into the stomach. The length of the proboscis varies; at its base and on either side are placed what are known as the maxillary palpi, which are very small. The lower lip, or /a- bium, which is also almost obsolete in the butterflies, has on either side two organs known as the Jadial palpi, which consist of three joints. In the butter- flies the labial palpi are generally well developed, though in some genera they are quite small. The antenne of butterflies are always provided at the ex- tremity with a club-shaped enlargement, and because of this clubbed form of the antennz the entire group are known as the Rhopalocera, the word being compounded from the Greek 16 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies word pamadov (rhopalon), which means a c/ub, and the word xépas (keras) which means a horn. It will be observed from what has been said that the head in these creatures is to a large extent the seat of the organs of sense and alimentation. What the function of the antenne may be is somewhat doubtful, the opinion of scientific men being divided. The latest researches would indicate that these organs, which have been regarded as the organs of smell and sometimes as the organs of hearing, have probably a compound function, possibly enabling the creature to hear, certainly to smell, but also, perhaps, being the seat of impressions which are not strictly like any which we receive through our senses. Thorax.—The thorax is more or less oval in form, being somewhat flattened upon its upper surface. It is composed of three parts, or segments, closely united, which can only be dis- tinguished from one another by a careful dissection. The anterior segment is known as the prothorax, the middle segment as the mesothorax, and the after segment as the metathorax. The legs are attached in pairs to these three subdivi- sions of the thorax, the anterior pair being therefore sometimes spoken of as the pro- thoracic legs, the second pair as the meso- Fig, 34.—Colias philo- thoracic legs, and the latter pair as the 4ice: a, antenna; p, extrem- metathoracic legs (Fig. 34). On either te He ras side of the mesothorax are attached the ”/, metathoracic or hind k : ; 4 leg; ¢, proboscis. anterior pair of wings, over which, at their insertion into the body, are the fegu/a@, or lappets; on either side of the metathorax are the posterior pair of wings. It will be seen from what has been said that the thorax 74 sCbears the organs of locomotion. The under side of the thorax is frequently spoken of by writers, in describing butterflies, as the pectus, or breast. The Abdomen. —The abdomen is formed nor- . Fic. 35.—Leg ot mally of nine segments, and in most butterflies butterfly: c, coxa; . : 5 tr, trochanter; f, iS shorter than the hind wings. On the last seg- pa af tibia; ment there are various appendages, which are i ‘ mainly sexual in their nature. The Legs.—Butterflies have six legs, arranged in three pairs, as we have already seen. Each leg consists of five parts, the 17 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies first of which, nearest the body, is called the coxa, with which articulates a ring-like piece known as the trochanter. To this is attached the femur, and united with the femur, forming an angle with it, is the f7bza. To the tibia is attached the tarsus, or foot, the last segment of which bears the claws, which are often very minute and blunt in the butterflies, though in moths they are sometimes strongly hooked. The tibiz are often armed with spines. In some groups of butterflies the anterior pair of legs is aborted, or dwarfed, either in one or both sexes, a fact which is useful in determining the location of species in their systematic order. The Wings.—The wings of butterflies consist of a framework of horny tubes which are in reality double, the inner tube being Fic. 37.—Androconia from wings of male butterflies: a, Fic. 36.—Magnified representation of Neonympha eurytus; b, Ar- arrangement of the scales on the wing of a gynnis aphrodite; c, Pieris butterfly. oleracea. filled with air, the outer tube with blood, which circulates most freely during the time that the insect is undergoing the process of development after emergence from the chrysalis, as has been al- ready described. After emergence the circulation of the blood in the outer portion of the tubes is largely, if not altogether, suspended. These horny tubes support a broad membrane, which is clothed in most species upon both sides with flattened scales which are attached to the membrane in such a way that they overlap one another like the shingles on aroof. These scales are very beau- tiful objects when examined under a microscope, and there is considerable diversity in their form as well as in their colors. The 18 Iotnd st} MOVIND adaa tizs, wid infil henilsinkiewdl RSH Vole of anil hottuscpnsbortay: Any t NAgIEdy LO Ay tinnd MST ANAS Ei nlize& * “zune -nadainlies ZINGIMDOWNSIN GIdTaO RAOWWA Tez BINS IMO, SIS) BAG) SWSONG Lids SHAN Rea SHAWANO MAUR NETS SAMIR 2ssiin ASA BAI ay SW Ect: of New England,” wel: EXPLANATION OF PLATE III writ Reproduced, with the ng permission of Dr. S. H, Scudder, from ‘‘ The Butteniies iP) 3 Ae 5. 6. Te 8. 9. 0. . Neonvmpha phoeion. _(Bneis semidea, , Plate 74. . CATERPILLARS OF NYMPHALIDA: CEneis semidea. Penultimate stage. nets semidea. Neonvmpha eurplus. (Eneis semidea, Anosia plexippus. Neonvnpha eurvius. Just hatched. Neonpympha phocion. Satvrodes cauthus. Neonvmpha curvius. Gneis gutta, Just hatched, Neonvinpha eurvius. Penultimate stage. j Neonvimpha eurytus. ~ larged. CEneis semidea. Debis portlandia. Basilarchia astvanax. Salvrus alope. Basilarchia disippus. Plain and en- Chlorippe clyton. “Basilarchia astyanax. Basilarchia disippus. Plain out- line to show the attitude some- times assumed. Grapla interrogations. Basilarchia disippus. Bastlarchia astyanax. Bastlarchia arthemts. Grapla interrogationts. Vanessa antiopa. Plain. 9. Junonia cenia, 0. Junonia ceiia, yds gd 0 a Pye) Rm~1 ey a 2) Grapla progne. Grapla faunus. Grapta satvrus. Prrameis huntera. Pyrameis atalanta. Vanessa milberti. . Pyramets cardui, Grapla comma. THE BUTTERFLY Book. » PLATE III. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies males of many species have peculiarly shaped scales arranged in tufts and folds, which are called androconia, and are useful in microscopically determining species (Fig. 37). The portion of the wings which is nearest to the thorax at the point where they are attached to the body is called the base; the middle third of the wing is known as the median or discal area, the outer third as the /imbal area. Theanterior margin of the wings is called the costal margin; the outer edge is known as the external margin, the inner edge as the inner niargin. The shape of the wings varies very much. The tip of the front wing is called the apex, and this may be rounded, acute, falcate (somewhat sickle-shaped), or square. The angle formed by the outer margin of the front wing with the inner margin is commonly known as the outer angle. The correspond- ing angle on the hind wing is known as the anal angle, and the point which corresponds to the tip or apex of the front wing is known as the external angle (Fig. 38). A knowledge of these terms is necessary in order to understand the technical descrip- tions which are given by authors. If a wing is examined with the naked eye, or even with a lens, a clear conception of the structure of the veins can rarely be formed. Therefore it is generally necessary to remove from the wings the scales which cover them, or else bleach them. The scales may be removed mechanically by rubbing them off. They may be made transparent by the use of chemical agents. In the case of specimens which are so valuable as to forbid a resort to these methods, a clear knowledge of the structure of the veins may be formed by simply moistening them with pure benzine or chloroform, which enables the structure of the veins to be seen forafew moments. The evaporation of these fluids is rapid, and they produce no ill effect upon the color and texture of the wings. In the case of common species, or in the case of such as are abun- dantly represented in the possession of the collector, and the practical destruction of one or two of which is a matter of no moment, it is easy to use the first method. The wing should be placed between two sheets of fine writing-paper which have been moistened by the breath at the points where the wing is laid, and then by lightly rubbing the finger-nail or a piece of ivory, bone, or other hard substance over the upper piece of paper, a good many of the scales may be removed. This process may be repeated until almost all of them have been taken off. This method is 19 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies efficient in the case of many of the small species when they are still fresh; in the case of the larger species the scales may be re- moved by means of a camel’s-hair pencil such as is used by paint- ers. The chemical method of bleaching wings is simple and inex- pensive. For this purpose the wing should be dipped in alcohol and then placed ina vessel containing a bleaching solution of some sort. The best agent is a solution of chloride of lime. After the color has been removed from the wing by the action of the chloride it should be washed in a weak solution of hydrochloric acid. It may then be cleansed in pure water and mounted upon a piece of glass, as microscopic slides are mounted, and thus pre- served. When thus bleached the wing is capable of being mi- nutely studied, and all points of its anatomy are brought clearly into view. The veins in both the fore and hind wings of butterflies may be divided into simple and compound veins. In the fore wing the simple veins are the costal, the radial, and the subme- dian; in the hind wing, the cos- tal, the subcostal, the upper and lower radial, the submedian, and the internal are simple. The Toe margin _xab meats gin Ka ou ut HY fh Lit ene 1 il Fic. 38.—Outline of wing, giv- Fic. 39.— Arrangement of scales ing names of parts. on wing of butterfly. costal vein in the hind wing is, however, generally provided near the base with a short ascending branch which is known as the precostal vein. In addition to these simple veins there are in the fore wing two branching veins, one immediately following the 20 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies costal, known as the subcostal, and the other preceding the sub- median, known as the median vein. The branches of these com- pound veins are known as nervules. The median vein always has three nervules. The nervules of the subcostal veins branch upwardly and outwardly toward the costal margin and the apex of the fore wing. There are always from four to five subcostal nervules. Inthe hind wing the subcostal is simple. The median vein in the hind wing has three nervules as in the fore wing. Be- tween the subcostal and the median veins, toward the base in both wings, is inclosed the cell, which may be wholly or partially open at its outer extremity, or closed. The veinlets which close the cell at its outward extremity are known as the discocellular veins, of which (SX there are normally three. From the yr Qe point of union of these discocellular Ww WW veins go forth the radial veins known ed aS S \ respectively as the upper and lower radials, though the upper radial in as many genera is emitted from the SSSR TES lower margin of the subcostal. se SN An understanding of these terms Se PC is, however, more readily derived (OF from a study of the figure in which a Go the names of these parts are indi- i cated (Fig. 40). * s Butterflies generally hold their wings erect when they are at rest, Dee AC one eh Anosia He , F -_ ippus, showing the names of the with their two upper surfaces in yeins and nervules: C, C, costal proximity, the under surfaces alone MS UROL Gu cles, : j . subcostal nervules ; upper ra- displaying their colors to the eye. dial; LR, lower radial ; M, median Only in a few genera of the larger veins; Mi, Mz, Ms, median ner- butterfli dth Mop ical : vules; SM, submedian veins; /, in- Ms er WES; an f ese WOpical Species, ternal veins; PC, precostal ner- with which this book does not deal, vule; UDC, MDC, LDC, upper, 2 : : middle, and lower discocellulars. is there an exception to this rule, save in the case of the Hesperiid, or “ skippers,” in which very frequently, while the anterior wings are folded together, the posterior wings lie in a horizontal position. Internal Organs.—Thus far we have considered only the ex- ternal organs of the butterfly. The internal organs have been made the subject of close study and research by many writers, 21 Ly Cc SS 0 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies and a volume might be prepared upon this subject. It will, how- ever, suffice for us to call the attention of the student to the prin- cipal facts. The muscular system finds its principal development in the thorax, which bears the organs of locomotion. The digestive sys- tem consists of the proboscis, which has already been de- scribed, the gullet, or cesoph- agus, and the stomach, over which is a large, bladder-like vessel called the food-reser- voir, a sort of crop preceding the true stomach, which is a cylindrical tube; the intestine is a slender tube, varying in shape in different genera, di- vided into the small intestine, - the colon, and the rectum. Butterflies breathe through spiracles, little oval openings on the sides of the segments of the body, branching from which inwardly are the tra- chez, or bronchial tubes. The heart, which is located in the same relative position as b, brain; sog, sub- nervous cord; @, oesophagus; st, stomach; 72, intestine; c, colon; sv, lutions on the intestine; ¢, testis; dv, dorsal vessel ; eret; mv, Malpighian vessel, of which only the portions lying on the (Magnified 3 diameters.) (Burgess.) Fic. 41.—Longitudinal section through the larva of Anosia plexippus, @, to show the internal anat- , and not the multitudinous convo omy (the Roman numerals indicate the thoracic, the Arabic the abdominal segments) : &- the spine in vertebrate ani- “= mals, is a tubular structure. Sy a The nervous system lies on 225 the lower or ventral side of S&5=% the body, its position being 2532 exactly the reverse of that _~%%@ which is found in the higher Six animals. It consists of nerv- See ous cords and ganglia, or 86222 nerve-knots, in the different segments. Those in the head are more largely developed than elsewhere, forming a rudimen- tary brain, the larger portion of which consists of two enor- mous optic nerves. The student who is desirous of informing 22 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies himself more thoroughly and accurately as to the internal anat- omy of these insects may consult with profit some of the treatises which are mentioned in the list of works dealing with the sub- ject which is given elsewhere in this book. Polymorphism and Dimorphism.-—Species of butterflies often show great differences in the different broods which appear. The brood which emerges in the springtime from the chrysalis, which has passed the winter under the snows, may differ very strikingly from the insect which appears in the second or summer brood; and the insects of the third or fall brood may differ again from either the spring or the summer brood. The careful stu- dent notes these differ- ences. Such species are called polymorphic, that is, appearing under dif- “plod snoasau ‘91 ‘(padojaaap Aq[ny jou) saueao ‘ao fesayyeuieds ‘ds ‘spurys Atossadov ‘av {yonptao fo Syonod ‘py ‘tsndjed ‘g¢ fansuoz ‘7 : Awoyeuer peusozur BLUT a4} YSNO1Yy} UOlIas [eUIpNysuoT—~ch “oly (‘ssading) (‘siajaweip € paylusep) vydosa ‘a ‘jassaa esiop ‘ep S1aquieyp jeyioe ‘av {sdaq aa1y} ay} 3 yno} pue pity} pepuayq ‘P-€ Seaiv] ayy jo vsued puodas pue “t Suojoo ‘9 fauisezut ‘2 Sspassaa ueiysidjew ‘az fyoeuoys ‘7s {pooy jst papuarq ‘c-1 Suoysues yeaseydosaogns ‘wos Suresq ‘gq foes jeasuAieyd ‘s¢ !xvioyyejew 2 ferentforms. Somespe- BS cies reveal a singular 22 difference between the => sexes, and there may be 22 two forms of the same aR BS sex in the same species. 2) J oa." e This is most common in BS oS82 the case of the female Sgs7 2), butterfly, and where B2 Since there are two forms of asin 22a the female or the male Bo Be 8 such a species is said to § ai ag have dimorphic females or males. This phenomenon is revealed in the case of the well-known Turnus Butterfly; in the colder regions of the continent the females are yellow banded with black, like the males, but in more southern portions of the continent black females are quite common, and these dark females were once 23 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies thought, before the truth was known, to constitute a separate species. Albinism and Melanism.—Albinos, white or light-colored forms, are quite common among butterflies, principally among the females. On the other hand, melanism, or a tendency to the production of dark or even black forms, reveals itself. _Melanism is rather more common in the case of the male sex than in the female sex. The collector and student will always endeavor, if possible, to preserve these curious aberrations, as they are called. We do not yet entirely understand what are the causes which are at work to produce these changes in the color, and all such aberrant specimens have interest for the scientific man. Monstrosities. —Curious malformations, producing monstrosi- ties, sometimes occur among insects, as in other animals, and such malformed specimens should likewise be preserved when found. One form of malformation which is not altogether un- common consists in an apparent confusion of sexes in specimens, the wings of a male insect being attached to the body of a female, or half of an insect being male and half female. Mimicry.—One of the most singular and interesting facts in the animal kingdom is what has been styled mimicry. Certain colors and forms are possessed by animals which adapt them to their surroundings in such wise that they are in a greater or less degree secured from observation and attack. Or they possess forms and colors which cause them to approximate in appear- ance other creatures, which for some reason are feared or disliked by animals which might prey upon them, and in consequence of this resemblance enjoy partial or entire immunity. Some butter- flies, for instance, resemble dried leaves, and as they are seated upon the twigs of trees they wholly elude the eye. This illustrates the first form of mimicry. Other butterflies so closely approxi- mate in form and color species which birds and other insects will not attack, because of the disagreeable juices which their bodies contain, that they are shunned by their natural enemies, in spite of the fact that they belong to groups of insects which are ordinarily greedily devoured by birds and other animals. A good illustration of this fact is found in the case of the Disippus Butterfly, which belongs to a group which is not specially pro- tected, but is often the prey of insect-eating creatures. This butterfly has assumed almost the exact color and markings of the 24 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies milkweed butterfly, Anosta plexippus, which is distasteful to birds, and hence enjoys peculiar freedom from the attacks of enemies. Because this adaptation of one form to another evi- dently serves the purpose of defense this phenomenon has been called ‘“‘ protective mimicry.”” The reader who is curious to know more about the subject will do well to consult the writings of Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace and Mr. Darwin, who have written at length upon mimicry among butterflies. There is here a field of most interesting inquiry for the student. The Distribution of Butterfilies.—Butterflies are found every- where that plant life suited to the nourishment of the caterpillars is found. There are some species which are arctic and are found in the brief summer of the cold North and upon the lofty summits of high mountains which have an arctic climate. Most of them are, however, children of the sun, and chiefly abound in the tem- perate and tropical regions of the earth. While the number of species which are found in the tropics vastly exceeds the number of species found in the temperate zone, it is apparently true that the number of specimens of certain species is far more numerous in temperate regions than in the tropics. Very rarely in tropical countries are great assemblages of butterflies to be seen, such as may be found in the summer months in the United States, swarm- ing around damp places, or hovering over the fields of blooming clover or weeds. In the whole vast region extending from the Rio Grande of Texas to the arctic circle it is doubtful whether more than seven hundred species of butterflies are found. On the continent of Europe there are only about four hundred and fifty species. The number of species of butterflies and the num- ber of species of birds in the United States are very nearly the same, 2) CHAPTER II THE CAPTURE, PREPARATION, AND PRESERVATION OF SPECIMENS “What hand would crush the silken-wingéd fly, The youngest of inconstant April’s minions, Because it cannot climb the purest sky, Where the swan sings, amid the sun’s dominions ? Not thine.” SHELLEY. “Do not mash your specimens! ”—THE PROFESSOR. COLLECTING APPARATUS Nets.—In the capture of insects of all orders, and especially of butterflies and moths, one of the most important instruments is the net. German naturalists make use of what are known as shears (Scheren), which are made like gigantic scissors, having at the end two large oval rings upon which wire gauze or fine netting is stretched. With this implement, which looks like an old- fashioned candle-snuffer of colossal size, they succeed in collect- ing specimens without doing much injury. Shears are, however, not much in vogue among the naturalists of other countries. The favorite instrument for the ordinary collector is the net. Nets may be made in various ways and of various materials. There are a multitude of devices which have been invented for enabling the net to be folded up so as to occupy but little space when not in use. The simplest form of the net, which can be made almost anywhere, is constructed as follows: A rod—preferably of bamboo, or some other light, stiff material—is used as the handle, not more than five feet in length. Attached to this at its upper end, a loop or ring made of metal, or some moderately stiff 26 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens yet flexible material, should be tied securely. Upon this there should be sewed a bag of fine netting, preferably tarletan. The Fic. 43.—Plan for folding net-ring: c, halves of ring detached; 6, upper joint of the halves; a, ring set; d, cap of ferrule; 7, cap of ferrule, showing screw in place; e, screw (Riley). bag should be quite long, not less than eighteen inches deep; the ring should be not less than a foot in diameter. Such a net can be made at a cost of but a few cents, and will be, in most cases, as efficient as c Fic. 44.—a, net; 6, ferrule to receive han- dle; c, wire hoop to be fastened in the upper end of the ferrule (Riley). at least three quarters of an inch in diameter. any of the more expensive nets which are more carefully — con- structed. A good, cheap ring for a net may be made by using thebrass ferrule of a fish- ing-rod. The ferrule should be (7 ie “FE z Fic. 45.—a, ting of metal tied with wire at a; 6, ferrule; c, plug put in before pouring in solder(Riley). Into this insert the ends of a metal ring made by bending brass, aluminium, or iron 27 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens wire into the proper form. When the ends have been inserted into the ferrule, melted solder or lead may be poured into it, and the ends of the wire forming the ring will be thus firmly secured in the ferrule. The ferrule can then be inserted into its mate placed at the end of a bamboo rod. | have commonly ob- tained for this purpose the last joint or butt of a fishing-rod as the handle of a net. Such a handle can often be purchased for a small sum from a dealer in fishing-rods. It can be made very cheaply. Any kind of a stick, if not too heavy, willdo. Itis sometimes convenient to have it in your power to lengthen the handle of your net so as to reach objects that are at some elevation above the head, and for this purpose I have had nets made with handles capable of being lengthened by jointed extensions. In collecting in tropical countries, among tall shrubbery and under- growth, nets thus made, capable of having their handles greatly lengthened, have often proved serviceable. One of the most successful collectors I have ever had in my employment made his net by simply bending a piece of bamboo into the form of the frame of an Indian snow-shoe, to which he attached a handle about a foot and a half in length, and to this he affixed a bag of netting. He was, however, a Japanese, and possessed a singular dexterity in the capture of specimens with this simple apparatus to which I myself never attained. When tarletan can- not be had, ordinary mosquito-netting will do as the material for the bag. It is, however, too coarse in the mesh for many delicate and minute species. Very fine netting for the manufacture of the bags is made in Switzerland, and can be obtained from reputable dealers. In order to protect and preserve the net, it is well to bind it with some thin muslin at the point where it is joined to the ring. Nets are sometimes made with a strip of muslin, about two inches wide, attached to the entire circumference of the ring, and to this strip of muslin the bag is sewed. For my part, I prefer gray or green as the color for a net. White should be avoided, as ex- perience shows that a white net will often alarm an insect when a net of darker material will not cause it to fly before the collector is ready to bring the net down over the spot where it is settled. Collecting-Jars.—I\n killing insects various methods have been used. In practice the most approved method is to employ a jar charged with cyanide of potash or with carbonate of ammonia. 28 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens For large moths and butterflies cyanide of potash and carbonate of ammonia serve very well, but it must be remembered that carbonate of ammonia bleaches insects which are green in color. It is well, in my judgment, to use a drop or two of chloroform in the jar charged with carbonate of ammonia, for the collection of diurnal lepidoptera. By putting a few drops of chloroform into the jar, the insect is anesthetized, and its struggles are made quickly to cease. The principal objection to chloroform is the fact that it induces rigidity of the thoracic muscles, which subsequently sometimes interferes with handsome setting. In the preparation of the poisoning-jar it is fj well to use a jar which has a ground-glass stop- | per, and the mouth of which is about three inches | in diameter. This will be large enough for most } | specimens. The one-pound hydrate of chloral jars, provided with glass stoppers and sold by Schering, make the neatest collecting-jars that are known to si the writer. I have found it well to have such jars Fic. 46.—Cya- partly covered with leather after the fashion of a pela pepaee tos SANE y : P, perfo- drinking-flask. An opening in the leather is left rated cardboard; on either side, permitting an inspection of the clumps Oi Glee 3 potash. contents of the jar. The leather protects from breakage. At the bottom of such a jar a few lumps of cyanide of potash, about the size of a filbert, should be placed. Over this may be laid a little cotton, to prevent the lumps from rat- tling about loosely at the bottom of the jar. Over the cotton there is pasted a sheet of strong white paper, perforated with a multitude of holes. In securing the white paper over the cyanide, the writer has resorted to a simple method which is explained in the annexed diagram. A piece of paper is placed under the jar, and a circle the size of the Fic. 47.—Piece of inside of the jar is traced upon it. Then a disk paper puncturedand . : slit for pasting over 1S Cut out about three quarters of an inch greater the cyanide in the jn diameter than the original circle (Fig. 47). The collecting-jar. . < ; ; paper is punctured over the entire surface included within the inner line, and then, with a scissors, little gashes are made from the outer circumference inward, so as to permit of the folding up of the edge of the disk. A little gum tragacanth is 29 ied [ l Lies) The.Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens then applied to these upturned edges; and it is inserted into the jar and pasted securely over the cyanide by the upturned flaps. A jar thus charged will last for a long time, if kept properly closed when notin use. Cyanide of potash has a tendency to deliquesce, or melt down in the presence of moisture, and in very humid cli- mates or damp places, if the jar is not kept well stoppered, the cyanide will quickly become semi-fluid, the paper will become moist, and specimens placed in the jar will be injured or com- pletely ruined. It is well, however, to bear in mind the fact that the fumes of hydrocyanic acid (prussic acid), which are active in producing the death of the insect, will not be given off in suffi- cient volume unless there is some small amount of moisture pres- Fic. 48.—Method of disabling a butterfly by pinch- ing it when in the net. ent in the jar; and in a very dry climate the writer has found it sometimes necessary to add a drop or two of water from time to time to the cyanide. The same method which has been described for charging a jar with cyanide of potash can be employed in charging it with carbonate of ammonia. Field-Boxes.—In collecting butterflies it is often possible to kill, or half kill, the specimens contained in the net by a smart pinch administered to the insect by the thumb and the first finger, the pressure being applied from without the net (Fig. 48). This mode of procedure, however, unless the operator is careful, is apt to somewhat damage the specimens. The writer prefers to hold the insect firmly between the thumb and the first finger, and apply a drop or two of chloroform from a vial which should be carried in 30 MBP erioC! AWN Sry hic Bay (f UTS Jars leet were obt2 US Shine Wouesbte, wealy: hit?) MEL SInZ meatal ibi4 Mp Min toe eA way leioC! Hoge alone MAW she Mere Obie Yoon ay ee “VBI Be vats WIA, ae : 3 obit fi ctcerit , a —_ iV \ EXPLANATION OF Plate IV Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr..S. H. Scudder, from “‘ The Butterflies of New England,” vol. iti, Plate 83. CHRYSALIDS IN COLOR AND IN OUTLINE—NyYMPHALID® Side view. In outline. Dorsal view. 1. Anosia plexippus. 2. Allosia plexippus. 3. Anosia plexippus. 4. CEnieis semidea, 5. Eviets semidea. 6. Debis portlandia. 7. Satvrus nephele. 8. Satyrus nephele. 9. Salyrodes canthus. Side view. Jeonvinpha phocton. Side view. Neonympha phocion. Side view. 12. Basilarchia astvanax. Side view. Basilarchia astvanax. Side view. 14. Basilarchia arthemis. Side view. 15. Chlorippe ‘clnfon. Side view. Chlorippe clvtom. Side view. 17. Chlorippe clyton. Dorsal view. Dorsal view. Dorsal view. 1S. Basilarchia disippus. Ventral view. 19. Basilarchia disippus. Side view. 20. Basilarchia disippus. Side view. 21. Grapla inlerrogationis. Dorsal view. Grapta tuterrogationis. Side view. 23. Basilarchia arthemis. Dorsal view. Grapta tuterrogationts., Outline of mesothoracic tubercle from the side. 25. Grapla interrogations. Grapta tulerrogationts. head fron) in front. Grapla comima. Outline of head from in front ; enlarged. Outline of 28. Neonrinpha eurntus. Side view. 20. Graplta comma — Outline of meso- thoracic tubercle from the side. 30. Grapla comma, The same from another specimen. 31. Grapla faunus. Outline of head from in front. 32..Grapla progue. Outline of head from in front. “43. 33- Grapla faunus. Side view. 34. Grapla faunus. Side view in out- line. 35. Grapla faunus. outline. 30. Vanessa j-album. Ventral view in Outline of meso- thoracic tubercle from the side. 37. Grapla progne. Side view. 38. Grapta progne. Side view. 39. Grapla comma. Side view. 40. Grapla interrogationis. Side view. 4). Grapla satvrus. Side view. 42. Grapta salyrus. Ventral view. Vanessa milberti, Side view. Side view. Ventral view. 44. Vanessa j-album. 45. Vanessa j-album. 40. Grapla comma. 47. Grapta comma. 48. Grapla comma. 40. Vanessa milberti. 50. Vanessa milberti. 51. Vanessa antiopa. Side view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Side view. Side view. 52. Prramets altalanta. 53. Rvvamets atalanta. 54. Prramets huitera. 55. Prramets alalanla. 50. Junonia cenia. Dorsal view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Side view. Dorsal view. 63. Prramets huntera. Dorsal view. o4. Prrameis huntera. Side view, with nest woven before pupation. 65. Junonia cenia, Side view. Side view. Side view. 57. Junonia cenia. 58. Vanessa antiopa. 59. Vanessa antiopa. 60, Pyrameis cardut. 61. Prramets cardut, 62. Prrameis cardut. 66. Junonia cenia. 67. Junonia cenia. Pirate IV. THE BuTTERFLY Book. \G The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens the upper left-hand vest-pocket. The application of the chloro- form will cause the insect to cease its struggles immediately, and it may then be placed in the poisoning-jar, or it may be pinned into the field-box. The field-box, which should be worn at the side, securely held in its place by a strap going over the shoulder and by another strap around the waist, may be provided with the poisoning apparatus or may be without it. In the former case the box should be of tin, and should have securely fastened in one cor- ner some lumps of cyanide, tied in gauze. The box should be very tight, so that when it is closed the fumes of the cyanide may be retained. The bottom should be covered with cork, upon which the specimens, as they are withdrawn from the poisoning-jar, should be pinned. It is well to bear strictly in mind that it is a mistake to continue to put one specimen after another into the poisoning-jar until it is half filled or quite filled with specimens. In walking about the field, if there are several insects in the jar at a time, they are likely to become rubbed and their beauty partially destroyed by being tossed about as the collector moves from place to place; and a large insect placed in a jar in which there are one or two smaller insects will in its death-struggles possibly injure the latter. So, as fast as the insects are partially asphyxiated, or de- prived of the power of motion, they should be removed from the poisoning-jar to the poisoning-box, where they are pinned in place and prevented from rubbing one against the other. Some col- lectors prefer simply to stun the insects, and then pin them into the field-box, where they are left, in whole or in part, to recover their vitality, to be subsequently put to death upon the return of the collector from the field. This mode of procedure, while undoubt- edly it yields in the hands of a skilful operator the most beauti- ful specimens, appears to the writer to be somewhat cruel, and he does not therefore approve of it. The Use of the Net.—In the use of the net the old saying is true that “ practice makes perfect.” The bag of the net should be sufficiently long to allow of its being completely closed when hanging from the ring on either side. It is possible to sweep into the net an insect which is fluttering through the air, and then by a turn of the hand to close the bag and to capture the speci- men. When the insect has alighted upon the ground it is best to clap the net over it and then to raise the net with one hand. Very many species have the habit of flying upward. This is par- 31 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens ticularly true of the skippers, a group of very vigorous and swift- flying butterflies. The writer prefers, if possible, to clap the net over the specimens and then to allow them to rise, and, by insert- ing the wide-mouthed collecting-jar below, to capture them with- out touching them at all with the fingers. So far as possible the fingers should not be allowed to come in contact with specimens, whether in or out of the net, though some persons acquire an ex- tremely delicate yet firm touch which enables them to handle the wings of frail species without removing any of the scales. No- thing is more unsightly in a collection than specimens that have been caught and rubbed by the fingers. Batts. —Moths are frequently taken by the method of collecting known as “sugaring.” But it may also be employed for butter- flies. For this purpose a mixture of beer and cheap brown sugar may be used. If the beer be stale drippings, so much the better. In fact, it is well, if the collector intends to remain in one locality for some time, to make a mixture of beer and sugar some hours or a day in advance of its application. In semi-tropical countries a mixture of beer and sugar is hardly as good as a mixture of molasses and water into which a few tablespoonfuls of Jamaica rum have been put. A mixture thus prepared seems to attract more effectually than the first prescription. Having provided a pail with a quart or two of the mixture, the collector resorts to the point where he proposes to carry on his work. With an ordinary whitewash brush the mixture is applied to the trunks of trees, stumps, fence-rails, and other objects. It is well to apply the mixture to a series of trees and posts located on the side of a bit of woodland, or along a path through forests, if comparatively open and not too dense. The writer has rarely had success in sugaring in the depths of forests. His greatest success has al- ways been on paths and at the edge of woods. Many beetles and other insects come to the tempting sweets, and separate jars for capturing these should be carried in the pocket. The collector never should attempt to kill beetles in the same jar into which he is putting butterflies. The hard, horny bodies and spiny legs of beetles will make sad havoc with the delicate wings of butterflies. Many other baits besides this may be employed to attract in- sects. Some writers recommend a bait prepared by boiling dried apples and mashing them into a pulp, adding a little rum to the mixture, and applying this to the bark of trees. In tropical coun- 32 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens tries bananas, especially rotten bananas, seem to have a charm for insects. The cane-trash at sugar-mills is very attractive. If pos- sible, it is well to obtain a quantity of this trash and scatter it along forest paths. Some insects have very peculiar appetites and are attracted by things loathsome. The ordure of carnivorous animals seems to have a special charm for some of the most mag- nificently colored and the rarest of tropical butterflies. A friend of mine in Africa, who collected for me for a number of years, used to keep civet-cats, the ordure of which was collected and placed at appropriate points in the forest paths; and he was richly re- warded by obtaining many insects which were not obtained in any other way. Putrid fish have a charm for other species, and dead snakes, when rankly high, will attract still others. It may be observed that after the trees have been treated for a succession of days or nights with the sweetening mixture spoken of above, they become very productive. When collecting in Japan I made it arule to return in the morning to the spots that I had sugared for moths the evening before, and I was always amply repaid by finding multitudes of butterflies and even a good many day-flying moths seated upon the mossy bark, feasting upon the remnants of the banquet I had provided the evening before. There is no sport—I do not except that of the angler—which is more fascinating than the sport derived by an enthusiastic entomologist from the practice of “sugaring.’’ It is well, however, to know always where your path leads, and not to lay it out in the dusk, as the writer once did when staying at a well-known summer resort in Virginia. The path which he had chosen as the scene of operations was unfortunately laid, all unknown to himself, just in the rear of the poultry-house of a man who sold chickens to the hotel; and when he saw the dark lantern mysteriously moving about, he concluded that some one with designs upon his hens was hidden in the woods, and opened fire with a seven-shooter, thus coming very near to terminating abruptly the career of an ardent entomologist. Beating.—There are many species which are apparently not attracted by baits such as we have spoken of in the preceding paragraph. The collector, passing through the grove, searches diligently with his eye and captures what he can see, but does not fail also with the end of his net-handle to tap the trunks of trees and to shake the bushes, and as the insects fly out, to note 3 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens the point where they settle, and then make them his prey. It is well in this work, as in all collecting, to proceed somewhat leisurely, and to keep perfectly cool. The caricature sometimes found in newspapers of the ardent lepidopterist running like a “ quarter-back ” across a ten-acre lot in quest of some flying insect does not represent the truly skilful collector, whose movements are more or less stealthy and cautious. THE BREEDING OF SPECIMENS By breeding it is possible to obtain specimens in the most perfect condition. Bred specimens which have not had an oppor- tunity to fly are always preferred on account of their freshness of color and perfection of form. A great many species which ap- parently are exceedingly rare may often be obtained in consider- able numbers by the process of breeding, the caterpillar being more readily found than the perfect insect. Although the process of breeding involves a good deal of labor and care, it affords a most delightful field for observation, and the returns are fre- quently of the very greatest value. How to Get the Eggs of Butterflies.—The process of breeding may begin with the egg. The skilful eye of the student will de- tect the eggs of butterflies upon the leaves upon which they have been deposited. The twig may be cut and placed in a vase, in water, and kept fresh until the minute caterpillar emerges, and then from time to time it may be transferred to fresh leaves of the same species of plant, and it will continue to make its moults until at last it is transformed into a chrysalis, and in due season the butterfly emerges. Eggs may frequently be obtained in con- siderable numbers by confining the female under gauze, with the appropriate food-plant. A knowledge of the food-plant may often be obtained by watching the female and observing upon what plants she deposits her eggs. The exceedingly beautiful researches of Mr. W. H. Edwards were largely promoted by his skill in inducing females to oviposit upon their food-plants. He did this generally by confining the female with the food-plant in a barrel or nail-keg, the bottom of which had been knocked out, and over the top of which he tied mosquito-netting. The plant was placed under the keg. The insects thus con- 34 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens fined may be fed with a mixture of honey and water placed upon the leaves. In collecting caterpillars it is well to have on hand a number of small boxes in which to place them, and also a botany-box in which to bring from the field a supply of their appropriate food. The process of breeding may begin with the caterpillar. The collector, having discovered the caterpillar feeding upon the branch of a certain plant, provides the creature with a constant supply of the fresh foliage of the same plant, until it finally pupates. Breeding-Cages. — Various devices for breeding caterpillars and rearing moths and butterflies are known. One of the most impor- tant of these devices is the breed- ing-cage, which is sometimes called a vivarium. The simplest form of the vivarium is often the best. In breeding some species the best method is simply to pot a plant of the species upon which the lar- va is known to feed, and to place the potted plant in a box over ; aan] which some mosquito-netting ISS ag) (Chey (eran esti. tied. The writer frequently em- cage: G, lid covered with mosquito- ploys for this purpose cylinders of ashe PEIN ©! Ceatnlny 18) OLS ver glass over the top of which per- forated cardboard is placed. This method, however, can be re- sorted to only with the more minute forms and with plants that do not attain great height. Another form of vivarium is repre- sented in the adjoining woodcut (Fig. 50). The writer has suc- cessfully employed, for breeding insects upon a large scale, ordi- nary store boxes provided with a lid made by fastening together four pieces of wood, making a frame large enough to cover the top of the box, and covering it with gauze. The food-plant is kept fresh in bottles or jars which are set into the boxes. Be careful, however, after you have put the branches upon which the caterpil- lars are feeding into the jars, to stuff something into the neck of the jar so as to prevent the caterpillar from accidentally getting into the water and drowning himself—a mishap which otherwise might occur. When breeding is undertaken on a still larger scale, it may be well to set apart for this purpose a room, preferably in 35 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens an outbuilding, all the openings leading from which should be carefully closed so as to prevent the escape of the caterpillars. How to Find Caterpillars. —Many species of caterpillars are not hard to discover; they are more or less conspicuous objects, and strike the eye. Some species conceal themselves by weaving together the leaves of the plant on which they feed, or by bending re a ie Fic. 50.—Breeding-cage: a, base, battened at g to prevent warping; 2, removable body of cage, in- closing zinc pan, f, v, containing jar for plant, d, and filled with five inches of soil, 2; C, removable top, covered with wire gauze. The doors and sides are of glass (Riley). a single leaf into a curved receptacle in which they lie hidden. Others conceal themselves during the daytime about the roots of trees or under bark or stones, only emerging in the night-time to feed upon the foliage. The collector will carefully search for these. The presence of caterpillars is generally indicated by the ravages which they have committed upon the foliage. By care- fully scanning a branch the collector will observe that the leaves 36 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens have been more or less devoured. Generally underneath the tree will be found the frass, or ejectamenta, of the caterpillar. The presence of the ejectamenta and the evidence of the ravages com- mitted by the larve upon the foliage will give the collector a clue to the whereabouts of the caterpillar. The writer has found it generally advantageous to search for caterpillars that feed upon trees along the wide, sandy margins of brooks and rivers. The frass is easily discovered upon the sand, and by casting the eye upward into the foliage it is often easy to detect the insect. The pavements in towns and cities which are bordered by trees may also very well be scanned for evidence of the presence of cater- pillars. A favorite collecting-ground of the writer is one of the large cemeteries of the city in which he lives, in which there are numerous trees and a great quantity of shrubbery. _Wood-boring species, as a rule, are more difficult to obtain and rear than those that feed upon the foliage. Hibernating Caterpillars.—While some difficulty attends the preservation of chrysalids in the case of those species which pupate in the fall and pass the winter in the chrysalis state under the ground, far more difficulty attends the preservation of species which hibernate in the caterpillar state. Asa rule, it is found best to expose the boxes containing these species in an ice-house or other cold place, keeping them there until there is available an abundant supply of the tender shoots of the plant upon which they are in the habit of feeding. They may then be brought forth from cold storage and placed in proximity to the food-plant, upon which they will proceed to feed. THE PRESERVATION OF SPECIMENS Papering Specimens.—When time and opportunities do not suffice for the proper preparation of butterflies for display in the permanent collection, the collector may, in the case of the larger species, conveniently place them in envelopes, with their wings folded (Fig. 51), and they may then be stored in a box until such time as he is able to relax the specimens and properly mount them. Thousands of insects are thus annually collected. The small drug envelopes, or the larger pay-roll envelopes, which may be bought in boxes by the thousand of any stationer for By The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens a comparatively small sum, are preferable because of their conve- nience. Many collectors, however, paper their specimens in envel- opes which they make of oblong bits of paper adapted to the size of the insect. The process of making the envelope and of paper- ing the insect is accurately depicted in the accompanying cut (Fig. 52). The writer finds it good in the case of small butterflies to place them in boxes between layers of cheap plush or velvet. A small box, a few inches long, may be provided, and at Fic. 51.—Butterfly in envelope. its bottom a layer of velvet is placed; upon this a number of small butterflies are laid. Over them is placed a layer of velvet, with its soft pile facing the same side of the velvet at the bottom. On top of this another piece of velvet is laid, with its pile upward, and other specimens are again deposited, and over this another piece of velvet is laid, and so on. If the box is not filled full at once, it is well to have enough pieces of velvet cut to fill it, or else place cotton on top, so as to keep the layers of velvet from mov- ing or shaking about. A yard or two of plush or velvet will suffice for the packing of a thousand specimens of small butterflies. Mounting Butterflies.—When the collector has time enough at his dis- , posal he should at once mount his specimens as they are intended to be a : : : : Fic. 52.—Method of folding pa- displayed in the collection. We shall per for envelopes: first fold on line now proceed to explain the manner in 48; then on 4D and CB; then on : ore BF and EA. which this is most advantageously ac- complished. Theinsectshould first ofallbe pinned. The pinshould be thrust perpendicularly through the thorax, midway between the wings, and at a considerable elevation upon the pin. It should - then be placed upon the setting-board or setting-block. Setting- boards or setting-blocks are pieces of wood having a groove on the upper surface of sufficient depth to accommodate the body of the insect and to permit the wings to be brought to the level of the upper surface of the board (Fig. 53). They should also be provided either with a cleft or a hole which will permit the pin to be thrust down below the body of the insect for a considerable 38 | ! The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens distance. Asarule, the wings of all specimens should be mounted at a uniform elevation of about seven eighths of an inch above the point of the pin. This is known as the “continental method ”’ of mounting, and is infinitely prefer- able to the old-fashioned ‘‘ English method,” in which the insect was pinned low down upon the pin, so that its wings touched the surface of the box. Setting-blocks are most advanta- geously employed in setting small species, especially the Hesperiidae, the wings of which are refractory. When the insect has been pinned Se Se Suieier! Eanes upon the setting-board or setting- by the author. The wings of the block, the next step is to set the imsect are held in place by strips of z 2 ae i tracing-muslin, such as is used by wings (in the position which they engineers. The grooves at the side are to maintain when the specimen Serve to hold the board in place in ; sai the drying-box. (See Fig. 59.) is thoroughly dry. This is accom- plished by means of what are known as “setting-needles ” (Fig. 56). Setting-needles may be easily made by simply stick- ing ordinary needles into wooden matches from which the tips have been removed. In drawing the wings into position, care should be taken to plant the setting-needle behind the strong nervure on the costal margin of the wing; otherwise the wings are lia- ble to be torn and (~8 disfigured. The Fic. 54.—Setting-block: rule in setting lep- Gitetiancrant Cedi idopterais to draw filling groove on the bottom the anterior wing of the block; B, slit to hold forward in such thread. a manner that the posterior margin of this wing is at right angles to the axis of the body, the axis of the body being a line drawn through the head to the extremity of the abdomen. The hind wing should then be moved forward, its anterior margin lying under the op- posing margin of the front wing. When the wings have thus 39 Fic. 55.—Setting-block with butterfly expanded upon it. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens been adjusted into the position which they are to occupy, slips of tracing-muslin or of paper should be drawn down over them and securely pinned, the setting-needles being removed. In pinning down the strips which are to hold the Fic. 56.—Setting-needle. wings in place, be careful to pin around the wing, but never, if possible, through it. When the wings have been adjusted in the position in which they are to remain, the antenne, or feelers, should be attended to and drawn forward on the same plane as the wings and secured in place. This may ordinarily be done by set- ting pins in such a position as to hold them where they are to stay. Then the body, if it has a tendency to sag down at the end of the abdomen, should be raised. This may also be accomplished by means of pins thrust beneath on either side. The figure onthe next page shows more clearly what is intended. When the insect has been set, the board should be put aside in a place where it will not be molested or attacked by pests, and the specimens upon it allowed to dry. A box with shelves in it is often used for this purpose. This box should have a door at the front covered with wire gauze, and the back should also be open, covered with gauze, so as to allow a free circu- lation of air. A few balls of naph- thaline placed in it will tend to keep away mites and other pests. The timendurinomwhichiithelspecimnen tina should remain on the board until it F'S- 57-—Setting-board with moth r : t a eae ! : expanded upon it (Riley). is dried varies with its size and the condition of the atmosphere. Most butterflies and moths in dry weather will be sufficiently dried to permit of their removal from the setting-boards in a week; but large, stout-bodied moths may require as much as two weeks, or even more time, before they are dry enough to be taken off the boards. The process of drying may be hastened by placing the boards in an oven, but the tem- perature of the oven must be quite low. If too much heat is applied, great injury is sure to result. Only a careful and expert operator should resort to the use of the oven, a temperature above 120° F, being sure to work mischief. 40 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Relaxing Specimens.—When butterflies or moths have been put up in papers or mounted on pins without having their wings expanded and set it becomes necessary, before setting them, to relax them. This may be ac- complished in several ways. If the specimens have been pinned it is best to place them on pieces of sheet-cork on a tray of sand which has been thoroughly moistened and treated with a good dose of carbolic acid. Over all a bell- glass is put. A tight tin box will serve the same purpose, Fic. 58.—Butterfly pinned on board, showing but a broad sheet of bibulous method ot holding up body and pinning down paper should always be put over the box, under the lid, before closing it, and in such a way as to leave the edges of the paper projecting around the edges of the lid. This is done toabsorb the moisture which might settle by condensa- tion upon the lid and drop upon the specimens. Ina bell-glass the Fic. 59.—Drying-box: a, setting-board partly pulled out; b, T-shaped strip working in groove on setting- board; c, front door, sliding down by tongue, d, work- ing in a groove at side in front. moisture generally trickles down the sides. Earthenware crocks with closely fitting lids are even better than tin boxes, but they must have paper put over them, before closing, in the same way as is done when tin boxes are used. When specimens have been 41 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens preserved in papers or envelopes these should be opened a little and laid upon damp, carbolized sand under a bell-glass or in a closed receptacle of some kind. Papered specimens may also be placed in their envelopes between clean towels, which have been moistened in water to which a little carbolic acid has been added. The towels should be wrung out quite dry before using them. ~E~E—— pa eae Fic. 60.—Drying-box (Riley). The method of placing between towels should never be used in the case of very small and delicate species and those which are blue or green in color. Great care must be exercised not to allow the insects to become soaked or unduly wet. This ruins them. They should, however, be damp enough to allow the wings and other organs to be freely moved. When the insects have been relaxed they may be pinned and expanded on setting-boards like freshly caught Specimens. It is well in setting the wings of re- laxed specimens, after having thrust the pin through the body, to take a small forceps and, seizing the wings just where they join the body, gently move them so as to open them and make their movement easy before pinning them upon the setting-board. The skilful manipulator in this way quickly ascertains whether they have been sufficiently relaxed to admit of their being readily set. If discovered to be too stiff and liable to break they must be still further relaxed. Dried specimens which have been relaxed and then mounted generally require only a short time to dry again, and need rarely be kept more than twenty-four hours upon the setting-boards. The process of setting insects upon setting-blocks is exactly the 42 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens same as when setting-boards are used, with the simple difference that, instead of pinning strips of paper or tracing-muslin over the wings, the wings are held in place by threads or very narrow tapes, which are wound around the block. When the wings are not covered with a very deep and velvety covering of scales the threads or tapes may be used alone; but when the wings are thus clothed it becomes necessary to put bits of paper or cardboard over the wings before wrapping with the threads. Unless this is done the marks of the threads will be left upon the wings. Some little skill, which is easily acquired by practice, is necessary in order to employ setting-blocks to advantage, but in the case of small species and species which have refractory wings they are much to be preferred to the boards. The Preparation and Preservation of Eggs.—The eggs of but- terflies may be preserved by simply putting them into tubes con- taining alcohol, or they may be placed in vials containing dilute glycerine or a solution of common salt. The vials should be kept tightly corked and should be marked by a label written with a lead-pencil and placed within the bottle, upon which the name of the species and the date of collection should be noted, or a reference made to the collector’s note-book. Unless the eggs of insects are preserved in fluid they are apt in many cases to dry up and become distorted, because, on account of their small size, it is impossible to void them of their contents. The larve escaping from eggs often void the shell very neatly, leaving, however, a large orifice. Such remnants of shells may be preserved, as they often are useful in showing some of the details of marking; but great vigilance in securing them should be exercised, for almost all the larve of butterflies have the curious habit of whetting their appetites for future repasts by turning around and either wholly or partially devouring the shell of the egg which they have quitted. Eggs are most neatly mounted in the form of microscopic slides in glycerine jelly contained in cells of appropriate depth and diam- eter. It is best, if possible, to mount several specimens upon the same slide, showing the side of the egg as well as the end. A cabinet filled with the eggs of butterflies thus mounted is valu- able and curious. The Preservation of Chrysalids.—Chrysalids may be deprived of their vitality by simply immersing them in alcohol, or they may be killed by means of chloroform, and they may then be 43 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens fastened upon pins like the imago, and arranged appropriately in the collection with the species. Some chrysalids, however, lose their color when killed in this way, and it is occasion- ally well to void them of their contents by making an opening and carefully removing the parts that are contained within, re- placing with some material which will prevent the chrysalis from shrinking and shriveling. This method of preserving need, how- ever, be resorted to only in exceptional cases. When a butterfly has escaped from its chrysalis it frequently leaves the entire shell behind, with the parts somewhat sundered, yet, nevertheless, furnishing a clear idea of the structure of the chrysalis. If no other specimen of the chrysalis can be obtained than these voided shells they should be preserved. The Preservation of Caterpillars.—The caterpillars of butterflies when they first emerge from the egg, and before they make the first moult, are, for the most part, extremely small, and are best preserved as microscopic objects in cells filled with glycerine. After each successive moult the larva increases rapidly in size. These various stages in the development of the caterpillar should all be noted and preserved, and it is customary to put up these collections in vials filled with alcohol or a solution of formaline (which latter, by the by, is preferable to alco- hol), or to inflate them. The method of inflation secures the best specimens. In inflating larvee the first step is carefully to remove the con- tents of the larval skin. This may be done by making an incision with a stout pin or a needle at the anal extremity, and then, be- tween the folds of a soft towel or cloth, pressing out the contents of the abdominal cavity. The pressure should be first applied near the point where the pellicle has been punctured, and should then be carried forward until the region of the head is reached. Care must be exercised to apply only enough pressure to expel the contents of the skin without disturbing the tissues which lie nearest to the epidermis, in which the pigments are located, and not to remove the hairs which are attached to the body. Pressure sufficient to bruise the skin should never be applied. A little practice soon imparts the required dexterity. The contents of the larval skin having been removed, the next step is to inflate and dry the empty skin. A compact statement of the method of performing this operation is contained in Hornaday’s “ Taxidermy 44 AAT 40 vVOrmARIAxS Senet . 2sifretind sAT *’ rroveasbiioe 2 Cl to noiezteeri Lisa civ alPobie woNRim ssi lt ON (Cl sieaneweib eoddhay cl envul sees bie “Xs ahised SRPaiy Sbie AMUN PA Shot Swsty.. abi2 ANSS)E DN OL Brie Seed A cn ; GinecuN retire WSIV Shbie wwaty -sbi2 vemssidogad waty sbid IWSl¥ shige wary {az100 IWsIv sbié vsiwal\\put 7 Si iuoG. “hoes Way white Sonovidd gilow nai abi2 a3 -Sson4slo JWSIY Sb as waoiy Shie)| isWunse Soldqyleme Ww ike me ey plist A SHB shiZ_ hissy 5 2lrhil\s eee Wok, Sbi2——S A HAA ; “waiy shiz pide zsuubililnl : “wesiv Iszio* ands 2anibillsD Way shia nsseinlo ny TEAL My tsei00 . - fies ree : Wee W5 yates: Sant Rive Glysd ce W3iV Ineo nga eRe o. “hoi? seine eres wish fe 4 wiv Iezt00 “oaranboy ei oo dence ai uitvreab 2 joddA sno : paiv obi2 cf Amboli ge po 1 EXPLANATION OF PLATE V Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from ‘‘ The Butterflies of New England,” vol. iii, Plate 84. CHRYSALIDS IN COLOR AND IN OUTLINE—NyYMPHALIDA:, LycaNIDA, PIERINA 1. Argynnis cybele. Side view. 2. Argynnis cybele. Dorsal view. Argynms cybele, Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Side view. Side view. Argynnis aphrodite. . Argynimis atlantis. 7. Melitca phacton. 8. Euptoteta claudia. 9. Euptoieta claudia. 10. Brenthis bellona. 11. Brenthis bellona. 12. Brenthis mprina. 13. Brenthis mprina, 14. Brenthis myrina. 15. Melitea phaéton. 10. Meliteca phaéton. 17. Melite@a harrisi. 18. Melitaa harrisi. 19. Phyciodes ipyeters. Phyciodes tharos. 21. Phyciodes tharos. Phyciodes tharos. 23. Libythea bachmani. 3 4. Argynnis idalia. 5 6 24. Libvthea bachmani. Side view. 25. Thecla calanus. Side view. 26. Thecla irus. Side view, enlarged. 27. Thecla calanus.~ Side view. 28. Thecla liparops. Side view. 29, Thecla edwards:, Side view. 30. Thecla damon. Side view. 31. Thecla damon. Side view, enlarged. 32. Thecla irus. Dorsal view. 33. Thecla irus. “Side view: 34. Thecla wus. Side view. 35. Thecla acadica. Side view. Lycena pseudargiolus. Side view. 7. Thecla titus. Side view. 38. Thecla niphon. Side view. 39. Thecla melinus. Side view. Copied from Abbot's drawing in the British Museum. 40. Thecla niphon. 4l. . Feniseca tarquinius. . Pieris napi, var. oleracea. . Pieris rapa. Side view. Copied from Abbot’s drawing in Dr. Bois- duval’s library. Lyceena scuddert. larged. Side view, en- . Lycena comyntas. Side view. Copied from Abbot’s drawing in Dr. Bois- duval’s library. Lycena pseudargiolus. Side view, enlarged. Copied from Abbot's drawing in Dr. Boisduyal’s library. Lycena pseudargiolus. Side yiew. Side view. Feniseca tarquinius. Side view, Copied from Abbot’s drawing in the British Museum. Lycena comyntas. Side view, en- larged. Side view. hypophleas. Lycena compitas. Chrysophanus view. Chrysophanus thoé. Terias nicippe. Side view. Terias nicitppe. Dorsal view. Colias eurptheme. Side view. Colias philodice. Dorsal view. Colias philodice. Side view. Terias lisa. Side view. Pieris api, var. oleracea. view. Pieris vapor. Side view. Euchloé genutia. Side view. Callidryas cubule. Side view. Callidryas ceubule. Side view. Callidrpas cubule. Dorsal view. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. Side view. Dorsal Side Side view. Side view. Dorsal view. Pieris protodice. Dorsal view. Pieris protodice. Side view. PLATE V. THE BUTTERFLY Book. q t iy p ¢ . z if 7 bate Th . The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens and Zoélogical Collecting,” from the pen of the writer, and I here- with reproduce it: “The simplest method of inflating the skins of larve after the contents have been withdrawn is to insert a straw or grass stem of appropriate thickness into the opening through which the contents have been removed, and then by the breath to inflate the specimen, while holding over the chimney of an Argand lamp, Wik: OMY Na Cote \ yl et te é = > = Fic. 61.—Apparatus for inflating larve: B, foot-bellows; K, rubber tube; C, flask; D, anhydrous sulphuric acid; £, overflow-flask; F, rubber tube from flask; G, standard with cock to regulate flow of air; H, glass tube with larva upon it; /, copper drying-plate; /, spirit-lamp. the flame of which must be regulated so as not to scorch or singe it. Care must be taken in the act of inflating not to unduly distend the larval skin, thus producing a distortion, and also to dry it thoroughly. Unless the latter precaution is observed a subse- quent shrinking and disfigurement will take place. The process of inflating in the manner just described is somewhat laborious, and while some of the finest specimens which the writer has ever seen were prepared in this primitive manner, various expedients 45 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens for lessening the labor involved have been devised, some of which are to be highly commended. “A comparatively inexpensive arrangement for inflating larve is a modification of that described in the ‘Entomologische Nach- richten’ (1879, vol. v, p. 7), devised by Mr. Fritz A. Wachtel (Fig. 61). It consists of a foot-bellows such as is used by chemists in the laboratory, or, better still, of a small cylinder such as is used for holding gas in operating the oxyhydrogen lamp of asciopticon. In the latter case the com- pressed air should not have a pressure exceed- ing twenty pounds to the square inch, and the cock regulating the flow from the cylinder should be capable of very fine adjustment. By means of a rubber tube the air is conveyed from the cylinder to a couple of flasks, one of which contains concentrated sulphuric acid, and the other is in- tended for the reception of any overflow of the hydrated sulphuric acid which may occur. The object of passing the air through sulphuric acid is to rob it, so far as possible, of its moisture. It is then conveyed into a flask, which is heated upon a sand-bath, and thence by a piece of flexible tubing to a tip mounted on a joint allowing vertical and horizontal motion and secured by a standard to the working-table. The flow of air through the tip is regulated by a cock. Upon the tip is fastened a small rubber tube, into the “E.. .—Daearer free extremity of which is inserted a fine- 4, lamp; B, pin to hold door pointed glass tube. This is provided ape ns yea; with an armature consisting of two steel springs fastened upon opposite sides, and their ends bent at right angles in such a way as to hold the larval skin firmly to the extremity of the tube. The skin having been adjusted upon the fine point of the tube, the bellows is put into operation, and the skin is inflated. A drying apparatus is provided in several ways. A copper plate mounted upon four legs, and heated by an alcohol-lamp placed below, has been advocated by some. A bet- ter arrangement, used by the writer, consists of asmall oven heated by the flame of an alcohol-lamp or by jets of natural gas, and pro- 40 Fic. 62.—Tip of inflating-tube, with armature for holding larval skin. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens vided with circular openings of various sizes, into which the larval skin is introduced (Fig. 63). ‘““A less commendable method of preserving larvee is to place them in alcohol. The larve should be tied up in sacks of light gauze netting, and a label of tough paper, with the date and locality of capture, and the name, if known, written with a lead- pencil, should be attached to each such little sack. Do not use ink on labels to be immersed, but a hard lead-pencil. Alcoholic specimens are liable to become shriveled and discolored, and are not nearly as valuable as well-inflated and dried skins. C§ Fic. 64.—Drying-oven: a, sliding door; 3, lid; c, body of oven with glass sides; d, opening for inserting inflating-tube; e, copper bottom; /, spirit- lamp; g, base (Riley). “When the skins have been inflated they may be mounted readily by being placed upon wires wrapped with green silk, or upon annealed aluminium wire. The wires are bent and twisted together for a short distance and then made to diverge. The diverging ends are pressed together, a little shellac is placed upon their tips, and they are then inserted into the opening at the anal 47 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens extremity of the larval skin. Upon the release of pressure they spread apart, and after the shellac has dried the skin is firmly held by them. They may then be attached to pins by simply twisting the free end of the wire about the pin, or they may be placed upon artificial imitations of the leaves and twigs of their appropriate food-plants.” THE PRESERVATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF COLLECTIONS The secret 0 preserving collections of lepidoptera in beauti- ful condition is to exclude light, moisture, and insect pests. Light ultimately bleaches many species, moisture leads to mould and mildew, and insect pests devour the specimens. The main thing is therefore to have the receptacles in which the specimens are placed dark and as nearly as possible hermetically sealed and” kept ina dry place. In order to accomplish this, various devices have been resorted to. Boxes.—Boxes for the preservation of specimens are made with a tongue on the edges of the bottom fitting into a groove upon the lid, or they may be made with inside pieces fastened around the inner edge of the bottom and projecting so as to catch the lid. The accompany- ing outlines show the method of joining different forms of boxes (Figs. 65-67). Fic. 65.—Detail drawing of The bottom of » front of box, made to resemble a the box should book: s, s, sides, made of two be lined with pieces of wood glued together SSRN aS IS Ara SETS Fic. 66.—Detail drawing across the grain; f, tongue; g, Some substance of front of box: #, top; }, Ss) Bier noha cor P, paper cover- which willenable ing rk. bottom; e, side; f, strip, ; nailed around inside as at 7; the specimens to ¢, cork; 9, paper lining. be pinned into it securely. For this purpose sheet-cork about a quarter of an inch thick is to be preferred to all other substances. Ground cork pressed into layers and covered with white paper 48 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens is manufactured for the purpose of lining boxes. Turf com- pressed into sheets about half an inch thick and covered with paper is used by many European collectors. Sheets of aloe-pith or of the wood of the yucca, half an inch thick, are used, and the pith of corn-stalks (Indian corn or maize) may also be employed, laid into the box and glued neatly to the bottom. The corn-pith should be cut into pieces about half an inch square and joined together neatly, covering it with thin white paper after thé surface has been made quite even and true. Cork is, however, the best material, for, though more expensive than the other things named, it has greater power to hold the pins, and unless these are securely fixed and held in place great damage ae, eatin ang is sure to result. A loose specimen in a box tongue, z, is made of strips will work incalculable damage. Boxes should °f zinc let into a groove is and fastened as at 1; g, 5) 9) be made of light, thoroughly seasoned wood, groove to catch tongue. and should be very tight. They are some- 5) 5, top and bottom; c, times made so that specimens may be Ra pinned both upon the top and the bottom, but this is not to be commended. The depth of the box should be sufficient to admit of the use of the longest insect-pin in use, and a depth between top and bottom of two and a quarter inches is therefore sufficient. Boxes are sometimes made with backs in imitation of books, and a collection arranged in such boxes presents an attractive external ap- pearance. A very good box is made for the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture and for the Carnegie Muse- um in Pittsburgh (Fig. Fic. 68.—Insect-box for preservation of collections. 68). This box is thir- teen inches long, nine inches wide, and three inches thick (external measurement). The depth between the bottom and the lid on the inside is two and one eighth inches. The ends and sides are dovetailed; the top and bottom are each made of two pieces of light stuff, about one 49 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens eighth of an inch thick, glued together in such a way that the grain of the two pieces crosses at right angles, and all crack- ing and warping are thus prevented. The lids are secured to the bottoms by brass hooks fitting into eyelets. Such boxes provided with cork do not cost more than fifty-five cents apiece when bought in quantities. Boxes may be made of stout paste- board about one eighth or three sixteenths of an inch thick, with a rabbet-tongue on the inside. Such boxes are much used in France and England, and when well and substantially made are most excellent. They may be obtained for about thirty-five cents apiece lined with compressed cork. Cabinets and Drawers.—Large collections which are intended to be frequently consulted are best preserved in cabinets fitted with glass-covered drawers. A great deal of variety exists in the plans which are adopted for the display of specimens in cabinets. Much depends upon the taste and the financial ability of the col- lector. Large sums of money may be expended upon cabinets, but the main thing is to secure the specimens from dust, mould, and insect pests. The point to be observed most carefully is so to arrange the drawers that they are, like the boxes, practically air-tight. The writer employs as the standard size for the draw- ers in his own collection and in the Carnegie Museum a drawer which is twenty-two inches long, sixteen inches wide, and two inches deep (inside measurement). The outside dimensions are: length, twenty-three inches exclusive of face; breadth, seventeen inches; height, two andthreeeighthsinches. The covers are glazed with double-strength glass. They are held upon the bottoms by a rabbet placed inside of the bottom amd nearly reaching the lower surface of the glass on the cover when closed. The drawers are lined upon the bottom with cork five sixteenths of an inch thick, and are papered on the bottom and sides with good linen paper, which does not easily become discolored. Each drawer is faced with cherry and has a knob. These drawers are arranged in cabinets built in sections for convenience in handling. The two lower sections each contain thirty drawers, the upper section nine. The drawers are arranged in three perpendicular series and are made interchangeable, so that any drawer will fit into any place in any one of the cabinets. This is very necessary, as it admits of the easy rearrangement of collections. On the sides of each drawer a pocket is cut on the inner surface, which communicates through 50 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens an opening in the rabbet with the interior. The paper lining the inside is perforated over this opening with a number of small holes. The pocket is kept filled with naphthaline crystals, the fumes of which pass into the interior and tend to keep away pests. The accompanying figure gives the details of construction (Fig. 69). Such drawers can be made at a cost of about $3.50 apiece, and the cost of a cabinet finished and supplied with them is about $325, made of cherry, finished in imitation of mahogany. Fic. 69.—Detail drawing of drawer for cabinet: e, e, ends; 3, bottom; c, cork; p, p, paper strips in corners of lid to exclude dust; g, Z, glass of cover, held in place by top strips, s, s; m, m, side Pieces serving as rabbets on inside; po, pocket in ends and sides, sawn out of the wood; x, opening through the rabbet into this pocket; », holes through the paper lining, p’, allowing fumes of naphthaline to enter interior of drawer; f, front; k, knob; 0, lunette cut in edge of the top piece to enable the lid to be raised by inserting the fingers. Some persons prefer to have the bottoms as well as the tops of the drawers in their cabinets made of glass. In such cases the specimens are pinned upon narrow strips of wood covered with cork, securely fastened across the inside of the drawers. This arrangement enables the under side of specimens to be examined and compared with as much freedom as the upper side, and with- out removing them from the drawers; but the strips are liable at times to become loosened, and when this happens great havoc is wrought among the specimens if the drawer is moved carelessly. Besides, there is more danger of breakage. Another way of providing a cheap and very sightly lining for the bottom of an insect-box is illustrated in Fig. 70. A frame of wood like a slate-frame is provided, and on both sides paper is stretched. To stretch the paper it ought to be soaked in water before pasting to the frame; then when it dries it is as tight and smooth as a drum-head. 51 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens The beginner who has not a long purse will do well to preserve his collections in boxes such as have been described. They can be obtained quite cheaply and are most excellent. Cabinets are more or less of a luxury for the amateur, and are only a ne- cessity in the case of great col- lections which are constantly being consulted. The boxes may be arranged upon shelves. Some of the largest and best ’ collections in the world are pre- served in boxes, notably those Fic. 70.—A, A, side and bottom of box; i : B, frame fitting into box; C, space which Of the United States National must be left between frame and bottom of Museum. box; P, P, paper stretched on frame. Labeling.—Each specimen should have on the pin below the specimen a small label giving the date of capture, if known, and the locality. Below this should be a label of larger size, giving its sci- entific name, if ascertained, and the sex. Labels should be neat and uni- form in size. A good size for labels for large species is about one inch long and five eighths of an inch wide. The labels should be written in a fine but legible hand. Smaller labels may be used for smaller species. A crow- quill pen and India ink are to be pre- ferred in writing labels. Arrangement of Specimens. —Spe- cimens are best arranged in rows. The males should be pinned in first in the series, after them the females. Varieties should follow the species. After these should be placed any Q aberrations or monstrosities which Fic. 71.—Manner of arranging the collector may possess. The name Ue a of the genus should precede all the species contained in the col- lection, and after each species the specific name should be placed. Fig. 71 shows the manner of arrangement. 52 y The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Insect Pests.—In order to preserve collections, great care must be taken to exclude the various forms of insect pests, which are likely, unless destroyed and kept from attacking the specimens, to ruin them utterly in comparatively a short time. The pests which are most to be feared are beetles belonging to the gen- era Dermestes and Anthrenus. In addition to these beetles, which commit their ravages in the larval stage, moths and mites prey upon collections. Moths are very infrequently, however, found in collections of insects, and in a long experience the writer has known only one or two instances in which any damage was inflicted upon specimens by the larvzee of moths. Mites are much more to be dreaded. In order to prevent the ravages of insects, all specimens, before putting them away into the boxes or drawers of the cabinet in which they are to be preserved, should be placed in a tight box in which chloroform, or, better, carbon bisulphide, in a small pan is put, and they should be left here for at least twenty-four hours, until it is certain that all life is extinct. Then they should be trans- ferred to the tight boxes or drawers in which they are to be kept. The presence of insect pests in a collection is generally first indi- cated by fine dust under the specimen, this dust being the excre- ment of the larva which is committing depredations upon the specimen. In case the presence of the larva is detected, a liberal dose of chloroform should at once be administered to the box or tray in which the specimen is contained. The specimen itself ought to be removed, and may be dipped into benzine. Naphthaline crystals or camphor is generally employed to keep out insect pests from boxes. They are very useful to deter the entrance of pests, but when they have once been introduced into a collection neither naph- thaline nor camphor will kill them. Naphthaline is prepared in the form of cones attached to a pin, and these cones may be placed in one corner of the box. They are made by Blake & Co. of Philadelphia, and are in vogue among entomologists. However, a good substitute for the cones may very easily be made by 4, 75,— taking the ordinary moth-balls which are sold every- Naphthaline where. By heating a pin red-hot in the flame of an “"" alcohol-lamp it may be thrust into the moth-ball; as it enters it melts the naphthaline, which immediately afterward cools and 53 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens holds the pin securely fixed in the moth-ball. In attaching these pins to moth-balls, hold the pin securely in a forceps while heat- ing it in the flame of the lamp, and thrust the red-hot pin into the center of the ball. Naphthaline crystals and camphor may be se- cured in the corner of the box by tying up a quantity of them in a small piece of netting and pinning the little bag thus made in the corner of the tray. By following these directions insect pests may be kept out of collections. It is proper to observe that while car- bon bisulphide is more useful even than chloroform in killing pests, and is also cheaper, it should be used with great care, be- cause When mixed with atmospheric air it is highly explosive, and its use should never take place where there are lamps burn- ing or where there is fire. Besides, its odor is extremely unpleas- ant, unless it has been washed in mercury. Greasy Specimens.—Specimens occasionally become greasy. When this happens they may be cleansed by pinning them down on a piece of cork secured to the bottom of a closed vessel, and gently filling it with benzine, refined gasoline, or ether. After leaving them long enough to remove all the grease they may be taken out of the bath and allowed to dry in a place where there is no dust. This operation should not take place near a lighted lamp or a fire. Mou/d.— When specimens have become mouldy or mildewed it is best to burn them up if they can be spared. If not, after they have been thoroughly dried remove the mould with a sable or camel’s-hair pencil which has been rubbed in carbolic acid (crys- tals liquefied by heat). Mildew in a cabinet is hard to eradicate, and heat, even to burning, is about the only cure, except the mild use of carbolic acid in the way suggested. Repairing Specimens.—TYorn and ragged specimens are to be preferred to none at all. “The half of a loaf is better than no bread.” Until the torn specimen can be replaced by a better, it is always well to retain it in a collection. But it is sometimes possible to repair torn specimens in such a way as to make them more presentable. If an antenna, for instance, has been broken off, it may be replaced neatly, so that only a microscopic exami- nation will disclose the fact that it was once away from the place where it belonged. if a wing has been slit, the rent may be mended so neatly that only a very careful observer can detect the fact. If a piece has been torn out of a wing, it may be replaced 54 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens by the corresponding portion of the wing of another specimen of the same sex of the same species in such a way as almost to defy detection. The prime requisites for this work are patience, a steady hand, a good eye, a great deal of “ gumption,” a few set- ting-needles, a jeweler’s forceps, and a little shellac dissolved in alcohol. The shellac used in replacing a missing antenna should be of a thickish consistency; in repairing wings it should be well thinned down with alcohol. In handling broken antenne it is best to use a fine sable pencil, which may be moistened very lightly by applying it to the tip of the tongue. With this it is possible to pick up a loose antenna and place it wherever it is de- sired. Apply the shellac to the torn edges of a broken wing with great delicacy of touch and in very small quantity. Avoid put- ting on the adhesive material in “ gobs and slathers.”. Repairing is a fine art, which is only learned after some patient experimen- tation, and is only to be practised when absolutely necessary. The habit of some dealers of patching up broken specimens with parts taken from other species is highly to be reprobated. Such specimens are more or less caricatures of the real thing, and no truly scientific man will admit such scarecrows into his collection, except under dire compulsion. Packing and Forwarding Specimens.—It often becomes neces- sary to forward specimens from one place to another. If it is in- tended to ship specimens which have been mounted upon pins they should be securely pinned in a box lined with cork. A great many expanded specimens may be pinned in a box by resorting to the method known as “shingling,” which is illustrated in Fig. 73. By causing the wings of specimens to over- lap, as is shown in the figure, a great many can be accommodated in a small space. When the specimens have been packed the box should be securely closed, its edges shut with paper, after some drops of chloroform ll have been poured into the box, and thenthis 5, paemaitteriies box should be placed in an outer box con- pinned into a box over- taining excelsior, hay, cotton, or loose shav- rd arotiel aor ings in sufficient abundance to prevent the jarring of the inner box and consequent breakage. Where speci- mens are forwarded in envelopes, having been collected in the 55 fat te AAPA: CLE a S25 Sa: > es: PA ove fil The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens field, and are not pinned, the precaution of surrounding them with packing such as has been described is not necessary, but the box in which they are shipped should always be strong enough to resist breakage. Things forwarded by mail or by express always receive rough treatment, and the writer has lost many fine specimens which have been forwarded to him because the shipper was careless in packing. Pins. —Inthe preceding pages frequent reference has been made to insect-pins. These are pins which are made longer and thinner than is the case with ordinary pins, and are therefore adaptable to the special use to which they are put. There are a number of makers whose pins have come into vogue. What are known as Karlsbader and Klager pins, made in Germany, are the most widely used. They are made of ordinary pin-metal in various sizes. The Karlsbader pins have very fine points, but, owing to the fineness of the points and the softness of the metal, they are very apt to buckle, or turn up at the points. The Klager pins are not exposed’ to the same objection, as the points are not quite so fine. The best pins, however, which are now made are those which have re- cently been introduced by Messrs. Kirby, Beard, & Co. of England. They are made of soft steel, lacquered, possessing very great strength and considerable flexibility. The finest-sized pin of this make has as much strength as the largest pin of the other makes that have been mentioned, and the writer has never known them to buckle at the tip, even when pinned through the hardest insect tissues. While these pins are a little more expensive than others, the writer does not fail to give them an unqualified preference. The Forceps.— An instrument which is almost indispensable to the student of entomology is the forceps. There are many forms of forceps, and it is not necessary to speak at length in reference to the various shapes; but for the use of the student of but- terflies the forceps made by the firm of Blake & Co. of Phila- 56 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens delphia is to be preferred to all others. The head of this firm is himself a famous entomologist, and he has given us in the forceps which is illustrated in Fig. 74 an instrument which comes as near perfection as the art of the maker of instruments can pro- duce. The small forceps represented in Fig. 75 is very useful in pinning small specimens. In handling mounted specimens it Fic. 75.—Insect-forceps. is well always to take hold of the pin below the specimen with the forceps, and insert it into the cork by the pressure of the for- ceps. If the attempt is made to pin down a specimen with the naked fingers holding the pin by the head, the finger is apt to slip and the specimen to be ruined. IMMORTALITY A butterfly basked on a baby’s grave, Where a lily had chanced to grow: “Why art thou here with thy gaudy dye, When she of the blue and sparkling eye Must sleep in the churchyard low ?” Then it lightly soared thro’ the sunny air, And spoke from its shining track : “1 was a worm till | won my wings, And she, whom thou mourn’st, like a seraph sings; Would’st thou call the blest one back?” SIGOURNEY. D1 CHAPTER III THE CLASSIFICATION OF BUTTERFLIES “Winged flowers, or flying gems.” Moore. AT the base of all truly scientific knowledge lies the principle of order. There have been some who have gone so far as to say that science is merely the orderly arrangement of facts. While such a definition is defective, it is nevertheless true that no real knowledge of any branch of science is attained until its relation- ship to other branches of human knowledge is learned, and until a classification of the facts of which it treats has been made. When a science treats of things, it is necessary that these things should become the subject of investigation, until at last their re- lation to one another, and the whole class of things to which they belong, has been discovered. Men who devote themselves to the discovery of the relation of things and to their orderly clas- sification are known as systematists. The great leader in this work was the immortal Linnzeus, the “Father of Natural History,” as he has been called. Upon the foundation laid by him in his work entitled “Systema Nature,” or “ The System of Nature,” all who have followed after him have labored, and the result has been the rise of the great modern sci- ences of botany and zodlogy, which treat respectively of the vegetable and animal kingdoms. The Place of Butterflies in the Animal Kingdom.—The animal kingdom, for purposes of classification, has been subdivided into various groups known as subkingdoms. One of these subking- doms contains those animals which, being without vertebre, or an internal skeleton, have an external skeleton, composed of a series of horny rings, attached to which are various organs. This 58 we, 110 Be tort roe ; vo a i ‘ Pith) ein sil) 3 ,-luii0 orl) Mort —4 SN feinivd fl) i ee a, “uf mio. ol) frm RVI bees Be Sel) moval os lad4 ae ¥ y ¥ Bvjiheiod Sal toddA 3 BAYAN | i Se Rha aa rhs uel DF ARM ei0d ic ni HAA ya : ; MOUNT go keobo rk Tene ie phil f BANCEUA: «| Ay " /t92 1 ae POU 207, Cee eke Inctigtio WHA or!) ci JoddA Yd tatirs Ye WShad ioizod nijoddA . = ‘ANY OWA GAY oe e mesa ti th 2adtcon ¥ an) thith DATES Th ~Latanlt rit 295) Su SarGzi one AWA ai hoql ed 8. CPeAnM 2!) (04 orto rede eo ueniey: OPLAS ATION oF Pate VI Reproduced with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from “The Butterflies of New England,” vol. ili, Plate 85. CHRYSALIDS IN COLOR AND IN OUTLINE—PAPILIONINA: AND HESPERID . Papilio turnus. . Papilio turnus. . Papilio turnus. . Papilio turnus. . Papilio troilus. . Papilio trothus. . Papilio trots. . Papilio cresphoutes. . Papilio cresphoutes. . Papilio cresphoites. . Papilio ajax. . Papilio ajax. Dorsal view. . Papilio asterias. ; . Papilio phulenor. . Papilio philenor. . Papilio philenor. . Papilio philenor. . Papilio asterias. . Papilio asterias. . Papilio philenor. . Achalarus lycidas. . Epargvreus titprus. . . Eudamus proteus. From the original by Abbot in the British Museum. . Thorpbes bathyllus, From the original by Abbot in the British Museum: . Epargvreus tityrus, . Epargyreus tityrus. . Thangos tcelus. . Thorvbes priades. . Pholisora catullus. From the origi- nal by Abbot in the British Museum. Dorsal view. Sy Se Dorsal view. Wer) on Sih aS Dorsal view. Dorsal view. Dorsal view. oem a oS aS 3H (eh) oS Cy 2S) a6 Dorsal view. — OD) Bye TS) 1) 2 Wo— to _ st oO mr 15) bas tS) to) ts fe) 30. Thanaos lucilius. 31. Thanaos luctlius. 2. Thanaos lucilius. . Thanaos juvenalis. . Thanaos persius. Dorsal view. _ 35. Hesperia montivaga. From the origi- nal by Abbot in the BEE) ue a seum. ple 36. Pholisora catullus. cay 37. Thanaos martialis. From the oriei-_ nal by Abbot in the British Mu- - seum. iy . Fhanaos brizo. From the original by Abbot in Dr. Boisduval’s li- — brary. - Avlephila phvlcus. From the origi; nal by Abbot in Dr. Boisduyal’« library. gi . xAmblyscirles vialis. . Pholisora catullus. 2. Thyumelicus ewtua. From the Gigtel by Abbot in Dr. Boisduval’s Hera ? ‘Alalopedes huron. Limochores taumas. ‘ a . Amblyscirles samoset. After the ori- — ginal by Abbot in the British Mu- seum. . Lerema accius. After the original by. Abbot in Boston Society of Natural — History. . Alalopedes huron. 48. Calpodes ethlius. PLATE VI. THE BUTTERFLY Book. ES Retbentt Seg ete The Classification of Butterflies subxingdom is known by naturalists under the name of the Arthro- poda. The word Arthropoda is derived from the Greek language, and is compounded of two words, &p4pov (arthron), meaning a jornt, and mols (pous), meaning a foot. The Arthropoda seem at first sight to be made up of jointed rings and feet; hence the name. The subkingdom of the Arthropoda is again subdivided into six classes. These are the following: Class |. The Crustacea (Shrimps, Crabs, Water-fleas, etc.). Class II. The Podostomata (King-crabs, Trilobites [fossil], etc.). Class II]. The Malacopoda (Peripatus, a curious genus of worm-like creatures, found in the tropics, and allied to the Myria- pods in some important respects). Class IV. The Myriapoda (Centipedes, etc.). Class V. The Arachnida (Spiders, Mites, etc.). Class VI. The /nsecta (Insects). That branch of zodlogy which treats of insects is known as entomology. The /nsecta have been variously subdivided by different scien- tific writers, but the following subdivision has much in it to com- mend it, and will suffice as an outline for the guidance of the advanced student. Crass VI. INsEcTA (INSECTS PROPER) HETEROMETABOLA For the most part undergoing only a partial metamorphosis in the development from the egg to the imago. ORDERS 1. Thysanura. Suborders : Collembola (Podura, Springtails). Symphyla (Scolopendrella). Cinura (Bristletails, etc.). . Dermatoptera (Earwigs). is} 3. Pseudoneuroptera. Suborders : Mallophaga (Bird-lice), Platyptera (Stone-flies, Termites, etc.). Odonata (Dragon-flies, etc.). Ephemerina (May-flies, etc.). 4. Neuroptera (Corydalis, Ant-lion, Caddis-flies, etc.). 5. Orthoptera (Cockroach, Mantis, Mole-cricket, Grasshopper, Katydid, etc.). 59 The Classification of Butterflies 6. Hemiptera. Suborders: Parasita (Lice). Sternorhyncha (Aphids, Mealy Bugs, etc.). Homoptera (Cicada, Tree-hoppers, etc.). Heteroptera (Ranatra, Belostoma, Water-spiders, Squash-bugs, Bedbugs, etc.). 7. Coleoptera. Suborders : Cryptotetramera (Lady-birds, etc.). Cryptopentamera (Leat-beetles, Longhorns, Weevils, etc.). Heteromera (Blister-beetles, Meal-beetles, etc.). Pentamera (Fire-flies, Skipjacks, June-bugs, Dung-beetles, Stag-beetles, Rove-beetles, Tiger-beetles, etc.). METABOLA Undergoing for the most part a complete metamorphosis from egg, through larva and pupa, to imago. ORDERS 8. Aphaniptera (Fleas). 9. Diptera. Suborders : Orthorhapha (Hessian Flies, Buffalo-gnats, Mosquitos, Crane-flies, Horse-flies). Cyclorhapha (Syrphus, Bot-flies, Tsetse, House-flies, etc.). 10. Lepidoptera. Suborders : Rhopalocera (Butterflies). Heterocera (Moths). 11. Hymenoptera. Suborders : Terebrantia (Saw-flies, Gall-wasps, Ichneumon-flies, etc.). Aculeata (Ants, Cuckoo-flies, Digger-wasps, True Wasps, Bees). It will be seen by glancing at the foregoing table that the butterflies and moths are included as suborders in the tenth group of the list, to which is applied the name Lepidoptera. This word, like most other scientific words, is derived from the Greek, and is compounded of the noun Aéemis (Jeprs), which sig- nifies a scale, and the noun epév ( pferon), which signifies a wing. The butterflies and moths together constitute the order of scale-winged insects. The appropriateness of this name will no doubt be at once recognized by every reader, who, having perhaps unintentionally rubbed off some of the minute scales which clothe the wings of a butterfly, has taken the trouble to examine them under a microscope, or who has attentively read what has been 60 The Classification of Butterflies said upon this subject in the first chapter of this book. By re- ferring again to the classification which has been given, it will be noted that the last four orders in the list agree in that the crea- tures included within them undergo for the most part what is known as a complete metamorphosis; that is to say, they pass through four successive stages of development, existing first as eggs, then as worm-like larvze, or caterpillars, then as pupee, and finally as perfect, fully developed insects, gifted for the most part with the power of flight, and capable of reproducing their kind. All of this has been to some extent already elucidated in the first chapter of the present volume, but it may be well to remind the reader of these facts at this point. A question which is frequently asked by those who are not familiar with the subject relates to the manner in which it is possible to distinguish between moths and butterflies. A partial answer can be made in the light of the habits of the two classes of lepidoptera. Butterflies are diurnal in their habits, flying be- tween sunrise and dusk, and very rarely taking the wing at night. This habit is so universal that these insects are frequently called by entomologists “the diurnal lepidoptera,” or are simply spoken of as ‘“‘diurnals.” It is, however, true that many species of moths are also diurnal in their habits, though the great majority of them are nocturnal, or crepuscular, that is, flying at the dusk of the evening, or in the twilight of the early morning. Upon the basis of mere habit, then, we are able only to obtain a partial clue to the distinction between the two suborders. A more definite distinc- tion is based upon struc- ture, and specifically upon the structure of the an- tenne. Butterflies have long, thread-like antenne, provided with a swelling at the extremity, giving them a somewhat club- shaped appearance (Fig. 76). This form of an- tenn is very unusual among the moths, and only occurs in a few rare genera, found in tropical countries, which seem to represent connecting-links between the butterflies and the moths. All the true moths which are found within the limits of the United 61 Fic. 76.—Antennz of butterflies. The Classification of Butterflies States and Canada have antennz which are not club-shaped, but are of various other forms. Some moths have thread-like antenne tapering to a fine point; others have feather-shaped antenne; others still have an- Xy : tenne which are prismatic in form, => and provided with a little hook, or spur, at the end; Ty and there are many modifications and Fic. 77.—Antenne of moths. variations of these forms. The club- shaped form of the antennz of butterflies has led naturalists to call them Rhopalocera, as has been already explained in speaking of this subject on page 17. Moths are called Heterocera. The word Heterocera is compounded of the Greek word ér¢pov (hetero), mean- ing other, and the Greek word xépas (keras), meaning a horn. They are lepidoptera which have antennz which are other than club- shaped. Besides the distinctions which exist in the matter of the form of the antennze, there are distinctions in the veins of the wings, and in the manner of carrying them when at rest or in flight, which are quite characteristic of the two groups; but all of these things the attentive student will quickly learn for himself by observation. Scientific. Arrangement.— Having thus cast a passing glance at the differences which exist between moths and butterflies, we take up the question of the subdivision of the butterflies into natural groups. Various systems of arranging butterflies have been suggested from time to time by learned writers, and for a knowledge of these systems the student may consult works which treat of them at length. It is sufficient for beginners, for whom this book is principally written, to observe that in modern science, for purposes of convenience, as well as from regard for essential truth, all individuals are looked upon as belonging to a spectes. A species includes all those individuals, which have a common ancestry, and are so related in form and structure as to be manifestly separable from all other similarly constituted as- semblages of individuals. For instance, all the large cats having a tawny skin, and in the male a shaggy mane, constitute a spe- cies, which we call the lion; the eagles in the eastern United States, 62 The Classification of Butterflies which in adult plumage have a snow-white head and neck and a white tail, constitute a species, which we know as the “ white- headed ”’ or “ bald-headed”’ eagle. Species may then be grouped together, and those which are manifestly closely related to one an- other are regarded as forming a natural assemblage of species, to which we give the name of a genus. For example, all the large cats, such as the lion, the tiger, the puma, and the jaguar, are grouped together by naturalists, and form a genus to which is given the Latin name Fe/is, meaning cat. The name of the ge- nus always comes before that of the species. Thus the tiger is spoken of scientifically as Fe/zs tigris. The genera which are closely related to one another may again be assembled as sub- families; and the subfamilies may be united to form families. For instance, all the various genera of cats form a family, which is known as the Fe/ide, or the Cat Family. A group of families constitutes a suborder or an order. The cats belong to the Car- nivora, or order of flesh-eating animals. In zodlogy family names are formed with the termination -td@, and subfamily names with the termination -u@. Everything just said in regard to the classification of the higher animals applies likewise to butterflies. Let us take as an illus- tration the common milkweed butterfly. Linnzeus for a fanci- ful reason gave this insect the name Plexippus. This is its specific name, by which it is distinguished from all other butter- flies. It belongs to the genus Anosza. The genus Anosia is one of the genera which make up the subfamily of the Eupleine. The Eupleine belong to the great family of the Nymphalide. The Nvmphalid@ are a part of the suborder of the Rbopalocera, or true butterflies, one of the two great subdivisions of the order Lepidoptera, belonging to the great class /nsecta, the highest class in the subkingdom of the Arthropoda. The matter may be rep- resented in a tabular form, in the reverse order from that which has been given: Subkingdom, Arthropoda. Class, Insecta. Order, Lepidoptera. Suborder, Rhopalocera. Family, Nymphalida. Subfamily, Eupleine. Genus, Anosia. Species, Plexippus (Milkweed Butterfly). 63 The Classification of Butterflies Varteties.—A still further subdivision is in some cases recog- nized as necessary. A species which has a wide range over an extensive territory may vary in different parts of the territory within which it is found. The butterflies of certain common European species are found also in Japan and Corea, but, as a rule, they are much larger in the latter countries than they are in Europe, and in some cases more brightly colored. Naturalists have therefore distinguished the Asiatic from the European form by giving the former what is known as a varietal name. Similar differences occur among butterflies on the continent of North America. The great yellow and black-barred swallowtail but- terfly known as Papilio turnus occurs from Florida to Alaska. But the specimens from Alaska are always much smaller than those from other regions, and have a very dwarfed appearance. This dwarfed form constitutes what is known as a local race, or variety, of the species. The members of a species which occur upon an island frequently differ in marked respects from specimens which occur upon the adjacent mainland. By insulation and the process of through-breeding the creature has come to acquire characteris- tics which separate it in a marked degree from the closely allied continental form, and yet not sufficiently to justify us in treating it as a distinct species. It represents what is known as an insu- lar race, or variety, and we give it therefore a varietal name. Naturalists also distinguish between seasonal, dimorphic, me- lanic, and albino forms. Names descriptive or designatory of these forms are frequently applied to them. All of this will be- come plainer in the course of the study of the succeeding pages, and in the effort to classify specimens which the student will make. Sex.—The designation of the sex is important in the case of all well-ordered collections of zodlogical specimens. As a mea- sure of convenience, the male is usually indicated by the sign of Mars, 4, while the female is indicated by the sign of Venus, @. The inscription, ““ Argynnis Diana, 6,” therefore means that the specimen is a male of Argynnis Diana, and the inscription, “Argynnis Diana, 9,’ means that the specimen is a female of the same species. These signs are invariably employed by nat- uralists to mark the sexes. The Division of Butterfites into Families. — Without attempting to go deeply into questions of classification at the present point, 64 The Classification of Butterflies it will be well for us to note the subdivisions which have been made into the larger groups, known as families, and to show how butterflies belonging to one or the other of these may be distinguished from one another. There are five of these families represented within the territory of which this book takes notice. These five families are the following: 1. The NymMpPHALIDé, or “ Brush-footed Butterflies.” 2. The LEMoniDé, or ‘‘ Metal-marks.” 3. The Lycanip&, or “ Blues,” “Coppers,” and “Hair-streaks.”’ 4. The PapiLioniDé€, or the “ Swallowtails”’ and their allies. 5. The HEsperiD/, or the “ Skippers.” The NyYMPHALIDA, the ‘“‘ Brush-footed Butterflies.” The butterflies of this family may be distinguished as a great class from all other butterflies by the fact that 7m both sexes the first, or prothoractc, pair of legs ts greatly dwarfed, useless for walking, and therefore carried folded up against the breast. From this peculiarity they have also been called the “ Four-footed Butterflies.” This is the largest of all the families of the butter- flies, and has been subdivided into many subfamilies. Some of the genera are composed of small species, but most of the genera are made up of medium-sized or large species. The family is geologically very ancient, and most of the fossil butterflies which have been discovered belong to it. The caterpillars are in most of the subfamilies provided with horny or fleshy projections. The chrysalids always hang suspended by the tail. The Lemonup, the “ Metal-marks.” This family is distinguished from others by the fact that the males have four ambulatory or walking feet, while the females have six such feet. The antenne are relatively longer than in the Ly- cenide. The butterflies belonging to this great group are mostly confined to the tropics of the New World, and only a few genera and species are included in the region covered by this volume. They are usually quite small, but are colored in a bright and odd manner, spots and checkered markings being verycommon. Many are extremely brilliant in their colors. The caterpillars are small and contracted. Some are said to have chrysalids which are sus- pended, others have chrysalids girdled and attached at the anal extremity, like the Lycenide. The butterflies in many genera have the habit of alighting on the under side of leaves, with therr wings expanded. 65 The Classification of Butterflies The Lyc&niDz, the “ Gossamer-winged Butterflies.” This great family comprises the butterflies which are familiarly known as the “hair-streaks,” the “blues,” and the “ coppers.” The males have four and the females six walking feel. The cat- erpillars are small, short, and slug-shaped. The chrysalids are provided with a girdle, are attached at the end of the abdomen, and lie closely appressed to the surface upon which they have undergone transformation. Blue is a very common color in this family, which includes some of the gayest of the small forms which are found in the butterfly world. / alighting they always carry their wings folded together and upright. The PapiLionip&, the “ Swallowtails’” and their allies. These butterflies have six walking feelin both sexes. The cater- pillars are elongate, and in some genera provided with osmateria, or protrustve organs secreting a powerful and disagreeable odor. The chrysalids are elongate, attached at the anal extremity, and held in place by a girdle of silk, but not closely appressed to the surface upon which they have undergone transformation. The HEsperuDA&, or the “ Skippers.” They are generally small in size, with stout bodies, very quick and powerful in flight. They have six walking feet in both sexes. The tibie of the hind feet, with few exceptions, have spurs. The caterpillars are cylindrical, smooth, tapering forward and back- ward from the middle, and generally having large globular heads. For the most part they undergo transformation into chrysalids which have a girdle and an anal hook, or cremaster, in a loose co- coon, composed of a few threads of silk, and thus approximate the moths in their habits. The genus Megathymus has the curious habit of burrowing in its larval stage in the underground stems of the yucca. To one or the other of these five families all the butterflies, numbering about six hundred and fifty species, which are found from the Rio Grande of Texas to the arctic circle, can be referred. Scientific Names.—From what has been said it is plain to the reader that the student of this delightful branch of science is cer- tain to be called upon to use some rather long and, at first sight, uncouth words in the pursuit of the subject. But experience, that best of teachers, will soon enable him to master any little difficulties which may arise from this source, and he will come finally to recognize how useful these terms are in designating dis- 66 The Classification of Butterflies tinctions which exist, but which are often wholly overlooked by the uneducated and unobservant. It is not, however, necessary that the student should at the outset attempt to tax his memory with all of the long scientific names which he encounters in this and similar books. The late Dr. Horn of Philadelphia, who was justly regarded, during the latter years of his life, as the most eminent student of the Coleoptera, or beetles, of North America, once said to the writer that he made it a religious duty not to try to remember all the long scientific names belonging to the thou- sands of species in his collection, but was content to have them attached to the pins holding the specimens in his cabinets, where he could easily refer to them. The student who is engaged in collecting and studying butterflies will very soon come, almost with- out effort, to know their names, but it is not a sin to forget them. In writing about butterflies it is quite customary to abbreviate the generic name by giving merely its initial. Thus in writing about the milkweed butterfly, Avosia plexippus, the naturalist will designate it as “ A. plexippus.” To the specific name he will also attach the name of the man who gave this specific name to the insect. As Linnzus was the first to name this insect, it is proper to add his name, when writing of it, or to add an abbre- viation of his name, as follows: “A. plexippus, Linnzeus,”’ or “Linn.” In speaking about butterflies it is quite common to omit the generic name altogether and to use only the specific name. Thus after returning in the evening from a collecting-trip, ] might say, “I was quite successful to-day. I took twenty Aphrodites, four Myrinas, and two specimens of Atlantis.” In this case there could be no misunderstanding of my meaning. | took specimens of three species of the genus Argynnis—A. aphrodite, A. myrina, and A. atlantis; but it is quite enough to designate them by the specific names, without reference to their generic classification. Synonyms.—It is a law among scientific men that the name first given to an animal or plant shall be its name and shall have priority over all other names. Now, it has happened not infre- quently that an author, not knowing that a species has been de- scribed already, has redescribed it under another name. Sucha name applied a second time to a species already described is called a synonym, and may be published after the true name. Sometimes species have had a dozen or more different names 67 The Classification of Butterflies applied to them by different writers, but all such names rank as synonyms according to the law of priority. Popular Names. —Common English names for butterflies are much in vogue in England and Scotland, and there is no reason why English names should not-be given to butterflies, as well as to birds and to plants. In the following pages this has been done to a great extent. I have used the names coined by Dr. S. H. Scudder and by others, so far as possible, and have in other cases been forced myself to coin names which seemed to be appropri- ate, in the hope that they may come ultimately to be widely used. The trouble is that ordinary people do not take pains to observe and note the distinctions which exist among the lower animals. The vocabulary of the common farmer, or even of the ordinary professional man, is bare of terms to point out correctly. the different things which come under the eye. All insects are “bugs” to the vulgar, and even the airy butterfly, creature of grace and light, is put into the same category with roaches and fleas. Apropos of the tendency to classify as “bugs ” all things which creep and are small, it may be worth while to recall the story, which Frank Buckland tells in his “ Log-book of a Fisherman and Naturalist,” of an adventure which he had, when a school-boy, at the booking-office of the London, Chatham, and Dover Railway Company in Dover. He had been for a short trip to Paris, and had bought a monkey and a tortoise. Upon his return from sunny France, as he was getting his ticket up to London, Jocko stuck his head out of the bag in which his owner was carrying him. The ticket-agent looked down and said, “ You will pay half-fare for him.” “ How is that?” exclaimed young Buckland. “Well, we charge half-fare for dogs.” “But this is not a dog,” replied the indignant lad; “this is a monkey.” “Makes no dif- ference,’ was the answer; “you must pay half-fare for him.” Reluctantly the silver was laid upon the counter. Then, thrust- ing his hands into the pocket of his greatcoat, Buckland drew forth the tortoise, and, laying it down, asked, “ How much do you charge for this?’ The ancient receiver of fares furbished his spectacles, adjusted them to his nose, took a long look, and replied, “We don’t charge nothin’ for them; them ’s insects.” It is to be hoped that the reader of this book will in the end have a clearer view of facts as to the classification of animals than was possessed by the ticket-agent at Dover. 68 CHAPTER IV BOOKS ABOUT NORTH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES Early Writers.—The earliest descriptions of North American butterflies are found in writings which are now almost unknown, except to the close student of science. Linnzeus described and named a number of the commoner North American species, and some of them were figured by Charles Clerck, his pupil, whose work entitled “Icones”” was published at Stockholm in the year 1759. Clerck’s work is exceedingly rare, and the writer believes that he has in his possession the only copy in North America. Johann Christian Fabricius, a pupil of Linnzeus, who was for some time a professor in Kiel, and attached to the court of the King of Denmark, published between the year 1775 and the year 1798 a number of works upon the general subject of entomology, in which he gave descriptions, very brief and unsatisfactory, of anumber of North American species. His descriptions were written, as were those of Linnzeus, in the Latin language. About the same time that Fabricius was publishing his works, Peter Cramer, a Dutchman, was engaged in giving to the world the four large quartos in which he endeavored to figure and describe the butterflies and moths of Asia, Africa, and America. Cramer’s work was entitled “ Papillons Exotiques,” and contained recog- nizable illustrations of quite a number of the North American forms. The book, however, is rare and expensive to-day, but few copies of it being accessible to American students. Jacob Hitbner, who was born at Augsburg in the year 1761, undertook the publication, in the early part of the present century, of an elaborate work upon the European butterflies and moths, parallel with which he undertook a publication upon the butterflies and moths of foreign lands. The title of his work is “ Samm- 69 Books about North American Butterflies lung Exotischer Schmetterlinge.” To this work was added, as an appendix, partly by Hubner and partly by his successor and co- laborer, Karl Geyer, another, entitled “Zutrage zur Sammlung Exotischer Schmetterlinge.” The two works together are illus- trated by six hundred and sixty-four colored plates. This great publication contains some scattered figures of North American species. A good copy sells for from three hundred and fifty to four hundred dollars, or even more. The first work which was devoted exclusively to an account of the lepidoptera of North America was published in England by Sir James Edward Smith, who was a botanist, and who gave to the world in two volumes some of the plates which had been drawn by John Abbot, an Englishman who lived for a number of years in Georgia. The work appeared in two folio volumes, bearing the date 1797. It is entitled “ The Natural History of the Rarer Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia.” It contains one hun-. dred and four plates, in which the insects are represented in their various stages upon their appropriate food-plants. Smith and Abbot’s work contains original descriptions of only about half a dozen of the North American butterflies, and figures a number of species which had been already described by earlier authors. It is mainly devoted to the moths. This work is now rare and commands a very high price. The next important work upon the subject was published by Dr. J. A. Boisduval of Paris, a celebrated entomologist, who was assisted by Major John E. Leconte. The work appeared in the year 1833, and is entitled “ Histoire Générale et Monographie des Lepidoptéres et des Chenilles de |’Amérique Septentrionale.” It contains seventy-eight colored plates, each representing butterflies of North America, in many cases giving figures of the larva and the chrysalis as well as of the perfect insect. The plates were based very largely upon drawings made by John Abbot, and represent ninety-three species, while in the text there are only eighty-five species mentioned, some of which are not figured. What has been said of all the preceding works is also true of this: it is very rarely offered for sale, can only be found upon occasion, and commands a high price. In the year 1841 Dr. Thaddeus William Harris published “A Report on the Insects of Massachusetts which are Injurious to Vegetation.’”” This work, which was originally brought out in 70 Books about North American Butterflies pursuance of an order of the legislature of Massachusetts, by the Commissioners of the Zodlogical and Botanical Survey of the State, was republished in 1842, and was followed by a third edi- tion in 1852. The last edition, revised and improved by Charles L. Flint, Secretary of the Massachusetts State Board of Agricul- ture, appeared in 1862. This work contains a number of figures and descriptions of the butterflies of New England, and, while now somewhat obsolete, still contains a great deal of valuable informa- tion, and is well worth being rescued by the student from the shelves of the second-hand book-stalls in which it is now and then to be found. For the New England student of entomology it remains to a greater or less extent a classic. In 1860 the Smithsonian Institution published a “ Catalogue of the Described Lepidoptera of North America,” a compilation prepared by the Rev. John G. Morris. This work, though very far from complete, contains in a compact form much valuable in- formation, largely extracted from the writings of previous authors. It is not illustrated. With the book prepared by Dr. Morris the first period in the development of a literature relating to our subject may be said to close, and the reader will observe that until the end of the sixth decade of this century very little had been attempted in the way of systematically naming, describing, and illustrating the riches of the insect fauna of this continent. Almost all the work, with the exception of that done by Harris, Leconte, and Morris, had been done by European authors. Later Writers.—At the close of the Civil War this country witnessed a great intellectual awakening, and every department of science begar to find its zealous students. In the annals of en- tomology the year 1868 is memorable because of the issue of the first part of the great work by William H. Edwards, entitled “The Butterflies of North America.” This work has been within the last year (1897) brought to completion with the publication of the third volume, and stands as a superb monument to the scien- tific attainments and the inextinguishable industry of its learned author. The three volumes are most superbly illustrated, and con- tain a wealth of original drawings, representing all the stages in the life-history of numerous species, which has never been sur- passed. Unfortunately, while including a large number of the species known to inhabit North America, the book is nevertheless 71 Books about North American Butterflies not what its title would seem to imply, and is far from com- plete, several hundreds of species not being represented in any way, either in the text or in the illustrations. In spite of this fact it will remain to the American student a classic, holding a place in the domain of entomology analogous to that which is held in the science of ornithology by the “ Birds of America,” by Audubon. A work even more elaborate in its design and execution, con- tained in three volumes, is “ The Butterflies of New England,” by Dr. Samuel Hubbard Scudder, published in the year 1886. No more superbly illustrated and exhaustive monograph on any sci- entific subject has ever been published than this, and it must re- main a lasting memorial of the colossal industry and vast learning of the author, one of the most eminent scientific men whom America has produced. While the two great works which have been mentioned have . illustrated to the highest degree not only the learning of their authors, but the vast advances which have been made in the art of illustration within the last thirty years, they do not stand alone as representing the activity of students in this field. A number of smaller, but useful, works have appeared from time to time. Among these must be mentioned“ The Butterflies of the Eastern United States,” by Professor G. H. French. This book, which contains four hundred and two pages and ninety-three figures in the text, was published in Philadelphia in 1886. It is an admi- rable little work, with the help of which the student may learn much in relation to the subject; but it greatly lacks in illustration, without which all such publications are not attractive or thor- oughly useful to the student. In the same year appeared “ The Butterflies of New England,” by C. J. Maynard, a quarto con- taining seventy-two pages of text and eight colored plates, the latter very poor. In 1878 Herman Strecker of Reading, Pennsyl- vania, published a book entitled “ Butterflies and Moths of North America,” which is further entitled “A Complete Synonymical Catalogue.”’ It gives only the synonymy of some four hundred and seventy species of butterflies, and has never been continued by the author, as was apparently his intention. It makes no mention of the moths, except upon the title-page. For the scientific student it has much value, but is of no value to a beginner. The same author published in parts a work illus- 72 Books about North American Butterflies trated by fifteen colored plates, entitled “ Lepidoptera—Rhopalo- ceres and Heteroceres—Indigenous and Exotic,’’ which came out from 1872 to 1879, and contains recognizable figures of many North American species. In 1891 there appeared in Boston, from the pen of C. J. May- nard, a work entitled ‘““ A Manual of North American Butterflies.” This is illustrated by ten very poorly executed plates and a num- ber of equally poorly executed cuts in the text. The work is unfortunately characterized by a number of serious defects which make its use difficult and unsatisfactory for the correct determina- tion of species and their classification. In 1893 Dr. Scudder published two books, both of them use- ful, though brief, one of them entitled “ The Life of a Butterfly,” the other, ‘““A Brief Guide to the Commoner Butterflies of the Northern United States and Canada.” Both of these books were published in New York by Messrs. Henry Holt & Co., and con- tain valuable information in relation to the subject, being to a certain extent an advance upon another work published in 1881 by the same author and firm, entitled “ Butterflies.” Periodical Literature.—The reader must not suppose that the only literature relating to the subject that we are considering is to be found in the volumes that have been mentioned. The original descriptions and the life-histories of a large number of the species of the butterflies of North America have originally appeared in the pages of scientific periodicals and in the journals and proceedings of different learned societies. Among the more important pub- lications which are rich in information in regard to our theme may be mentioned the publications relating to entomology issued by the United States National Museum, the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture, and by the various American commonwealths, chief among the latter being Riley’s “ Missouri Reports.’”” Ex- ceedingly valuable are many of the papers contained in the “ Transactions of the American Entomological Society,” “‘ Psyche,” the “Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society” (1872- 85), ““ Papilio” (1881-84), “ Entomologica Americana” (1885-90), the “Journal of the New York Entomological Society,” the “Canadian Entomologist,” and ‘Entomological News.’ All of these journals are mines of original information, and the student who proposes to master the subject thoroughly will do well to obtain, if possible, complete sets of these periodicals, as well as 73 Books about North American Butterflies of a number of others which might be mentioned, and to sub- scribe for such of them as are still being published. There are a number of works upon general entomology, con- taining chapters upon the diurnal lepidoptera, which may be con- sulted with profit. Among the best of these are the following: “A Guide to the Study of Insects,” by A. S. Packard, Jr., M. D. (Henry Holt & Co., New York, 1883, pp. 715, 8vo); “A Text- book of Entomology,” by Alpheus S. Packard, M. D., etc. (The Macmillan Company, New York, 1898, pp. 729, 8vo); “A Man- ual for the Study of Insects,’ by John Henry Comstock (Comstock Publishing Company, Ithaca, New York, 1895, pp. 701, 8vo). HUGO'S ‘‘FLOWER TO BUTTERFLY” “« Sweet, live with me, and let my love Be an enduring tether; Oh, wanton not from spot to spot, But let us dwell together. *“ You ’ve come each morn to sip the sweets With which you found me dripping, Yet never knew it was not dew, But tears, that you were sipping. “You gambol over honey meads Where siren bees are humming; But mine the fate to watch and wait For my beloved’s coming. “The sunshine that delights you now Shall fade to darkness gloomy; You should not fear if, biding here, You nestled closer to me. “So rest you, love, and be my love, That my enraptured blooming May fill your sight with tender light, Your wings with sweet perfuming. “Or, if you will not bide with me Upon this quiet heather, Oh, give me wing, thou beauteous thing, That we may soar together.” EuGeENeE FIeLp. 74 EY BUIMERELIES OF NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO “Lo, the bright train their radiant wings unfold! With silver fringed, and freckled o’er with gold: On the gay bosom of some fragrant flower They, idly fluttering, live their little hour; Their life all pleasure, and their task all play, All spring their age, and sunshine all their day.” Mrs. BaRBAULD. ORDER LEPIDOPTERA SUBORDER RHOPALOCERA (BUTTERFLIES) FAMILY I NYMPHALID/E (THE BRUSH-FOOTED BUTTERFLIES) THE family of the Nymphalide is composed of butterflies which are of medium and large size, though a few of the genera are made up of species which are quite small. They may be distinguished from all other butterflies by the fact that the first pair of legs in both sexes is atrophied or greatly reduced in size, so that they cannot be used in walking, but are carried folded up upon the breast. The fore feet, except in the case of the female of the snout-butterflies (Libytheinz), are without tarsal claws, and hence the name “ Brush-footed Butterflies” has been applied to them. As the anterior pair of legs is apparently useless, they have been called “ The Four-footed Butterflies,” which is scien- tifically a misnomer. Egg.—The eggs of the Nymphalide, for the most part, are dome-shaped or globular, and are marked with raised longitudinal lines extending from the summit toward the base over the entire surface or over the upper portion of the egg. Between these elevations are often found finer and less elevated cross-lines. In a few genera the surface of the eggs is covered with reticulations arranged in geometrical patterns (see Fig. 1). Caterpillar.—The caterpillars of the Nymphalide, as they emerge from the egg, have heads the diameter of which is larger than that of the body, and covered with a number of wart-like 77 Nymphalide (the Brush-footed Butterflies) elevations from which hairs arise. The body of the immature larva generally tapers from before backward (see Plate III, Figs. 7 and 11). The mature larva is cylindrical in form, sometimes, as in the Satyrinz, thicker in the middle. Often one or more of the segments are greatly swollen in whole or in part. The larve are generally ornamented with fleshy projections or branching spines. Chrysalids.—The chrysalids are for the most part angular, and often have strongly marked projections. Asarule, they hang with the head downward, having the cremaster, or anal hook, attached to a button of silk woven to the under surface of a limb of a tree, a stone, or some other projecting surface. A few boreal species construct loose coverings of threads of silk at the roots of grasses, and here undergo their transformations. The chrysalids are fre- quently ornamented with golden or silvery spots. This is the largest of all the families of butterflies, and it is also the most widely distributed. It is represented by species which have their abode in the cold regions of the far North and upon the lofty summits of mountains, where summer reigns for but a few weeks during the year; and it is enormously developed in equatorial lands, including here some of the most gloriously colored species in the butterfly world. But although these in- sects appear to have attained their most superb development in the tropics, they are more numerous in the temperate regions than other butterflies, and a certain fearlessness, and fondness for the haunts of men, which seems to characterize some of them, has brought them more under the eyes of observers. The lit- erature of poetry and prose which takes account of the life of the butterfly has mainly dealt with forms belonging to this great assemblage of species. In the classification of the brush-footed butterflies various subdivisions have been suggested by learned authors, but the species found in the United States and the countries lying north- ward upon the continent may be all included in the following six groups, or subfamilies: 1. The Eupleine, the Eupleeids. The /thomzine, the Ithomiids. The Helicontine, the Heliconians. The Nymphaline, the Nymphs. The Satyrine, the Satyrs. The Libytheine, the Snout-butterflies. 78 AVERY b Nymphalide (the Brush-footed Butterflies) The insects belonging to these different subfamilies may be distinguished by the help of the following analytical table, which is based upon that of Professor Comstock, given in his “ Man- ual for the Study of Insects” (p. 396), which in turn is based upon that of Dr. Scudder, in “ The Butterflies of New England” (vol. i, p. 115). KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES OF THE NYMPHALID/E OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA I. With the veins of the fore wings not greatly swollen at the base. A. Antenne naked. (a) Fore wings less than twice as long as broad—Eupleina. (b) Fore wings twice as long as broad and often translucent, the ab- domen extending far beyond the inner margin of the hind wings —Ithomiine. B. Antenne clothed with scales, at least above. (a) Fore wings at least twice as long as broad—Helicontina. (b) Fore wings less than twice as long as broad. 1. Palpi not as long as the thorax—Nymphalina. 2. Palpi much longer than the thorax —Libytheine. II. With some of the veins of the fore wings greatly swollen at the base—Satyrine. We now proceed to present the various genera and species of this family which occur within the territorial limits of which this book treats. The reader will do well to accompany the study of the descriptions, which are at most mere sketches, by a careful examination of the figures in the plates. In this way a very clear idea of the different species can in most instances be obtained. But with the study of the book should always go, if possible, the study of the living things themselves. Knowledge of nature founded upon books is at best second-hand. To the fields and the woods, then, net in hand! Splendid as may be the sight of a great collection of butterflies from all parts of the world, their wings “Gleaming with purple and gold,” no vision is so exquisite and so inspiring as that which greets the true aurelian as in shady dell or upon sun-lit upland, with the blue sky above him and the flowers all around him, he pursues his pleasant, self-imposed tasks, drinking in health at every step. 79 SUBFAMILY EUPLGEINAE (THE MILKWEED BUTTERFLIES) “Lazily flying Over the flower-decked prairies, West; Basking in sunshine till daylight is dying, And resting all night on Asclepias’ breast; Joyously dancing, Merrily prancing, Chasing his lady-love high in the air, Fluttering gaily, Frolicking daily, Free from anxiety, sorrow, and care! ” C. V. RILEY. Butter fly.—Large butterflies; head large; the antenne inserted on the summit, stout, naked, that is to say, not covered with scales, the club long and not broad; palpi stout; the thorax some- what compressed, with the top arched. The abdomen is mod- erately stout, bearing on the eighth segment, on either side, in the case of the male, clasps which are quite conspicuous.. The fore wings are greatly produced at the apex and more or less excavated about the middle of the outer border; the hind wings are rounded and generally much smaller than the fore wings; the outer mar- gin is regular, without tails, and the inner margin is sometimes channeled so as to enfold the abdomen. The fore legs are greatly atrophied in the male, less so in the female; these atro- phied legs are not provided with claws, but on the other legs the claws are well developed. Egg.—The eggs are ovate conical, broadly flattened at the base and slightly truncated at the top, with many longitudinal ribs and transverse cross-ridges (see Fig. 4). pes Caterpillar.—On emerging from the chrysalis the head is not larger than the body; the body has a few scattered hairs on each 80 SUBPAMILY f BuPLOEN (THE ‘MILK WEES BUTTERFLIES “EX . Auiosia plexippus, Linneus, J. 2. Anite Ce Re Cramer, 3. 4. ET iy. 5. Basilarchia hulsti, Ec won oh summit, stout, Mab: Gey Scales, the cliSJoty ahd’ Wet hee”: wijat ea ssect, with the Gap aie erstely stout, Bearing on the elite ® 2 , ase of. shes iinet clasps Wintel are 3 wings are greatly produced At theeepirae a) About the middle of the outer bonder; “wba gene rally much smaiter thin the: i g ih: i regular, Mathiout tails, afi oe oe pret v aire nohied: in the male, less. BO eth phied tees are net provided with claws. chaweare Well developed: ” Leg. ~The eggs are ovate coral, brew atk trune: nted at: Ihe top. with) ansyerse cfoss-ridges (set Fig. 4)... ; bterpr fier. Skt emerging from the ni ERA the Rody the body has a few, as ' pus., e na less exe PLaTE VII. THE BuvTERFLY Book. Eupleine (the Milkweed Butterflies) segment. On reaching maturity the head is small, the body large, cylindrical, without hair, and conspicuously banded with dark stripes upon a lighter ground, and on some of the segments there are generally erect fleshy processes of considerable length (see Fig. 16). The caterpillars feed upon different species of the milk- weed (Asclepias). Chrysalis. —The chrysalis is relatively short and thick, rounded, with very few projections, tapers very rapidly over the posterior part of the abdomen, and is suspended by a long cremaster from a button of silk (see Fig. 24). The chrysalis is frequently orna- mented with golden or silver spots. This subfamily reaches its largest development in the tropical regions of Asia. Only one genus is represented in our fauna, the genus Azosza. Genus ANOSIA, Hiibner Butterfly.—Large-sized butterflies; fore wings long, greatly produced at the apex, having a triangular outline, the outer mar- gin approximately as long as the inner margin; the costal border is regularly bowed; the outer border is slightly exca- vated, the outer angle rounded; the hind wings are well rounded, the costal border projecting just at the base, the inner mar- gin likewise projecting at the base and depressed so as to form a channel clasp- ing the abdomen. On the edge of the first median nervule of the male, about Gig its middle, there is a scent-pouch covered ee with scales. : Egg.— The eggis ovate conical, ribbed <~ perpendicularly with many raised cross- lines between the ridges. The eggs are pale green in color. Fic. 78.—Neuration of the Caterpillar.—The caterpillar is cylin- SES HOE drical, fleshy, transversely wrinkled, and has on the second tho- racic and eighth abdominal segment pairs of very long and slender fleshy filaments; the body is ornamented by dark bands upon a greenish-yellow ground-color; the filaments are black. 81 Genus Anosia Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is stout, cylindrical, rapidly taper- ing on the abdomen, and is suspended from a button of silk by a long cremaster. The color of the chrysalis is pale green, orna- mented with golden spots. The larve of the genus Anosia feed for the most part upon the varieties of milkweed (Asclepias), and they are therefore called “ milkweed butterflies.” There are two species of the genus found in our fauna, one, Anosia plexippus, Linnzeus, which is distributed over the entire continent as far north as southern Canada, and the other, Anosia berentce, Cramer, which is con- fined to the extreme southwestern portions of the United States, being found in Texas and Arizona. (1) Anosia plexippus, Linnzus, Plate VII, Fig. 1, ¢ (The Monarch). Butterfily.—The upper surface of the wings of this butterfly is bright reddish, with the borders and veins broadly black, with two rows of white spots on the outer borders and two rows of pale spots of moderately large size across the apex of the fore wings. The males have the wings less broadly bordered with black than the females, and on the first median nervule of the hind wings there is a black scent-pouch. Egg.—The egg is ovate conical, and is well represented in Fig. 4 in the introductory chapter of this book. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar is bright yellow or greenish-yel- low, banded with shining black, and furnished with black fleshy thread-like appendages before and behind. It likewise is well delineated in Fig. 16, as well as in Plate Ill, Fig. 5. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is about an inch in length, pale green, spotted with gold (see Fig. 24, and Plate IV, Figs. 1-3). The butterfly is believed to be polygoneutic, that is to say, many broods are produced annually; and it is believed by writers that with the advent of cold weather these butterflies migrate to the South, the chrysalids and caterpillars which may be un- developed at the time of the frosts are destroyed, and that when these insects reappear, as they do every summer, they represent a wave of migration coming northward from the warmer regions of the Gulf States. It is not believed that any of them hibernate in any stage of their existence. This insect sometimes appears in great swarms on the eastern and southern coasts of New Jersey in late autumn. The swarms pressing 82 Genus Anosia southward are arrested by the ocean. The writer has seen stunted trees on the New Jersey coast in the middle of October, when the foliage has already fallen, so completely covered with clinging masses of these butterflies as to present the appearance of trees in full leaf (Fig. 79). Fic. 79.—Swarms of milkweed butterflies resting onatree. Photographed at night by Professor C. F. Nachtrieb. (From ‘‘ Insect Life,” vol. v, p. 206, by special permission of the United States Department of Agriculture.) This butterfly is a great migrant, and within quite recent years, with Yankee instinct, has crossed the Pacific, probably on mer- chant vessels, the chrysalids being possibly concealed in bales of hay, and has found lodgment in Australia, where it has greatly multiplied in the warmer parts of the Island Continent, and has thence spread northward and westward, until in its migrations it has reached Java and Sumatra, and long ago took possession of 83 Genus Anosia the Philippines. Moving eastward on the lines of travel, it has established a more or less precarious foothold for itself in southern England, as many as two or three dozen of these butter- flies having been taken in a single year in the United Kingdom. It is well established at the Cape Verde Islands, and in a short time we may expect to hear of it as having taken possession of the continent of Africa, in which the family of plants upon which the caterpillars feed is well represented. (2) Anosia berenice, Cramer, Plate VII, Fig. 2, 4 (The Queen). This butterfly is smaller than the Monarch, and the ground- color of the wings is a livid brown. The markings are some- what similar to those in A. plexippus, but the black borders of the hind wings are relatively wider, and the light spots on the apex of the fore wings are whiter and differently located, as may be learned from the figures given in Plate VII. There is a variety of this species, which has been called Anosia strigosa by H. W. Bates (Plate VII, Fig. 3, 2), which differs only in that on the upper surface of the hind wings the veins as far as the black outer margin are narrowly edged with grayish-white, giving them a streaked appearance. This insect is found in Texas, Arizona, and southern New Mexico. All of the Euploeine are “ protected” insects, being by nature provided with secretions which are distasteful to birds and pre- daceous insects. These acrid secretions are probably due to the character of the plants upon which the caterpillars feed, for many of them eat plants which are more or less rank, and some of them even poisonous to the higher orders of animals. Enjoying on this account immunity from attack, they have all, in the process of time, been mimicked by species in other genera which have not the same immunity. This protective resemblance is well il- lustrated in Plate VII. The three upper figures in the plate repre- sent, as we have seen, species of the genus Anosza; the two lower figures represent two species of the genus Baszlarchia. Fig. 4 is the male of B. disippus, a very common species in the northern United States, which mimicks the Monarch. Fig. 5 represents the same sex of B. bu/stiz, a species which is found in Arizona, and there flies in company with the Queen, and its variety, A. strigosa, which latter it more nearly resembles. 84 SUBFAMILY ITHOMIINZE (THE LONG-WINGS) “There be Infects with little hornes proaking out before their eyes, but weak and tender they be, and good for nothing; as the Butterflies.” —PLiny, PHILEMon HoLLanp’s Translation. Butterfiv.—This subfamily is composed for the most part of species of moderate size, though a few are quite large. The fore wings are invariably greatly lengthened and are generally at least twice as long as broad. The hind wings are relatively small, rounded, and without tails. The wings in many of the genera are transparent. The extremity of the abdomen in both sexes extends far beyond the margin of the hind wings, but in the fe- male not so much as in the male. The antennz are not clothed with scales, and are very long and slender, with the club also long and slender, gradually thickening to the tip, which is often droop- ing. The fore legs are greatly atrophied in the males, the tibia and tarsi in this sex being reduced to a minute knob-like ap- pendage, but being more strongly developed in the females. The life-history of none of the species reputed to be found in our fauna has been carefully worked out. The larvz are smooth, cov- ered in most genera with longitudinal rows of conical prominences. The chrysalids are said to show a likeness to those of the Eupleeine, being short, thick, and marked with golden spots. Some authors are inclined to view this subfamily as merely con- stituting a section of the Euplceine. The insects are, however, so widely unlike the true Euplceinz that it seems well to keep them separate in our system of classification. In appearance they approach the Heliconians more nearly than the Eupleeids. Itho- miid butterflies swarm in the tropics of the New World, and sev- eral hundreds of species are known to inhabit the hot lands of Central and South America. But one genus is found in the Old World, Hamadryas, confined to the Australian region. They are 85 Ithomiinz (the Long-wings) protected like the Euploeids and the Heliconians. In flight they are said to somewhat resemble the dragon-flies of the genus Agrion, their narrow wings, greatly elongated bodies, and slow, flitting motion recalling these insects, which are known by school- boys as “ darning-needles.” Three genera are said to be represented in the extreme south- western portion of the United States. I myself have never re- ceived specimens of any of them which indisputably came from localities within our limits, and no such specimens are found in the great collection of Mr. W. H. Edwards, which is now in my possession. A paratype of Reakirt’s species, Mechanitis califor- nica, is contained in the collection of Theodore L. Mead, which | also possess. Mr. Mead obtained it from Herman Strecker of Reading, Pennsylvania. Reakirt gives Los Angeles as the locality from which his type came; but whether he was right in this is open to question, inasmuch, so far as is known, the species has not been found in that neighborhood since described by Reakirt. Genus MECHANITIS, Fabricius Butterfiy.—Butterflies of moderate size, with the fore wings greatly produced, the inner margin bowed out just beyond the base, and deeply excavated between this projectionand the inner angle. Thelower discocellular vein in the hind wings is apparently continuous with the median vein, and the lower radial vein being parallel with the median nervules, the median vein has in consequence the ap- pearance of being four-branched. The submedian vein of the fore wings is forked at the base. The costal margin of the hind wings is clothed with tufted erect hairs in the male sex. The fore legs of the male are greatly atrophied, Fic. 80.—Neuration of the : ashe é e genus Mechanitis. The letters the tarsi and the tibia being fused and refer to the names of the veins. reduced to a small knob-like appendage. Caan The fore legs of the female are also greatly reduced, but the tarsi and tibia are still recognizable as slender, thread-like organs. 86 Genus Mechanitis The caterpillars are smooth, cylindrical, ornamented with rows of short fleshy projections. The chrysalids are short and stout, suspended, and marked with golden spots. There are numerous species belonging to this genus, all natives of tropical America. The only species said to be found within the limits of the United States occurs, if at all, in southern Cali- fornia. It is, however, probably only found in the lower penin- sula of California, which is Mexican territory. No examples from Upper California are known to the writer. (1) Mechanitis californica, Reakirt, Plate VIII, Fig. 2, 2 (The Californian Long-wing). The original description given by Reakirt in the “ Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia,” vol. v, p. 223, is as follows: “ Expanse, 2.45-2.50inches. Fore wing above, brownish-black ; a basal streak over the median nervure, and two rounded spots near the inner angle, orange-tawny; of these the outer is the largest, sometimes the inner is yellow, and sometimes both are nearly obsolete; a spot across the cell near its termination, much narrower than in M. isthmza, and in one example reduced to a mere dot on the median nervure; a more or less interrupted belt across the wing from the costa to near the middle of the outer margin, and an oblong subapical spot, yellow; in the specimen just mentioned there is an additional yellow spot below the medio-central veinlet. “Beneath the same, suffused with orange-tawny at the base and the inner angle, with a row of eight or nine submarginal white spots along the outer margin. “Hind wing above, orange-tawny, with a broad mesial band, entire, and a narrow outer border, from the middle of the costa to the anal angle, brownish-black. “Beneath the same, a yellow spot on the root of the wing; a band runs along the subcostal nervure from the base to the mar- gin, where it is somewhat dilated; immediately below its termina- tion, a mark in the form of an irregular figure 2, usually with the upper part inordinately enlarged; between this and the base, on the central line of the band above, three small subtriangular spots ; all these markings blackish-brown; a submarginal row of seven white spots on the outer margin. 87 Genus Ceratinia “Body brownish; wing-lappets and thorax spotted with tawny-orange; antenne yellowish, with the base dusky. “ Hab.—Los Angeles, California.” The species is probably only a local race of the insect known to naturalists as M. polymnia, Linneus, as Reakirt himself admits. The figure in the plate is from one of Reakirt’s paratypes. Genus CERATINIA, Fabricius Butterfly.—Butterflies of medium size, very closely related in structure to the butterflies of the genus Mechanitis. The pecu- liarity of this genus, by which it may be distinguished from others belong- ing to this subfamily, is the fact that the /ower discocellular vein in the hind wing of the male sex is strongly in- angled, while in the genus Mechanz- tis it is the mzddle discocellular vein of the hind wing which is bent in- , Ss wardly. @ Early Stages.—Unknown for the Q sc most part. . There are at least fifty species be- 1 % longing to this genus found in the Z tropical regions of America; only one Fic.81,—Neuration of the genus 1S Said to occur occasionally within the Ceratinia. (For explanation of limits of the region covered by this lettering, see Fig. 40.) volume. (1) Ceratinia lycaste, Fabricius, Plate VIII, Fig. 3, ¢ (Lycaste). Butierfly.—The butterfly is rather small, wings semi-transpar- ent, especially at the apex of the fore wings. The ground-color is pale reddish-orange, with the border black. There are a few irregular black spots on the discal area of the fore wings, and arow of minute white spots on the outer border. There is a black band on the middle of the hind wings, curved to correspond some- what with the outline of the outer border. The markings on the under side are paler. The variety negreta, which is represented in the plate, has a small black spot at the end of the cell of the hind wings, replacing the black band in the form common upon the Isthmus of Panama. Ww Ww NS 88 SAMY 23 tOrax EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII . Dircennaklugi, Hibner, 3. 5. Heliconius charitonius, Linneus, ; Mechanitis californica, Reakirt, 3". 6. Colenis julia, Fabricius, J. aad Ceratinia Ipcaste, Fabricius, 3. 7. Dione vanilla, Linneus, S. “ag 8. es hegesia, Cramer, iS t he : Cs delila, RATAUS, = 9. Euploieta cland Piate VIII. Book. THE BUTTERFLY J, HOLLAND, thon, sn i Genus Dircenna Early Stages.—Unknown. Reakirt says that this butterfly occurs about Los Angeles, in California, and the statement has been repeated by numerous authors, who have apparently based their assertions upon Reakirt’s report. I have no personal knowledge of the occurrence of the species within our borders. It is very abundant, however, in the warmer parts of Mexico and Central America, and it may possibly occur as a straggler within the United States. Genus DIRCENNA, Doubleday Butterfly.—Medium-sized butterflies, for the most part with quite transparent wings. The most characteristic features of this genus, separating it from its near allies, are the thread-like front feet of the fe- males, furnished with four-jointed tarsi (Fig.83), the very hairy palpi, and the wide cell of the hind wing, abruptly terminat- ing about the middle of the wing. Furthermore, in the male sex the hind wing is strongly bowed out about fig. g3,— 4, es Wes the middle of the costal Fore leg of = 6 trycenna & UR margin, and the costal vein gigi, 9, Fe uk tends to coalesce with the greatly mag- % subcostal about the middle.” ! a " Early Stages.—Very little is as yet known about the early stages of these insects, and what has been said of the characteristics of the caterpillars and chrysalids of the subfamily of the Ithomiinze must suffice us here. This genus numbers a large array of species which are found in the hottest parts of the tropics of the New World. They fairly swarm in wooded paths amid the jungle of the Amazonian region, and no collection, however small, is ever received from those parts without containing specimens belonging to the group. (1) Dircenna klugii, Hubner, Plate VIII, Fig. 1, ¢ (Klug’s Dircenna). Butterfly. —Fore wings transparent gray, broken by clear, trans- 89 Fic. 82.—Neuration of the genus Dircenna. Genus Dircenna parent, colorless spots at the apex, on the outer borders, and on the middle of the wing. The inner margin of the fore wing is black. The hind wings are transparent yellowish, with a narrow black outer border marked with small whitish spots. The body is black, with the thorax spotted with white. Expanse, 2.75 inches. The specimen figured in the plate is from Mexico. Whether the insect has ever been taken within the limits of the United States is uncertain. It is another of the species attributed to our fauna by Reakirt, but which since his day has not been caught in the nets of any of the numerous butterfly-hunters who have searched the region in which he said it occurs. It may, however, be found upon the borders of Mexico, in the hotter parts of which country it is not at all uncommon. The “ gentle reader” will kindly look for it when visiting Brownsville, Texas, and southern California, and, when finding it, herald the fact to the entomological world. SUPERSTITIONS “Tf a butterfly alights upon your head, it foretells good news from a distance. This superstition obtains in Pennsylvania and Maryland. “The first butterfly seen in the summer brings good luck to him who catches it. This notion prevails in New York. “Tn western Pennsylvania it is believed that if the chrysalids of butterflies be found suspended mostly on the under sides of rails, limbs, etc., as it were to protect them from rain, there will soon be much rain, or, as it is termed, a ‘rainy spell’; but, on the contrary, if they are found on twigs and slender branches, that the weather will be dry and clear.” —Frank Cowan, Curious History of Insects, p. 229. go SUBFAMILY HELICONIINZE (THE HELICONIANS) “Men, like butterflies, Show not their mealy wings but to the summer.” SHAKESPEARE, 7Yoilus and Cressida, act iil, sc. iii, Mepium or large-sized butterflies, with the fore wings twice as long as they are broad; the hind wings relatively small and rounded upon the outer margin; without tails. The palpi are produced. The antennz, which are nearly as long as the body, are provided at the tip with a gradually tapering club, thicker and stouter than in the Ithomiine, and are clothed with scales on the upper surface. The fore legs are very feebly developed in both sexes. The eggs are cylindrical, twice as high-as wide, tapering rather abruptly toward the apex, which is truncated; they are ribbed longi- tudinally, with strongly developed cross- ridges, giving the egg a somewhat pitted appearance. The caterpillar, when emerg- ing from the egg, has the head somewhat larger than the body; each segment is clothed with hairs, which upon the first moult are replaced by branching spines. The caterpillar, when it reaches maturity, is provided with six branching spines on F's. 84.—Neuration of the rhs genus Helicontus. each segment. The chrysalis is very pecu- liar in shape, and is strongly angulated and covered with curious projections, which cause it to somewhat resemble a shriveled leaf. These butterflies are extremely numerous in the tropics of the New World, and are there represented by a number of genera which are rich in species. Most of them are very gaily colored, the preva- lent tints being black banded with yellow or crimson, sometimes marked with a brilliant blue luster. They are evidently very strongly protected. Belt, in his “ Naturalist in Nicaragua,” tells QI Heliconiine (the Heliconians) us that birds and other animals observed by him invariably re- fused to eat these butterflies, although they swarm in the forests; and he vainly endeavored to induce a monkey which was very fond of insects to eat them, the creature revealing by his grimaces that they were extremely distasteful to him. Mr. Wallace believes their immunity from attack is owing to a “ strong, pungent, semi- aromatic, or medicinal odor, which seems to pervade all the juices of their system.” Genus HELICONIUS, Latreille The description of the subfamily applies to the genus sufficiently well to obviate the necessity of a more particular description, as there is but a single species in our fauna. (1) Heliconius charitonius, Linnzus, Plate VIII, Fig. 5, 4 (The Yellow-barred Heliconian; The Zebra). This insect is a deep black, the fore wings crossed by three bands of yellow: one near the apex; another running from the middle of the costa to the middle of the outer margin; a third running along the lower .edge of the cell, and bending at an obtuse angle from the point where the first median nervule branches toward the outer angle, at its outer extremity followed by a small yellow dot. The hind wings are crossed by a some- what broad band of yellow running from the inner margin near the base toward the outer angle, which it does not reach, and by a submarginal curved band of paler yellow spots, gradually diminishing in size from the inner margin toward the outer angle. There are also a number of small twinned whitish spots on the margin of the hind wing near the anal angle. The body is black, marked with yellow spots and lines; on the under side both wings are touched with crimson at their base, and the hind wings have some pale pinkish markings near the outer angle. The caterpillar feeds upon the passion-flower. The chrysalis, which is dark brown, has the power when disturbed of emitting a creaking sound as it wriggles about, a property which is re- ported to be characteristic of all the insects in the genus. This butterfly is found in the hotter portions of the Gulf States, and is rather abundant in Florida, in the region of the Indian River and on the head waters of the St. Johns. It ranges southward all over the lowlands of Mexico, Central America, and the Antilles. 92 SUBFAMILY NYMPHALINZE (THE NYMPHS) “Entomology extends the limits of being in new directions, so that I walk in nature with a sense of greater space and freedom. It suggests, besides, that the universe is not rough-hewn, but perfect in its details. Nature will bear the closest inspection; she invites us to lay our eye level with the smallest leaf and take an insect view of its plane.” —THorEAu. “My butterfly-net and pocket magnifying-glass are rare companions for a walk in the country.”—WiLLIAM HamiLton Gipson, Sharp Eyes, p. 117. Butterfly.— The butterflies of this subfamily are mainly of moderate or large size, though some of the genera contain quite small species. The antennz are always more or less heavily clothed with scales, and are usually as long as the abdomen, and in a few cases even longer. The club is always well developed; it is usually long, but in some genera is short and stout. The palpi are short and stout, densely clothed with scales and hairs. The thorax is relatively stout, in some genera exceedingly so. The fore wings are relatively broad, the length being to the breadth in most cases in the ratio of 5 to 3, or 3 to 2, though in a few mimetic forms these wings are greatly produced, and narrow, patterning after the outline of the Heliconians and Ithomiids, which they mimic. The fore wings are in most genera produced at the apex, and more or less strongly excavated on the outer margin below the apex. The discoidal cell is usually less than half the length of the wing from base to tip. It is occasionally open, but is more generally closed at its outer extremity by discocellular veins diminishing in thickness from the upper to the lower outer angle of the cell. The costal nervure usually terminates midway between the end of the cell and the tip. The two inner subcostal nervules usually arise before the end of the cell; the outer sub- costal nervules invariably arise beyond the end of the cell. The hind wings are rounded or angulated, with the outer 93 Nymphaline (the Nymphs) border scalloped or tailed; the inner border always affords a channel for the reception of the abdomen. The costal nervule invariably terminates at the external angle of this wing. The discoidal cell is frequently open, or simply closed by a slender veinlet, which it is not always easy to detect; the anal vein is never lacking. The fore legs are greatly reduced in the male, less so in the female. Egg.— The egg is either somewhat globular, or else barrel- shaped, with the sides marked with net-like elevations, or verti- cally ribbed (see Figs. 1, 8, 10). Caterpillar.—W hen first emerging from the egg the caterpillar is generally furnished with long hairs rising singly from wart-like ele- vations which are arranged either in longitudinal rows or in geo- metric patterns (Fig. 85). As the caterpillars pass. their successive moults the hairs are transformed into branching spines or tubercles (see Plate III, Fic. 85.— Caterpillar of V tiopa, just Bie Ae se) 1c. 85.— Caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, jus Ei : hatched. (Greatly magnified.) (After Scudder.) k Chrysalis.—The chrys- alis invariably hangs sus- pended from a button of silk, and is frequently furnished, especially on the dorsal or upper surface, with a number of prominences; the head is usually bifurcate, or cleft (see Plate IV, Figs. 21, 39, etc.). This is the largest of all the subfamilies of the butterflies, and is widely distributed, including many of the most beautifully colored and most vigorous species which are known. There are twenty-six genera represented in our fauna, containing about one hundred and seventy species. Genus COLAINIS, Doubleday Butterfly.— Butterflies of moderately large size, the fore wings greatly produced and relatively narrow; the hind wings evenly rounded and relatively small, of bright reddish-brown color, with darker markings. The species are mimics, and in the elongation of their wings reveal the influence of the Heliconians, 94 Genus Colenis protected species, which abound in the regions in which the genus attains its greatest development. The median vein in the upper wing is characterized by the presence at the base of a minute, thorn-like, external projection; the second subcostal nervule is emitted beyond the cell; the cell of the hind wing is open. The life-history of the two species found within our fauna has not as yet been carefully worked out, and aside from a knowledge of the fact that the caterpillars closely resemble in many respects the caterpillars of the two succeeding genera, being provided with branch- ing spines on their bodies, we do not know as yet enough to give any complete account of the early stages of these insects. (1) Colznis julia, Fabricius, Plate VIII, SHR ACE a PSC Fig. 6, 4 (Julia). tion of the genus Co- The upper side is dark reddish-orange, the pee eNO. os borders are black, a black band extends from the costa at the end of the cell to the outer margin on the line of the third median nervule; the costal area on the hind wings is silver-gray; the wings on the under side are pale rusty-red, mot- tled with a few darker spots, principally on the costa, at the end of the cell, and at the apex of the primaries. There are a few crimson marks at the base of the hind wings, and two light-colored lunules near the inner angle of the hind wings. Expanse of wing, 3.50 inches. This butterfly, which mimics the genus He/iconius in the out- line of the wings, is very common in the tropics of America, and only appears as an occasional visitant in southern Texas. (2) Colzenis delila, Fabricius, Plate VIII, Fig. 4, ¢ (Delila). The Delila Butterfly very closely resembles Julia, and princi- pally differs in being paler in color and without the black band extending from the costa to the outer margin of the primaries. This species has nearly the same form and the same size as the preceding, and, like it, is occasionally found in southern Texas. It is very common in Central America and the West Indies. One of the earliest memories of my childhood relates to a collection of Jamaican butterflies in which were a number of specimens of this butterfly, which I have always much admired. 95 Genus Dione Genus DIONE, Hiibner (Agraulis, Bo7sd.-Lec.) Butterfly.—Head large, the antenne moderately long, with the club flattened; the tip of the abdomen does not extend beyond the inner margin of the hind wings; the cell of the hind wings is open; the primaries are elongated, nearly twice as long as broad, with the exterior margin excavated; the secondaries at the outer margin denticulate. The prevalent color of the upper side of the wings is fulvous, adorned with black spots and lines, the under side of the wings paler brown, in some of the species laved with pink and brilliantly adorned with large silvery spots, as in the genus Argynnis. Egg.—Conoidal, truncated on top, with fourteen ribs running from the apex to the base, between which are rows of elevated striz, causing the surface to appear to be covered with quadrangular pits. Larva. —The caterpillar is cylindrical in its mature stage, tapering a little from the middle toward the head, which is some- what smaller than the body. The head and Fic. 87.—Neuration of the each segment of the body are adorned with genus Dione. : ; branching spines. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is suspended, and has on the dorsal surface of the abdomen a number of small-projections. At the point where the abdominal and thoracic segments unite on the dorsal side there is a deep depression, succeeded on the middle of the thorax by a rounded elevation composed of the wing-cases. At the vertex of the chrysalis there is a conical projection; on the ventral side the chrysalis is bowed outwardly. This genus is confined to the New World, and contains five species. It is closely related to the genus Cola@nis on the one hand and to the genus Argynnis on the other. It is distinguished from Colenis by the more robust structure of the palpi, which closely approximate in form the palpi of the genus Argynnis. It is distinguished from the species of the genus Argynnis by the form of the wings and by the open cell of the secondaries. The larva feeds upon the different species of the genus Passzflora. 96 Genus Dione I cannot at all agree with those who have recently classed this butterfly with the Heliconians. In spite of certain resemblances in the early stages between the insect we are considering and the early stages of some of the Heliconians, and in spite of the shape of the wings, which are remarkably elongated, there are structural peculiarities enough to compel us to keep this insect in the ranks of the Nymphalinz, where it has been placed for sixty years by very competent and critical observers. In a popu- lar work like this it manifestly is out of place to enter into a lengthy discussion of a question of this character, but it seems proper to call attention to the fact that in the judgment of the writer the location of this genus in the preceding subfamily does violence to obvious anatomical facts. (1) Dione vanillz, Linnzeus, Plate VIII, Fig. 7, ¢ (The Gulf Fritillary). Butterfily.—The upper side is bright fulvous; the veins on the fore wings are black, very heavy near the tip; there are four black spots on the outer border, and three discal spots of the same color; there are three irregular black spots toward the end of the cell, pupiled with white; the hind wings have a black border inclosing rounded spots of the ground-color; between the base and the outer margin there are three or four black spots; the under side of the fore wings is light orange, the markings of the upper side showing through upon the under side; the apex of the front wing is brown, inclosing light silvery spots; the sec- ondaries are brown, with numerous elongated bright silver spots and patches. The female does not differ from the male, except that she is darker and the markings are heavier. Expanse, 2.50 —3.25 inches. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar is cylindrical, with the head somewhat smaller than the body, pale yellowish-brown in color, marked with longitudinal dark-brown bands, of which the two upon the side are deeper in color than the one upon the back, which latter is sometimes almost entirely effaced; the base is slaty-black. There are orange spots about the spiracles. There are six rows of black branching spines upon the body, and two similar spines upon the head, these latter somewhat recurved. The feet and legs are black. The caterpillar feeds upon the various species of passion-flower which are found in the South- ern States. 97 Genus Euptoieta Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is dark brown, marked with a few small pale spots. This species ranges from the latitude of southern Virginia southward to Arizona and California. It is abundant also in the Antilles and Mexico. ; Genus EUPTOIETA, Doubleday Butterfly.— Butterflies of medium size, having wings of a yellowish-brown color, marked with black, the under side of the wings devoid of silvery spots such as are found in the gen- era Dione and Argynnis. The palpi have the second joint strongly developed, increas- ing in thickness from behind forward, and thickly covered with long hair; the third joint is very small and pointed; the antennz are ter- minated by a conspicuous pear-shaped club. The cell of the fore wing is closed by a very feeble lower discocellular vein, which unites with the median vein at the origin of the second median nervule; the cell of the hind wing is open, Fic. 88.—Neura- though occasionally there are traces of a feebly any snus developed lower discocellular vein on this wing. The outer margin of the fore wing is slightly ex- cavated below the apex; the outer margin of the hind wing is some- what strongly produced at the end of the third median nervule. Eg¢e.— Short, subconical, with from thirty to forty vertical ribs, pale green in color. Caterpillar.— The caterpillar is cylindrical, with short branch- ing spines arranged in longitudinal rows upon the body, the spines on the first segment being bent forward over the head. The head is somewhat smaller in the mature stage than the body. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is suspended, marked upon its dorsal side with a number of small angular eminences, with the head and the ventral side evenly rounded. The larva of these insects feeds upon the various species of passion-flower. It is also said to feed upon violets. The butter- flies frequent open fields, and are sometimes exceedingly abun- dant in worn-out lands in the Southern States. There are two species of this genus, both of which are found 98 Nymphaline (the Nymphs) within the United States, and range southwardly over the greater portion of Central and South America. (1) Euptoieta claudia, Cramer, Plate VIII, Fig. 9, ¢ (The Variegated Fritillary). Butterfly.— The upper side of both wings is dull ferruginous, darker toward the base, crossed by an irregular black median line, which is darker, broader, and more zigzag on the fore wing than on the hind wing. This line is followed outwardly on both wings by a pair of more or less wavy limbal lines, inclosing between them a series of round blackish spots. The outer mar- gin is black, with the fringes pale fulvous, checkered with black at the end of each nervule. At the end of the cell in the fore wing there are two black lines inclosing paler fulvous spots, and both wings near the base have some curved black lines. On the under side the fore wings are marked somewhat as on the upper side, but paler in color, with a large apical patch of brownish- gray broken by a transverse band of darker brown. The hind wings are dark brown, with the markings of the upper side obscurely repeated; they are mottled with gray and crossed by a broad central band of pale buff. The species varies very much, according to locality, both in size and in the depth of the markings. Expanse, 1.75-2.75 inches. Egg.— The egg is conoidal, relatively taller than the eggs of the genus Argynnis, which closely resemble it. There is a depression at the apex, surrounded by a serrated rim, formed by the ends of the vertical ribs, of which there are about twenty, some longer and some shorter, about half of them reaching from the apex to the base. Between these vertical ribs there are a multitude of smaller cross-ridges. Caterpillar.— The caterpillar is cylindrical, reddish-yellow in color, marked with two brown lateral bands and a series of white spots upon the back. There are six rows of short branching spines upon the body, which are black in color; the two upper- most of these spines on the first segment are much elongated and are directed forward. The head is smaller than the body in the mature caterpillar, and is black. On the under side the cater- pillar is pale or whitish; the legs are blackish-brown. It feeds upon the passion-flower. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is pearly-white, marked with black spots and longitudinal streaks. 99 Genus Euptoieta This species has been taken as far north as Long Island and Connecticut, though it is a very rare visitant in New England; it is quite common in Virginia and thence southward, and occurs not infrequently in southern Illinois and Indiana, ranging west- ward and southward over the entire continent to the Isthmus of Panama, and thence extending over the South American conti- nent, wherever favorable conditions occur. (2) Euptoieta hegesia, Cramer, Plate VIII, Fig. 8, ¢ (The Mexican Fritillary). The upper side is marked very much as in the preceding species, but all the lines are finer and somewhat more regular, and the basal and discal areas of the hind wings are without dark spots in most specimens. The under side is less mottled and more uniformly dark rusty-brown than in E. claudia. Expanse, about 2 inches. The life-history of this species has not as yet been thoroughly worked out, but there is every reason to believe that the insect in its early stages very closely approaches the Variegated Frit- illary. It is a Southern form, and only occasionally is taken in Arizona and southern California. It is common in Central and South America. LUTHER’S SADDEST EXPERIENCE “Luther, he was persecuted, Of a diet of worms Excommunicated, hooted, He was forced to partake— Disappointed, egged, and booted; Of a diet of worms Yelled at by minutest boys, For the Protestants’ sake; Waked up by nocturnal noise, Munching crawling caterpillars, Scratched and torn by fiendish cats, Beetles mixed with moths and millers; Highwayed by voracious rats. Instead of butter, on his bread, A sauce of butterflies was spread. “Oft upon his locks so hoary Was not this a horrid feast Water fell from upper story ; For a Christian and a priest? Oft a turnip or potato Struck upon his back or pate, Oh! “Now, if you do not credit me, And wherever he betook him, Consult D’Aubigné’s history. A papal bull was sure to hook him. Youll find what I have told you Most fearfully and sternly true.” “But the saddest of all Yale Literary Magagzine,1852. I am forced to relate: 100 be seugnie ; species has beet then as fear tue tie leiand. and: Caraweticut; though CC ae ak. Ser: rate visitand he paging ; ; is quite common in Virginia and thence souk endvoccurs A Hot infrequently itv isouthern Hinois and India, soon agivag WeERl- _ Ward and southward, over the entire continent i tim ists of | al *, Panama, and thence extending over the South Arvericifty onttie pe eat, wherever verse con ditions occur, a Pia : (2) Euptoiets tongesia, Cramer, Plate Vill, ee 8, (the ie Mexicary Pritiflary} ; | ae The -wpper side 4 Waptind very thuch ab in aa pre sprciig, Det all: the Sie ine ‘eaet and somewhat more Teg the bacal aid Sista dct tht bind wings arewithoukwdal tyne Te MOR! S pecker clap eaten wre ah mottled *; ‘he eeitormly dark cutee OS in of want, " Bxpane FIRE ave * Vie due history of thie ihe idles wor) 4 - vk Dente Fane pase iin out: but thele 1s even fiyerwck to DeGers thar tine insect; ig: eearty nah /) SEXPLANATI OF PLATE IX oe Li +e oe a Routherh Gy geal revunis diana, Cramer, gi. + ee é ml is diana, Cramer, @. is is leto, Behr, ¢. Bean: s crbele int ne -leto Behr, 2. oe ny iy . See ee rae persecuted, as See wi worms = La 1 kext hosted, 3 aol Sty a Reve) to: Parsee ~- fied, sind Dated ss. ; Ae ss Wallen “bays, ‘i - ee ikon) Hy poctimal noise, le riwiied ateil Wats by fiendish dats, Saeaeiiber: r tr, on bia’ he rr) ailicS was 4 Tank By voracioun rats Ware tang GE agate his MS Wo hoary : chal Be “oer story; Aa ee pA os’ “TO tn Bal back? on pate, Ont Ais: yehewer he, betGok bin, A.pepal frat) was Sure to hdok tira! YUE f Ral the saddeePat al: foruad to welates PLATE IX. THE BUTTERFLY Boox. I mtu ie Genus Argynnis Genus ARGYNNIS, Fabricius (The Fritillaries, the Silver-spots) “July is the gala-time of butterflies. Most of them have just left the chrysalis, and their wings are perfect and very fresh in color. All the sunny places are bright with them, yellow and red and white and brown, and great gorgeous fellows in rich velvet-like dresses of blue-black, orange, green, and maroon. Some of them have their wings scalloped, some fringed, and some plain; and they are ornamented with brilliant borders and fawn-colored spots and rows of silver crescents. . . . They circle about the flowers, fly across from field to field, and rise swiftly in thé air; little ones and big ones, common ones and rare ones, but all bright and airy and joyous—a midsummer carnival of butterflies.”— Frank H. Sweet. Butterfly.— Butterflies of medium or large size, generally with the upper surface of the wings reddish-fulvous, with well- defined black markings consisting of waved transverse lines, and rounded discal and sagittate black mark- ings near the outer borders. On the under side of the wings the design of the fore wings is generally somewhat indistinctly repeated, and the hind wings are marked more or less profusely with large silvery spots. In afew cases there is wide dissimilarity in color be- tween the male and the female sex; gener- ally the male sex is marked by the brighter red of the upper surface, and the female by the broader black markings, the paler ground- color, and the sometimes almost white lunules, which are arranged outwardly at the base of the sagittate spots along the border. The eyes are naked; the palpi strongly Please cre Neu alonies ’ 5 the genus 4rgyunis. developed, heavily clothed with hair rising above the front, with the last joint very small and pointed. The antenne are moderately long, witha well-defined, flattened club. The abdomen is shorter than the hind wings; the wings are more or less denticulate. The subcostal vein is provided with five nervules, of which the two innermost are invariably given forth before the end of the cell; the third subcostal nervule always is nearer the fourth than the second. The cell of the fore wing is closed by a fine lower discocellular vein, which invariably joins the median vein beyond the origin of the second 101 Genus Argynnis nervule. The hind wing has a well-defined precostal nervule; the cell in this wing is closed by a moderately thick lower disco- cellular vein, which joins the median exactly at the origin of the second median nervule. The fore feet of the males are slender, long, and finely clothed with hair. The fore feet of the females are of the same size as those of the males, but thin, covered with scales, and only on the inner side of the tibize clothed with mod- erately long hair. Egg.— The eggs are conoidal, truncated, and inwardly de- pressed at the apex, rounded at the base, and ornamented on the sides by parallel raised ridges, not all of which reach the apex. Between these ridges there are a number of small raised cross- ridges. Caterpillar.— The caterpillar is cylindrical, covered with spines, the first segment always bearing a pair of spines somewhat longer than the others. All of the species in North America, so far as their habits are known, feed upon violets at night. During the daytime the caterpillars lie concealed. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is angular, adorned with more or less prominent projections. The head is bifid. The genus Argynnis is one of the largest genera of the brush- footed butterflies. It is well represented in Europe and in the temperate regions of Asia, some magnificent species being found in the Himalayas and in China and Japan. It even extends to Australia, and recently two species have been discovered in the vicinity of the great volcanic peak, Kilima-Njaro, in Africa. But - it has found its greatest development upon the continent of North America. The species composing this genus are among our most beautiful butterflies. Owing to the fact that there is a great ten- dency in many of the forms closely to approximate one another, the accurate distinction of many of the species has troubled natural- ists, and it is quite probable that some of the so-called species will ultimately be discovered to be merely local races or varietal forms. The species that are found in the eastern part of the United States have been studied very carefully, and their life-history has been worked out so thoroughly that little difficulty is found in accu- rately determining them. The greatest perplexity occurs in con- nection with those species which are found in the region of the Rocky Mountains. While silvery spots are characteristic of the under side of most of the fritillaries, in some species the silvery 102 Genus Argynnis spots are not found; in others they are more or less evanescent, occurring in the case of some individuals, and being absent in the case of others. (1) Argynnis idalia, Drury, Plate X, Fig. 3, 9; Plate V, Fig. 4, chrysalis (The Regal Fritillary). Butterfly.— The upper side of the fore wings of the male is bright fulvous, marked very much as in other species of the genus. The upper side of the hind wings is black, glossed with blue, having a marginal row of fulvous and a submarginal row of cream-colored spots. On the under side the fore wings are ful- vous, with a marginal row of silver crescents, and some silvery spots on and near the costa. The hind wings are dark olive-brown, marked with three rows of large irregular spots of a dull greenish- silvery color. The female is at once distinguished from the male by having the marginal row of spots on the hind wings cream- colored, like the submarginal row, and by the presence of a similar row of light spots on the fore wings. Expanse, 2.75- 4.00 inches. Egg.— The egg in form is like those of other species of Argynms. Caterpillar.— The caterpillar moults five times before attaining to maturity. When fully developed it is 1.75 inches long, black, banded and striped with ochreous and orange-red, and adorned with six rows of fleshy spines surmounted by several black bristles. The spines composing the two dorsal rows are white, tipped with black; those on the sides black, tinted with orange at the point where they join the body. The caterpillar feeds on violets, and is nocturnal in its habits. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is brown, mottled with yellow and tinted on the wing-cases with pinkish. It is about an inch long, and in outline does not depart from the other species of the genus. This exceedingly beautiful insect ranges from Maine to Ne- braska. It is found in northern New Jersey, the mountainous parts of New York and northern Pennsylvania, and is reported from Arkansas and Nebraska. It is rather local, and frequents open spots on the borders of woodlands. At times it is appa- rently common, and then for a succession of seasons is scarce. It flies from the end of June to the beginning of September. (2) Argynnis diana, Cramer, Plate IX, Fig. 1, $; Fig. 2, @ (Diana). 103 Genus Argynnis Butterfly.— The male on the upper side has both wings deep rich brown, bordered with fulvous, this border being more or less interrupted by rays of brown along the nervules and two rows of circular brown spots, larger on the fore wings than on the hind wings. The wings on the under side are pale buff, deeply marked with black on the base and middle of the fore wings, and clouded with grayish-fulvous on the inner two thirds of the hind wings. A blue spot is located near the end of the cell in the fore wings, and the hind wings are adorned by a mar- ginal and submarginal row of narrow silvery crescents and a few silvery spots toward the base. The female on the upper side is a rich bluish-black, with the outer border of the fore wings marked by three rows of bluish-white quadrate spots, the outer row being the palest, and often quite white. The hind wings are adorned by three more or less complete rows of bright-blue spots, the inner row composed of large subquadrate spots, each having a circular spot of black at its inner extremity. On the under side the female has the ground-color slaty-brown, paler on the hind wings than on the fore wings, which latter are richly marked with blue and black spots. The silvery crescents found on the under side of the hind wings of the male reappear on the under side of the female, and are most conspicuous on the outer margins. Expanse, 3.25—4.00 inches. Egg.— The egg is pale greenish-white, and conformed in out- line to type. Caterpillar.— The larva is velvety-black, adorned with six rows of fleshy spines armed with bristles. The spines are orange-red at the base. The head is dull brown. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is dusky-brown, with lighter-col- ored short projections on the dorsal side. This splendid butterfly, which is the most magnificent species of the genus, is confined to the southern portion of the Appala- chian region, occurring in the two Virginias and Carolinas, north- ern Georgia, Tennessee, and Kentucky, and being occasionally found in the southern portion of Ohio and Indiana, and in Mis- souri and Arkansas. (3) Argynnis nokomis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 1, 4; Fig. 2, 2 (Nokomis). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side is bright fulvous, with the characteristic black markings of the genus. On the under 104 is wha yy iS ebiswhel my eng) MARA °O\ abot yr re era Y ome ebay EARN ES AX 3¥ Nig vi dt Qe hay EXPLANATION OF PLATE X __ Ie Arg gynnis als Edwards, Ge 2. Argyunis nokomis, Edwards, 2. 3 Argynnis idalia, Drury, gi 4° Argynnis ieee tena Edwards, ip under side: 5. Argvunis montivaga, Behi _ Argynnis Beh Edwards, 3 on under side. : 4. Argymtnis bremneri, Edwards, oe 8. Argynnis elecla, Bibvags Es Argyunis atlantis, Edwards, eae at ate cancer, side. oF PLATE X. THE BuTTERFLY Book. J. HOLLAND, 1HO8 OPYRIGHTED BY W Genus Argynnis side the wings are pale greenish-yellow, with the fore wings laved with bright pink at the base and on the inner margin. The spots of the upper side reappear on the under side as spots of silver bordered narrowly with black. The female has the ground-color of the upper side yellow, shaded outwardly with fulvous. All the dark markings of the male sex reappear in this sex, but are much broader, and tend to fuse and run into one another, so as to leave the yellow ground-color as small subquad- rate or circular spots, and wholly to obliterate them at the base of the wings. On the under side this sex is marked like the male, but with all the markings broader. Expanse, 3.40—3.60 inches. This species, the male of which resembles the male of A. Jefo, and the female the same sex of A. diana, is as yet quite rare in collections. It has been taken in Arizona and southern Utah. We have no knowledge of the life-history of the species. (4) Argynnis nitocris, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 4, ¢, under side (Nitocris). Butterfly. —The male is bright reddish-fulvous, marked like A. nokomts. The under side of the fore wings is cinnamon-red, ochre-yellow at the tip. The hind wings are deep rusty-red, with a broad yellowish-red submarginal belt. The silver spots are as in A. nokomis. The female on the upper side is blackish- brown, darker than A. nokomis. The extradiscal spotssin the transverse rows are pale yellow, and the submarginal spots whitish. The under side of the fore wings is bright red, with the tip yellow. The hind wings on this side are dark brown, with a submarginal yellow belt. Expanse, 3.25-3.75 inches. This species, like the preceding, is from Arizona, and nothing is known of its egg, caterpillar, or chrysalis. (5) Argynnis leto, Edwards, Plate IX, Fig. 5, 6; Fig. 6, 2 (Leto). Butterfly.—The male on the upper side is marked much as A. nokomtis, but the ground-color is duller red, and the basal area is much darker. The under side of the fore wings is pale fulvous, upon which the markings of the upper side reappear; but there are no marginal silver crescents. Both wings on the under side are shaded with brown toward the base; the hind wings are trav- ersed by a submarginal band of light straw-yellow. The female is marked as the male, but the ground-color is pale straw-yellow, and all the darker markings are deep blackish-brown, those 105 Genus Argynnis at the base of both wings being broad and running into one an- other, so that the inner half of the wings appears to be broadly brownish-black. On the under side this sex is marked as the male, but with the dark portions blacker and the lighter portions pale yellow. Expanse, 2.50-3.25 inches. The life-history of this insect remains to be worked out. It is one of our most beautiful species, and occurs in California and Oregon. (6) Argynnis cybele, Fabricius, Plate IX, Fig. 3, ¢; Fig. 4, 9; Plate XIII, Fig. 1, 9, under side; Plate V, Figs. 1-3, chrys- alis (The Great Spangled Fritillary). Butterfly.— The male is much like the male of A. Jefo, but the dark markings of the upper surface are heavier, and the under sides of the hind wings are more heavily silvered. The yellow- ish-buff submarginal band on the under side of the hind wings is never obliterated by being invaded by the darker ferruginous of the marginal and discal tracts of the wing. The female has the ground-color of the wings paler than the male, and both wings from the base to the angled median band on the upper side are dark chocolate-brown. All the markings of the upper side in this sex are heavier than in the male. On the under side the fe- male is like the male. Expanse, 3.00-4.00 inches. Egg. —Short, conoidal, ribbed like those of other species, and honey-yellow. Caterpillar. — The larva in the mature state is black. The head is blackish, shaded with chestnut behind. The body is orna- mented with six rows of shining black branching spines, gen- erally marked with orange-red at their base. The caterpillar, which is nocturnal, feeds on violets, hibernating immediately after being hatched from the egg, and feeding to maturity in the following spring. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is dark brown, mottled with reddish- brown or slaty-gray. This species, which ranges over the Atlantic States and the valley of the Mississippi as far as the plains of Nebraska, appears to be single-brooded in the North and double-brooded in Vir- ginia, the Carolinas, and the Western States having the same geographical latitude. A small variety of this species, called A. carpenteri by Mr. W. H. Edwards, is found in New Mexico upon the top of Taos Peak, and is believed to be isolated here in 106 Genus Argynnis a colony, as CEnets semidea is isolated upon the summit of Mount Washington. Specimens of cybele much like those of this New Mexican variety are found in eastern Maine and Nova Scotia, and on the high mountains of North Carolina. (7) Argynnis aphrodite, Fabricius, Plate XIV, Fig. 11, ¢, under side; Plate V, Fig. 5, chrysalis (Aphrodite). Butterflv.—This species closely resembles cybele, but is gen- erally smaller, and the yellow submarginal band on the hind wings is narrower than in cybele, and often wholly wanting, the hind wings being broadly brown, particularly in the female sex. The under side of the fore wings at the base and on the inner margin is also brighter red. The caterpillar, chrysalis, and egg of this species closely re- semble those of cybele. The caterpillar has, however, a velvety- black spot at the base of each spine, the chrysalis has the tubercles on the back shorter than in cybele, and the basal seg- ments are party-colored, and not uniformly colored as in cybele. (8) Argynnis cipris, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 3, ¢; Fig. 4, @ (The New Mexican Siiver-spot). Butterfily.— This species, which belongs to the Aphrodite- group, may be distinguished by the fact that the fore wings are relatively longer and narrower than in aphrodite. The black markings on the upper side of the wings in both sexes are nar- rower, the dusky clouding at the base of the wings is less pro- nounced, and the ground-color is brighter reddish-fulvous than in aphrodite. On the under side the fore wings lack in the male the pinkish shade at the base and on the inner margin which appears in aphrodite, and both the male and the female have the inner two thirds of the hind wings deep cinnamon-red, with only a very narrow buff submarginal band, deeply invaded on the side of the base by rays of the deeper brown color of the inner portion of the wing. Expanse, 2.75-3.15 inches. The insect flies from late June to the end of August. Caterpillar, etc.— We know nothing of the larval stages of this insect. The specimens contained in the Edwards collection came from Colorado, Utah, and New Mexico, and these localities approximately represent the range of the species. (9) Argynnis alcestis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 6, , under side (The Ruddy Silver-spot). Butterfly.—Very much like aphrodite, from which it may be : 107 Genus Argynnis most easily distinguished by the fact that the hind wings are uniformly dark cinnamon-brown, without any band of buff on the outer margin. Expanse, 2.50-3.00 inches. The insect flies from late June to the end of August. Egg.—Greenish, conoidal, with about eighteen vertical ribs. Caterpillar.— Head black, yellowish behind. The body vel- vety-black, ornamented with black spines which are yellowish at their basal ends. The caterpillar feeds on violets. Chrysalis.— Reddish-brown or gray, irregularly mottled and striped with black, the abdominal segments slaty-gray, marked with black on the edges where the short angular projections are located. This butterfly is found in the Western States, extending from the prairie lands of northwestern Ohio to Montana. It largely replaces aphrodite in these regions. (10) Argynnis nausicaad, Edwards, Plate XI, Fig. 9, ¢ (The Arizona Silver-spot). Butterfly.—The species is related to the foregoing, but is rather smaller in size. The upper side of the wings is dusky reddish-brown, with the characteristic markings of the genus. On the under side the fore wings are pink, laved with buff at the tip. The hind wings on this side are deep cinnamon-brown, mottled with buff on the inner two thirds ; a narrow but clearly defined submarginal band of bright yellowish-buff surrounds them. The silvery spots are clearly marked. The female has the black markings broader and more conspicuous than the male. Expanse, 2.25-2.50 inches. This insect is quite common in the mountain valleys of Ari- zona, at an elevation of from six to seven thousand feet above the level of the sea, and flies in July and August. We have no knowledge of the early stages, but it probably does not differ greatly in its larval state from the allied species of the genus. (11) Argynnis atlantis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 9, ¢; Plate V, Fig. 6, chrysalis (The Mountain Silver-spot). Butterfly.—This insect, which resembles aphrodite, is distin- guished from that species by its smaller size, its somewhat nar- rower wings, the deeper brown color of the base of the wings on the upper side, and their darker color on the under side. The submarginal band is pale yellow, narrow, but distinct and always present. Expanse, 2.50 inches. 108 Pe sebaawba Aholsia hy pehinwhal wits Sie) (ADI Vb Fleotamewaa Ne at OR) ls Ae AG vo 5 ih alts callippe, Eoetval on a Argyunis callippe, Boisduval, 2. 3. Argvunis callippe, Boisduval, fon under side. ut 4. Argynnis edwardsi, elri a. 5. Argyunis edwardsi, Reakirt, Q. Capea en Oe IRL Rs 7: 8. 0. 10, . Argynnis coronis, Behr, Q. Argyinis rhodope, under side. Argynyis bischoffi, Bakara hc ilipe Argvumnis cornelia, Edwards, a Argyimis nausica “Edwards, ign Argyunis coronis ( Edwards, } ae y- PLATE XI. THE BUTTERFLY BOOK. COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, I i - cn i Aci ioe Genus Argynnis Egg.— Conoidal, with twelve to fourteen ribs, honey-yellow. The caterpillars are hatched in the fall, and hibernate without feed- ing until the following spring. Caterpillar.— The head is dark blackish-brown. The body is velvety-purple above, a little paler on the under side. The usual spines occur on the body, and are black, grayish at the base. The larva feeds on violets. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is light brown, speckled, except on the abdominal segments, with black. This species ranges from Maine to the mountains of western Pennsylvania, and thence southward along the central ridges of the Alleghanies into West Virginia. It is also found in Canada, and extends westward into the region of the Rocky Mountains. It is especially common in the White Mountains of New Hamp- shire and the Adirondacks. (12) Argynnis lais, Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 12, 3; Fig. 13, 2 (The Northwestern Silver-spot). Butterfly.—The male is bright reddish-fulvous on the upper side, slightly obscured by fuscous at the base. The discal band of spots common to both wings is broken and irregular, and the spots on the hind wings are quite small. The fore wings on the under side are buff at the tips and pale red at the base and on the inner margin, lighter at the inner angle. The under side of the hind wings as far as the outer margin of the discal row of silvery spots is dark brown, mottling a yellowish ground. The submarginal band of the hind wings is pale yellow and moder- ately broad. The female is marked much as the male, but the discal band of spots on the upper side of the fore wings is con- fluent and broader, the fringes whitish, and the spots included between the sagittate marginal spots and the marginal lines paler than in the male sex. Expanse, 2.00-2.20 inches. Caterpillar, etc.— The early stages are unknown. This species is found in the territories of Alberta and Assini- boia, and in British Columbia among the foot-hills and the lower slopes of the mountain-ranges. (13) Argynnis oweni, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 5, 43 Fig. 6, , under side (Owen's Silver-spot). Butterfly, 4.—The wings on the upper side are dull reddish- fulvous, not much obscured with brown on the base, the black markings moderately heavy, the two marginal lines tending to 109 Genus Argynnis flow together. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish- buff from the base to the outer row of spots, or in some specimens with the buff lightly laved with reddish; the nerves reddish- brown. The subapical patch is dark brown, with a small sil- vered spot; the five submarginal spots are small and obscurely silvered. The hind wings are dark brown on the discal area and outer margin, with a rather narrow grayish-buff submarginal band, strongly invaded by projections of the dark brown of the discal area. The spots of the outer discal row are generally well silvered; the inner spots less so in most cases. 9.—The female has the wings more or less mottled with yellowish outside of the mesial band. The black markings are very heavy in this sex. On the under side the spots are well silvered. The dark markings on the upper side of the wings of the male are much heavier than in A. bebrensz. On the under side of the - wings in both sexes it may be distinguished from bebrensi by the fact that the ground-color toward the base is mottled with yellow, and not solid brown as in debrensi. Expanse, 2.25-2.40 inches. This species abounds on Mount Shasta, in California, at an elevation of seven to eight thousand feet above sea-level. (14) Argynnis cornelia, Edwards, Plate XI, Fig. 8, ¢ (Miss Owen’s Fritillary). Butterfly, 6.—The upper side of both wings is dark-brown from the base to the mesial band of spots, with the exception of the outer end of the cell. The space beyond the band is reddish- fulvous; the dark markings are not very heavy; the two mar- ginal lines are fine, and confluent at the ends of the nervules. The under side of the fore wings is reddish-brown from the base to the outer margin on the inner half of the wing; the outer spaces toward the apex are yellowish; the subapical patch is reddish-brown, inclosing a small silvery spot; the outer margin is reddish-brown, adorned with five small silvery spots toward the apex. The hind wings on the under side are almost solid reddish-brown to the clear yellow submarginal belt, only slightly mottled on the discal area with buff. The spots are small and well silvered. .—The female on the upper side is duller red, with the dark markings heavier; the marginal spots on the fore wings are pale 110 aa =" Genus Argynnis yellowish, and the marginal lines are confluent on the upper half of these wings. The wings on the under side in this sex are as in the male, but the ground-color on the inner half of the wings is darker, and the spots are more brilliantly silvered. Expanse, 2. 30-2.50 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. This pretty species is found with A. electa and A. hesperis in Colorado. It was originally described from specimens taken at Manitou and Ouray, and named by Edwards in honor of a de- ceased daughter of Professor Owen of the University of Wis- consin. (15) Argynnis electa, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 8, 4 (Electa). Butterfly.—The male is dull reddish-fulvous on the upper side. The black markings are narrow. The base of both wings is slightly obscured. On the under side the fore wings are pale cinnamon-red, with the tip dark cinnamon-red. The hind wings are broadly dark cinnamon-red, mottled on the disk with a little buff. The submarginal band is buff, quite narrow, and often invaded by the ground-color of the inner area. The silvery spots are usually very well marked and distinct, though in a few instances the silvery color is somewhat obscured. The female has the black markings a little heavier than in the male; otherwise there is but little difference between the sexes. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Caterpillar, etc.— The early stages are unknown. This species has been confounded with A. atlantis, from which it is wholly distinct, being much smaller in size, the fore wings relatively broader, and the markings not so dark on the upper surface. It is found in Colorado and Montana, among the mountains. (16) Argynnis columbia, Henry Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 3, 4 (The Columbian Silver-spot). Butterfly.—The male has the upper side of the fore wings pale reddish-fulvous. In the median band of both wings the spots do not flow together, but are separate and moderately heavy. The under side of the fore wings is pale fulvous, buff at the tip; spots silvered. The hind wings on the under side are light rusty-red, but little mottled with buff on the disk; the submarginal band is narrow, buff, and sometimes almost wholly obscured by the darker ground-color. The spots, which are small, are well silvered. 111 Genus Argynnis The female is much lighter than the male, and, as usual, the dark lines are heavier than in that sex. The spots of the median band are bent and partly lanceolate, and the light spots of the outer border are whitish. Expanse, 2.25-2.50 inches. Caterpillar, etc.—The early stages have not as yet been worked out. This species, which is related to electa, may easily be distin- guished from it by the pale marginal series of light spots, in the male, between the sagittate spots and the dark outer marginal lines, which latter are confluent, forming a solid dark outer bor- der to the wing, while in e/ecfa they are separated by a narrow band of light-brown spots. The female is also much lighter and larger than in e/ecta, as has been pointed out. The types which came from the Caribou mining region of British Columbia are in - my possession, as are those of most of the other North American species of the genus. : (17) Argynnis hesperis, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 1, 2; Fig. 2, 2 (Hesperis). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side of the wings is ful- vous, shaded with dark fuscous for a short distance from the base. The black spots of the median band are rather broad, and seem to coalesce through dark markings along the nervules. The under side of the fore wings is pale ferruginous, tinged with a little buff at the tips, which, together with the outer margin, are somewhat heavily clouded with dark ferruginous. The under side of the hind wings is dark ferruginous, with a narrow buff - submarginal band, which in some specimens is almost lost. The female is paler than the male in the ground-color of the upper side, the black markings are heavier, the marginal lines fuse, as do also the sagittate marginal markings, leaving the marginal spots between them, which are quite light in color, deeply bor- dered on all sides by black. The under side is like that of the male, but darker and richer in color. In neither sex are the light spots marked with silver; they are opaque, yellowish-white. Expanse, 2.25-2.40 inches. Caterpillar, etc.— The life-history remains to be learned. This insect is not uncommon among the mountains of Colo- rado. (18) Argynnis hippolyta, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 10, 3 (Hippolyta). 112 toy by, Pea ebinw bees) igh UT a Ie CBE 3 9\ yok a, Die Wp ayy PYM i Abigwt \ 3 Wi) AAW hs DAA 21> PAM BUS Ba Site A ah (DL SAO SERS WENN octets: © sy inet marginal té r bor . ar row tend EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII tL. Argynnis hesperis, Edwards, 3. 8. Argynnis rupestris, Behr, 3. 2. Argynnis hesperis, Edwards, ©. 9. Argyunis rupestris, Behr, Gf, under 3. Argyunis cypris, Edwards, 3. “side. ap PRA CN 4. Argynnis crpris, Edwards, ©. 10. Arg puntis hippolyta, Edwards, rime 5. Argyunis oweni, Edwards, 3. . Argynnis laura, Edwards, 3. 6. Argynnis oweni, Edwards, 3, w= . Argynnis laura, Edwards, ©. der side. “tha fy . Argynnis artonis, Edwards, 3, i Arg yyinis eurvuome, Edwards, &. under side. outer ss : (ha) ais A kK, PLATE XII. THE ButTERFLY Book, COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898. Men ene Genus Argynnis Butterfly.— The male is fulvous upon the upper side, all the dark markings being heavy and black, and the basal areas of the wings clouded with fuscous, this dark clouding on the hind wings reaching down and nearly covering the inner angle. The fore wings on the under side are buff, laved with pale red at the base, marked with ferruginous on the outer margin and about the subapical spots. The submarginal and subapical spots are silvered, especially the latter. The hind wings are deep ferrugi- nous, mottled with buff. The submarginal band is buff, narrow, and dusted with more or less ferruginous. All the spots are well silvered. The female has the basal area of the fore wings bright pinkish-fulvous, and the belt of the secondaries almost lost in the deep ground-color. (19) Argynnis bremneri, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 7, 4 (Bremner’s Silver-spot). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side is bright fulvous. The black markings, especially those about the middle of the wing, are heavy. Both wings at the base are clouded with fuscous, the under side of the primaries red toward the base, buff on the apical area; the subapical and the upper marginal spots well silvered; the hind wings with the inner two thirds more or less deeply ferruginous, a little mottled with buff, very rarely en- croached upon by the dark color of the inner area, except occa- sionally near the anal angle. Expanse, ¢, 2.40 inches; 9, 2.70 inches. Early Stages.— The early stages have not as yet been de- scribed. This species is found in Oregon, Washington, Montana, and in the southern portions of British Columbia and Vancouver's Island. (20) Argynnis zerene, Boisduval, Plate XIV, Fig. 9, 2, under side (Zerene). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side is reddish-fulvous, with rather heavy black markings, the mesial band of spots being confluent. The under side of the fore wings is reddish, inclining to pink, with the apex laved with buff. The hind wings have. the ground-color purplish-gray, mottled on the inner two thirds with ferruginous. The spots are not silvered, but are a delicate gray color. The female is colored like the male, but the red at the base of the fore wings in this sex is much deeper, and the 113 Genus Argynnis yellow at the apex of the primaries contrasts much more strongly. The spots on the under side in the female sex are frequently well silvered, though in many specimens they are colored exactly as in the male sex. Expanse of wing, ¢, 2.17 inches; 9, 2.50 inches. Early Stages.— The early stages of this species have not as yet been ascertained. This beautiful butterfly, which is somewhat inclined to varia- tion, is found in northern California, being quite common about Mount Shasta. It is also found in Oregon and Nevada. One of the varietal forms was named Argynnis purpurescens by the late Henry Edwards, because of the decided purplish tint which prevails on the under side of the secondaries, extending over the entire surface of the hind wings and covering likewise the apex of the fore wings. This purplish-brown is very marked in speci- mens collected about the town of Soda Springs, in northern California. (21) Argynnis monticola, Behr, Plate XIII, Fig. 7, 4, under side; Fig. 8, 6; Plate XIV, Fig. 17, 2 (Behr’s Fritillary). Butterfly.— This species is very closely allied to the preced- ing in some respects; the upper surface, however, of the wings in both sexes is brighter than in zerene, and the dark markings stand forth more clearly upon the lighter ground-color. The wings are not shaded with fuscous toward the base as much as in A. zerene. While the markings on the upper side are almost identical with those of Dr. Boisduval’s species, they are much brighter and clearer, giving the insects quite a different aspect. On the under side the wings are colored as in zerene, the prima- ries in the male being ferruginous, laved with a little red toward the base, marked with purplish-gray toward the apex, the light spots near the end of the cell on this wing being pale buff. The hind wings are very uniformly purplish-gray, mottled with dark brown, the spots very little, if at all, silvered in the male. In the female the fore wings are bright red at the base, and the hind wings are colored as in the male; but all the spots in both the fore wings and hind wings are broadly and brightly silvered. Early Stages.— The early stages have not been ascertained, and there remains something here for young entomologists to accomplish. This species is quite common in the same localities as the last, 114 Genus Argynnis and some authors are inclined to regard it as being a mere vari- ety, which is a belief that can only be verified by careful breed- ing from the egg. (22) Argynnis rhodope, Edwards, Plate XI, Fig. 6, 9, wader side (Rhodope). Butterfly.— In the male sex the upper side is bright fulvous, with both wings on the inner half heavily clouded with dark fus- cous. The black markings are very heavy and confluent. The outer border is solid black, very slightly, if at all, interrupted by a nar- row marginal brown line, in this respect resembling A. atlantis. On the under side the fore wings are dark ferruginous, on the outer margin rich dark brown. Between the spots at the end of the cell and the nervules below the apex are some clear, bright straw-yellow spots. The upper spots of the marginal series are silvered. The hind wings are dark reddish-brown, very slightly paler on the line of the marginal band. The spots are pale straw- yellow, except those of the marginal series, which are distinctly silvered. The female on the upper side is of a lighter and brighter red, with the markings dark and heavy as in the male sex. On the under side the markings in the female do not differ from those in the male, except that the primaries on the inner half and at the base are bright pinkish-red. Expanse, ¢, 2.20 inches; 2, 2.40 inches. Early Stages.— Unknown. This striking species has been heretofore only found in British Columbia. (23) Argynnis behrensi, Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 10, 2, under side (Behrens’ Fritillary). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side is dull fulvous, clouded with fuscous at the base, the black markings much nar- rower and lighter than in the preceding species. The primaries on the under side are pale fulvous, clouded with dark brown at the apex. The subapical spots and the upper spots of the mar- ginal series on this wing are well silvered. The hind wings on the under side are deep reddish-brown, with the marginal band only faintly indicated. All the spots are distinctly well silvered. The female does not differ materially from the male, except in the larger size and the somewhat paler ground-color of the upper side of the wings. On the under side the wings are exactly as in the male, with the marginal band even less distinct than in that sex. 115 Genus Argynnis Early Stages.— Not yet ascertained. The type specimens upon which the foregoing description is founded came from Mendocino, in California. (24) Argynnis halcyone, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 5, 4; Fig. 6, ¢, under side (Halcyone). Butterfly, $.—The primaries are produced and relatively narrower than in the preceding species, fulvous on the upper side, with the black markings distinct, the mesial band of the secondaries confluent. The fore wings on the under side are pale fulvous, reddish at the base, pale buff at the end of the cell and on the costal margin before the apex. The subapical spots and the pale spots of the marginal series are very little silvered. The hind wings have the inner two thirds deep reddish-brown, slightly mottled with buff. The marginal band is buff, and all the spots are well silvered. i 9 .—The female, which is considerably larger than the male, is marked much as in that sex; but all the black markings are heavier, and on the under side of the primaries the base and inner margin are laved with red. The marginal band on the hind wings is not as distinct in this sex as in the male, in many speci- mens being somewhat obscured by olive-brown. Expanse, ¢, 2.50 inches; 2.90—3. 10 inches. Early Stages.— Not known. This species, which is still rare in collections, is found in southern Colorado and the adjacent parts of Utah and Arizona. (25) Argynnis chitone, Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 16, @ (Chitone). Butterfly, 6.—The wings on the upper side are dull fulvous, greatly obscured by brown at the base of the wings. The dark spots and markings are not heavy. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish-fulvous at the base and on the inner half of the wing; the apical patch and the nervules on the apical area are heavy ferruginous; the marginal spots are buff, with no silver. The hind wings on the under side are light ferruginous, mottled with buff; the belt is broad, clear buff; the outer margin is brown. All the spots are small and imperfectly silvered. @.—The female is nearly the same shade as the male, with the marginal spots on the under side always silvered, the re- mainder without silver, or only now and then with a few silvery scales. - Expanse, 2.25-2.50 inches. 116 A ela eee BET pee Te vite =e, Ui yulvateel SEV eIO A! ay EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII a rgvnmis cybele, Fabricius, 2, wi- 8. Argynnis monticola, Behr, Oe GHP STD, 9. Argyunis macaria, Edwards, og . Argus semiramis, ee 3g 10. Argynnis inornata, Edwards, B . Argyimis semiramis, Edwards, os under side. - » Argvinis nilocris, Edwards, oi wi- 11, Argynnis liliana, Henry Edwari Ss) der side. : ote 5. Argvunis halcvone, Eapeeed SB. 12. Argyunis atossa, Edwards, 3. 6. Argrunis halcyon, Edwards, Q, (13. 4rgvunis egleis, Boisduval, 4. ; under side. A 14. Argyniis egleis, Boisduyal, one We © 7. Argynnis monticola, Behr, on . der side. under side. piind 33: 15. Argynnis ae Boisduval, ‘Oe PLaTE XIII. THE BUTTERFLY Book. J. HOLLAND, 1098. COPYRIGHTED BY Ww Genus Argynnis Early Stages. —Not ascertained. This species occurs in southern Utah and Arizona. (26) Argynnis platina, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 7, 2 (Skinner’s Fritillary). Butterfly, 6. — The original description of this species, con- tained in the ‘‘ Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xxix, p. 154, is as follows: ‘«¢.—Expands two and a half inches. Upper side: Rather light tawny or even light buff. Black markings dense and wide, with outer halves of wings looking rather clear or open, with rows of round spots not very large; marginal border light; bases of wings not much obscured. Under side: Superiors have the two subapical silver spots and silver spots on margin well defined; color of inner half of wing rosy. The silver spots on the inferiors are large and well defined, and placed on a very light greenish-gray ground. The intermediate buff band is well defined, comparatively wide, and very light in color. ¢.—The ground-color on the infericrs below is reddish-brown in the female.” Early Stages.— Unknown. This species occurs in Utah and Idaho, and is possibly a vari- etal form of A. coronts, specimens agreeing very nearly with the type figured in the plate being contained in the Edwards col- lection under the name of A. coronts. (27) Argynnis coronis, Behr, Plate XI, Fig. 10, 4; Fig. 11, (Coronis). Butterfly, ¢.—The wings on the upper side are yellowish- brown, with but little brown obscuring the base. The dark markings are not heavy, but distinct. The fore wings on the under side are buff, with the basal area orange-fulvous. The subapical and submarginal spots are more or less imperfectly silvered. The hind wings are brown, mottled with reddish. The discal area is buff, and the belt is pale yellowish-buff. All the spots are large and well silvered on these wings. ? .—The female is paler than the male, with the markings on the upper side a little heavier. The wings on the under side are much asin the male sex. Expanse, 4, 2.10-2.50 inches; 2, 2.50- 3.00 inches. Early Stages.—The early stages remain to be ascertained. This species ranges from southern California northward to the 117 Genus Argynnis southern part of British Columbia, and is found as far east as Utah. (28) Argynnis snyderi, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 6, ¢ (Snyder’s Fritillary). Butterfly, 6.—The wings on the upper side are light tawny, but little obscured by fuscous at the base. The black markings are moderately heavy and very sharply defined against the lighter ground-color. The outer margin is distinctly but not heavily marked. On the under side of the fore wings there are two subapical and five marginal silver spots. The ground-color of the under side of the hind wings is grayish-green, with a narrow pale-buff marginal belt. The spots are large and well silvered. 9 .—The female is much like the male, but on the hind wings the ground-color from the base to the outer belt is brownish. Expanse, ¢, 3.00 inches; @, 3.30 inches. Early Stages.—Unknown. This species, which is very closely allied to A. coronis, is found in Utah. (29) Argynnis callippe, Boisduval, Plate XI, Fig. 1, 3; Fig. 2, 9; Fig. 3, 2, under side (Callippe). Butterfly.—This species may easily be recognized by the general obscuration of the basal area of the wings, the light- buff quadrate spots on the discal area of the fore wings, and the clear oval spots of the same color on the hind wings, as well as by the light triangular marginal spots, all standing out distinctly on the darker ground. The wings on the under side are quite pale buff, with the spots large and well silvered. Expanse, 2. 30- 3.00 inches. Early Stages.—Unknown. Callippe is abundant in California. (30) Argynnis nevadensis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 4, 6, under side (The Nevada Fritillary). Butterfly, $.—The ground-color is pale fulvous, but little ob- scured with fuscous at the base. The outer margins are heavily bordered with black. The dark markings of the discal area are not heavy. The fore wings on the under side are pale buff, the spots well silvered; the hind wings are greenish; the belt is narrow and clear, and the spots are large and well silvered. @.—The female is much like the male, but larger and paler. The outer margin of the fore wings in this sex is more heavily 118 Genus Argynnis marked with black, and the marginal spots are light buff in color. Expanse, 6, 2.50-3.00 inches; 2, 3.00—3.50 inches. Early Stages.—These remain to be discovered. This species is found in the Rocky Mountains of Utah, Nevada, Montana, and British America. (31) Argynnis meadi, Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 1, 4 ; Fig. 2, 3, under side (Mead’s Silver-spot). Butterfly.—This species is very closely allied to the preceding, of which it may be an extreme variation, characterized by the darker color of the fore wings on the upper side, the nervules being heavily bordered with blackish, and the deeper, more solid green of the under side of the wings. All the specimens I have seen are considerably smaller in size than A. nevadensis. Early Stages. —Wholly unknown. This species or variety is found from Utah northward to the province of Alberta, in British America. (32) Argynnis edwardsi, Reakirt, Plate XI, Fig. 4, ¢ ; Fig. 5, @ (Edwards’ Fritillary). Butter fly.—This beautiful insect is closely related to the Nevada Fritillary, from which it may be distinguished by the brighter color of the upper side, the heavier black borders, especially in the female sex, and the olive-brown color of the under side of the hind wings. The olivaceous of these wings greatly encroaches upon the marginal belt. Expanse, 3.00-3.25 inches. Early Stages.—These have been carefully and minutely de- scribed by Edwards in the ‘‘ Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xx, p- 3. They are not unlike those of A. atlantis in many respects. This species is not uncommon in Colorado and Montana. (33) Argynnis liliana, Henry Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 11, 4 (Liliana). Butterfly, 6.—The wings on the upper side are reddish-ful- vous. The black markings and the spots are slight. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish-buff; the base and the hind margin to below the cell, brown, with buff on the median interspaces. The outer end of the cell is yellowish-buff. The subapical patch is brown, adorned by two or three well-silvered spots. The five upper marginal spots are well silvered. The hind wings are brown, but little mottled with buff. The spots are Well silvered. The marginal belt is narrow, ochreous-brown. 9 .—The female is much paler than the male, and the marginal 119 Genus Argynnis spots on both wings are much lighter. On the under side the wings are as in the male sex, with the basal area and the nervules of the fore wings red. Expanse, 6, 2.20 inches; 2, 2.35 inches. Egg.—W. H. Edwards gives the following description: ‘‘Co- noidal, truncated, depressed at summit, marked vertically by twenty-two or twenty-three ribs, which are as in other species of the genus; the outline of this egg is much as in eurynome, the base being broad, the top narrow, and the height not much more than the breadth; color yellow.” Caterpillar.—The same author has given us a description of the caterpillar immediately after hatching; but as the young larve were lost after being sent to Maine to be kept over winter, we do not yet know the full life-history. The range of this species is northern California and Utah, so far as is known at present. (34) Argynnis rupestris, Behr, Plate XII, Fig. 8, ; Fig. 9, _ 6, under side (The Cliff-dwelling Fritillary). Butierfly, .—The upper side of the fore wings is deep reddish- fulvous, with the black markings very heavy. The fore wings on the under side are buff, shaded with red at the base and on the inner margin. The spots are buff, without any silver. The hind wings are buff, mottled with cinnamon-red, sometimes dark, sometimes lighter. The marginal belt is narrow, buff, en- croached upon by the darker color of the median area at the ends of the oval spots. None of the spots is silvered, except very light y in exceptional cases. 9 .—The female is much like the male on the upper side, with the dark markings much heavier, the ground-color somewhat paler, and the marginal row of spots quite light. The wings on the under side are more brightly tinted than in the male, and the marginal spots are more or less silvered. Expanse, 4, 2.00 inches; @, 2.20 inches. Early Stages.—Nothing is as yet known about the egg and larva. This species is quite abundant at a considerable elevation upon Mount Shasta, Mount Bradley, and in the Weber Mountains in Utah. (35) Argynnis laura, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 11, ¢ ; Fig. 12, Q (Laura). Butterfly, 6.—The upper side is deep reddish-fulvous, with 120 oe * oa Genus Argynnis both wings somewhat obscured at the base by fuscous. The black markings on the upper side of the wings are heavy; the outer margin is also heavily banded with dark brown, the mar- ginal lines being fulvous. The four spots on the hind wings are lighter in color than the ground. The fore wings on the under side are reddish-orange, with the apex and the hind margin yellowish-buff. The apical and upper marginal spots are more or less well silvered. The hind wings are pale yellow, the mar- ginal belt very broad and clear yellow. All the spots are large and well silvered. 9.—The female is much paler than the male, but otherwise closely resembles that sex. Expanse, ¢, 2.20 inches; @, 2.35 inches. Early Stages.—Unknown. This species is found in northern California, Oregon, Washing- ton, and Nevada. (36) Argynnis macaria, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 9, 2 (Ma- carla). Butterfly, ¢.—The upper side of the wings is yellowish-ful- vous, the black markings very light. The fore wings on the under side are orange-red, at the apex yellowish-buff. The subapical upper marginal spots are lightly silvered. The hind wings are yellowish-buff on the outer third, mottled with brown on the basal and median areas. The marginal belt is clear buff. The spots are large and well silvered. 9? .—The female is paler than the male. On the upper side of the hind wings the second row of silver spots is indicated by spots much paler than the ground. The black markings are lighter than in the male. Expanse, 4, 2.00 inches; @, 2.20 inches. Early Stages —Unknown. This species, which is somewhat like A. coronis, but smaller, and brighter fulvous, is found in California, but is still quite rare in collections. (37) Argynnis semiramis, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 2, 2, under side; Fig. 3, 9 (Semiramis). Butterfly, 6.—The wings are bright fulvous on the upper side, with the black markings much as in A. adiante, slight on the fore wings and even slighter on the hind wings. The under side of the fore wings is cinnamon-red at the base and on the inner half of the wing, beyond this buff. The apical patch and the outer 121 Genus Argynnis margin are brown. The upper marginal spots and two spots on the subapical patch are well silvered. The hind wings are rusty- brown from the base to the second row of spots, mottled with lighter brown. The marginal belt is clear brownish-buff. All the spots are well silvered. @.—The female on the upper side is colored like the male, with the dark markings somewhat heavier. On the under side the fore wings are laved over almost their entire surface with red, the upper angle of the cell alone being buff. The hind wings are in many specimens fawn-colored throughout, except that the mar- ginal band is paler. In afew specimens the ground is darker and the band more distinct. All the spots are well silvered. Expanse, 3, 2.60 inches; @, 2.75—-3.00 inches. Early Stages.—The life-history of this butterfly has not been ascertained. The species appears to be very common at San Bernardino, California, and vicinity, and resembles A. adiante on the upper side and A. coronis upon the lower side. (38) Argynnis inornata, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 10, 9, un- der side (The Plain Fritillary). Butterfly, 6 .—This species resembles A. rupestris in its mark- ings, but is somewhat paler, the black margins are heavy and the black markings on the disk comparatively light; the base of the wings is obscured with fuscous. On the under side the fore wings are cinnamon-brown, with the apical area buff. The hind wings are reddish-brown, with the marginal band clear buff. All the spots are buff, and completely devoid of silvery scales. 9 .—Paler than the male on the upper side. The fore wings on the under side are orange-fulvous; the hind wings are pale greenish-brown, mottled with buff. In some specimens a few silver scales are found on the submarginal spots. Expanse, ¢, 2.50 inches; 9, 2.70 inches. Early Stages.—Unknown. This butterfly, which is as yet not very common in collections, is found in California and Nevada. (39) Argynnis atossa, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 12, ¢ (Atossa). Butterfly, 6.—The upper side is bright yellowish-fulvous, with the wings at the base slightly dusted with brown. The margins of both wings are bordered by a single line, there being no trace 122 2 AC tn TA bees SA eds, Hala | TPL SVAN 1) Argyinis clio, Bisbal, Argynns clio, ashen Soak oe EXPLANATION 1. Argyunis meadi, Edwards, '. Argyiiis meadi, Edwards, o\, un- dey side. Argynus columbia, wards, oJ. Argvinis adiante, Boisduval, * Arguunis clio, Edwards, ees “side. . acl Argvinis opis, BBwateis ae wader side, Oy fh Uw ti, frown, WI Henry) Ede © 3. und ies OF PLATE XIV Bois 9. Arguunis Zerene, under side. Argyanis bebrensi, Argynnis ipbyouite, ‘Fabilelus, a sn ddloe Sele 10. Pili s Bloraptl, Os yynome, Edwards, 9. wee, Behwanals, Says * a ou af = 16. Argynnis chitol x iq. Argynnis monticola, Babe, Ds th + In Lok 24? THE BUTTERFLY Book. PLATE XIV. ] COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1498. Genus Argynnis of the outer line usually found in other species of the genus. The dark markings of the outer margin are almost entirely absent, and those of the discal and basal areas very greatly reduced. On the under side both wings are very pale, the spots entirely without silver, in some specimens even their location being but faintly in- dicated. The fore wings at the base and on the inner margin are laved with bright red. @.—The female resembles the male, except that the red on the under side of the fore wings is in many specimens very bright and fiery. Expanse, 6, 2.50 inches; 9, 2.75-3.00 inches. Early Stages.—Entirely unknown. This butterfly, which is still rare in collections, has been taken in southern California. It may be an extreme variation of the next species, A. adiante, Boisduval. (40) Argynnis adiante, Boisduval, Plate XIV, Fig. 4, 9 (Adi- ante). Butterfly, 6.—The wings on the upper side are bright fulvous ; the black markings are slight. The fore wings on the under side are pale buff, much lighter at the apex, laved with orange-red at the base. The hind wings are pale buff, clouded with fawn-color on the basal and discal areas. All the spots which are generally silvered in other species are in this species wholly devoid of silvery scales. 9 .—The female is like the male, but the black markings on the upper side are heavier, and the basal area and inner half of the primaries are laved with brighter and deeper red. Expanse, 3, 2.30-2.40 inches; @, 2.30—2.60 inches. Early Stages.—Unknown. This species is found in southern California, and is somewhat local in its habits, hitherto having been taken only in the Santa Cruz Mountains. (41) Argynnis artonis, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 13, 6, under side (Artonis). Butterfly, &.—Closely resembling A. eurynome, Edwards, from which species it may be at once distinguished by the en- tire absence of silvery scales upon the under side of the wings, and also by the fact that the silver spots on the under side of the hind wings are not compressed and elongated as much as in eurynome, and by the further fact that all the dark marginal markings of the under side are obliterated. 2 .—The female does not differ materially from the male, except 123 Genus Argynnis that the dark markings on the upper side are all much heavier, standing out very distinctly upon the paler ground, and the mar- ginal spots within the lunules are very light in color and relatively large. On the under side the fore wings are laved with red, very much as in the female of A. adiante. Expanse, 2, 1.75-2.00 inches ; @, 2.00-2.15 inches. Early Stages.—These still remain to be ascertained. This interesting butterfly, which seems to indicate a transition between the butterflies of the Adiante-group and those of the Eurynome-group, has been found in Colorado, Nevada, Utah, and Arizona. (42) Argynnis clio, Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 5, 4 ; Fig. 6, 9 ; Fig. 7, 6, under side (Clio). Butterfly.—Closely resembling A. eurynome and A. artonts. Like artonts, the spots on the under side of the wing are without silver. The female very closely resembles the female of artonzis, and in fact | am unable to distinguish the types of the females of the two species by any marks which seem to be satisfactory. Expanse, 6, 1.75 inch; @, 1.75-I.90 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. This species, which is as yet comparatively rare in collections, is found in Montana and the province of Alberta, in British Amer- ica, at a considerable elevation. (43) Argynnis opis, Plate XIV, Fig. 8, 4, under side (Opis). Butterfiv.—This species, which apparently belongs to the Eurynome-group, appears by the location of its markings to be closely related to eurynome, but on the upper side the wings of both the male and female are more heavily obscured with fuscous at the base; the dark markings are heavier than in ewrynome, and in both sexes it is smaller in size, being the smallest of all the species of the genus thus far found in North America. The spots on the under side of the wings are none of them silvered. Ex- panse, 6, 1.50 inch; @, 1.60 inch. Early Stages.—Nothing is known of these. The types came from Bald Mountain, in the Caribou mining district of British Columbia. (44) Argynnis bischoffi, Edwards, Plate XI, Fig. 7, ¢ (Bischoff’s Fritillary). Butterfly, 6.—The fore wings on the upper side are bright red- dish-fulvous, the base of the primaries and the inner half of the 124 Genus Argynnis secondaries being heavily obscured by blackish, so as to conceal the markings. Both wings have moderately heavy black mar- ginal borders. The other markings are as in A. eurynome. On the under side the fore wings are buff, laved with reddish at the base. The hind wings are pale buff, with the basal and discal areas mottled with green. The marginal belt is clear buff. In some specimens the spots on the under side are not silvered; in others they are well silvered. ?.—The female on the upper side is very pale buff, slightly laved with fulvous on the outer margin of both wings. All the markings are heavy; the margins of both wings are solid black, the spots within the lunules being pale and almost white. The fore wings at the base and the inner half of the hind wings are almost solid black. On the under side the wings are very much as in the male, and the same variation as to the silvering of the spots is found. Expanse, ¢, 1.80 inch; 9, 1.90 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The types of this genus came from Sitka, in Alaska. It may be an extreme boreal variation of A. euryvnome. (45) Argynnis eurynome, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 7, 4; Plate XIV, Fig. 14, 93; Fig. 15, ¢- under side (Eurynome). Butterfly, 6.—Yhe wings on the upper side are bright yellowish-fulvous, but little obscured at the base. The outer margins are edged by two fine lines which are occasionally con- fluent. The under side of the fore wings is pale buff, laved with cinnamon-brown at the base and along the nervules; the spots on the margin and in the apical area are well silvered. The hind wings on the under side are buff, with the basal and discal areas mottled with pale brown or pale olive-green. The marginal belt is broad and clear buff; all the spots are well silvered. 9.—The female is like the male, but paler, with the dark markings, especially those of the margin, heavier. The marginal spots inclosed by the lunules are much paler than the ground- color, and in many specimens almost white. On the under side the wings in this sex are like those of the male, but the fore wings are more heavily laved with cinnamon-brown at the base. Expanse, 4, 1.'70-2.00 inches; ¢, 2.00 inches. Early Stages.—Mr. Edwards, in ‘“‘The Butterflies of North America,” vol. ii, has given us a beautiful figure of the egg of this species. Of the other stages we have no knowledge. 125 Genus Argynnis A. eurynome is a very common butterfly 1n Colorado, Mon- tana, and British America, and is the repzesentative of a con- siderable group, to which the four preceding species belong, if, indeed, they are not local races or climatic varieties of eury- nome, a fact which can be demonstrated only by the careful breeding of specimens from various localities. There is a fine field here for study and experiment. (46) Argynnis montivaga, Behr, Plate X, Fig. 5, 2, under side (Montivaga). Butterfly.—This species in both sexes very closely approxi- mates the foregoing. The main points of distinction consist in the somewhat darker red of the upper side of the wings, the slightly heavier dark markings, and the absence on the under side, especially of the hind wings, of the olive-green shade which is characteristic of typical specimens of A. eurynome. The mottling of the basal and median areas on this side is red- _ dish-brown. The spots are more or less silvered on the under side. Expanse, 6, 1.75 inch; 9, 1.90 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. This species is found in the Sierras of California and among the mountains of Nevada. (47) Argynnis egleis, Boisduval, Plate XIII, Fig. 13, ¢ ; Fig. 14, 9, under side; Fig. 15, 2 (Egleis). Butterfly, 6.—The ground-color of the wings on the upper side is deep fulvous, with rather heavy black markings. The wings on the under side are pale fulvous, mottled with buff on the subapical interspaces of the fore wings. The basal and discal areas of the hind wings are mottled with brown, which in many specimens is of a distinctly purplish shade. In some specimens the inner half of the primaries is rather heavily laved with red. The spots on the under side are either silvered or without silver, in the latter case being pale buff. @.—The female is much like the male, but paler. The red on the under side of the primaries is deeper, and the purplish- brown on the inner surface of the secondaries is also darker. Expanse, ¢@, 2.25 inches; 9, 2.50 inches. Early Stages.—These remain to be ascertained. This is a common species in California and Nevada. For many years it has been placed in all catalogues at the end of the list of the species of this genus, where I also leave it, though to 126 A Race after a Butterfly my way of thinking its proper location is near A. rupestris. It certainly reveals but small affinity to the species of the Eurynome- group. Besides the species of Argvunis enumerated in the foregoing pages and delineated upon the plates, there are several others of more or less doubtful validity credited to our fauna, and a num- ber of varieties which have received names. With all of these the more advanced student will become familiar as he prosecutes his researches, but it is not necessary to speak of them here. A RACE AFTER A BUTTERFLY There is much that is pleasing about ‘‘first things.” I shall never forget the first dollar I earned; the first trout I took with my fly; the first muskalonge I gaffed beside my canoe on a still Canadian lake; the first voyage I made across the Atlantic. So | shall never forget my first capture of a female specimen of Ar- gvnnis diana. My home in my boyhood was in North Carolina, in the village of Salem, famous as one of the most successful of the settlements made by the Moravian Brethren under the lead of the good Count Zinzendorf, and well known throughout the Southern States as the seat of an excellent seminary for young ladies. The Civil War broke out, and the hopes cherished of sending me North to be educated were disappointed. | was left to pursue my studies under a tutor, and to roam the neighborhood in quest of insects, of which I gathered a large collection. One day | spied upon a bed of verbenas a magnificent butterfly with broad expanse of. wing and large blue spots upon the secon- daries. In breathless haste I rushed into the house and got my net. To the joy of my heart, when I returned to the spot, the beauty was still hovering over the crimson blossoms. But, as I drew near with fell intent, it rose and sailed away. Across the garden, over the fence, across the churchyard, out into the street, with leisurely flight the coveted prize sped its way, while I quickly followed, net in hand. Once upon the dusty street, its flight was accelerated; my rapid walking was converted into a run. Down past the church and— horribile dictu! — past the boarding-school that pesky butterfly flew. 1 would rather have 127 A Race after a Butterfly faced a cannonade in those days than a bevy of boarding-school misses, but there was no alternative. There were the dreaded females at the windows (for it was Saturday, and vacation hour), and there was my butterfly. Sweating, blushing, inwardly anathematizing my luck, I rushed past the school, only to be overwhelmed with mortification by the rascally porter of the institution, who was sweeping the pavement, and who bawled out after me: ‘‘Oh, it ’s no use; you can’t catch it! It’s fright- ened; you ‘re so ugly!” And now it began to rise in its flight. It was plainly my last chance, for it would in a moment be lost over the housetops. I made an upward leap, and by a fortunate sweep of the net succeeded in capturing my prize. Many years later, after a long interval in which ornithology and botany had engrossed my mind to the exclusion of ento- mology, my boyish love for the butterflies was renewed, and | found out the name of the choice thing] had captured on that hot July day on the streets of Salem, and returned to North Carolina for the special purpose of collecting a quantity of these superb in- sects. My quest was entirely successful, though my specimens were not taken at Salem, but under the shadow of Mount Mitchell, in the flower-spangled valleys which lie at its feet. Genus BRENTHIS, Hiibner “The garden is fragrant everywhere; In its lily-bugles the gold bee sups, And butterflies flutter on winglets fair Round the tremulous meadow buttercups.”” MuNnkITTRICK. Butter fly.—Small or medium-sized butterflies, very closely ap- proximating in form and color the species of the genus Argyunzs, in which they are included by many writers. The principal structural difference between the two genera is found in the fact that in the genus Brenthis only one of the subcostal nervules arises before or at the end of the cell of the primaries, while in Argynnis the two innermost subcostal nervules thus arise. In Brenthis the palpi are not as stout as in Argynnis, and the short basal spur or branch of the median vein of the front wings, 128 Genus Brenthis which is characteristic of the latter genus, is altogether lacking in Brenthis. Egg.—The eggs are subconical, almost twice as high as wide, truncated at the top, and marked with thirteen or fourteen raised longi- tudinal ridges connected by a multitude of smaller cross-ridges. Larva.—The caterpillars are not noticeably different in their general appearance from those of the genus Argynnts, except that they are smaller and generally not as dark in color as the larvee of the latter genus. They feed, like the caterpillars of Argynnis, upon violets. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is pendant, about six tenths of an inch long, and armed with Fic. 90.—Neuration two rows of sharp conical tubercles on the Sees RnR back. (1) Brenthis myrina, Cramer, Plate XV, Fig. 1, ¢; Fig. 2, 4, under side; Plate V, Figs. 12-14, chrysalis (The Silver- bordered Fritillary). Butterfily.—The upper side of the wings is fulvous; the black markings are light, the borders heavy. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish-fulvous, ferruginous at the tip, with the marginal spots lightly silvered. The hind wings are ferruginous, mottled with buff. The spots, which are small, are well sil- vered. Expanse, 6, 1.40 inch; 9, 1.70 inch. Egg.—The egg is conoidal, about one third higher than wide, marked by sixteen or seventeen vertical ribs, between which are a number of delicate cross-lines. It is pale greenish-yellow in color. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar has been carefully studied, and its various stages are fully described in ‘‘ The Butterflies of New England,” by Dr. Scudder. In its final stage it is about seven eighths of an inch long, dark olive-brown, marked with green, the segments being adorned with fleshy tubercles armed with needle-shaped projections, the tubercles on the side of the first thoracic segment being four times as long as the others, cylin- drical in form, and blunt at the upper end, the spines projecting upward at an angle of forty-five degrees to the axis of the tubercle. 129 Genus Brenthis Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is yellowish-brown, spotted with darker brown spots, those of the thoracic and first and second abdominal segments having the lustre of mother-of-pearl. This very pretty little species has a wide range, extending from New England to Montana, from Nova Scotia to Alaska, and southward along the ridges of the Alleghanies into Virginia and the mountains of North Carolina. (2) Brenthis triclaris, Hubner, Plate XV, Fig. 3, ¢ (Htb- ner’s Fritillary). Butterfly, &.—The male above is bright fulvous, with the base of the fore wings and the inner margin of the hind wings heavily obscured with blackish scales. The usual dark markings are finer than in the preceding species; the black marginal borders are not so heavy. The submarginal spots are relatively large and distinct in most specimens, and uniform in size. The light spots of the under side of the median band of the hind wings show through from below on the upper side lighter than the ground- — color of the wings. On the under side the fore wings are fulvous, tipped with ferruginous. The hind wings are broadly ferrugin- ous, with a couple of bright-yellow spots near the base and a curved band of yellow spots crossing the median area. The outer margin about the middle is marked with pale fulvous. The spots on the under side are none of them silvered. ¢@.—The female is much paler than the male in most cases, and the marginal spots within the lunules are very pale, almost white. The submarginal row of round black spots is relatively large and distinct, quite uniform in size. On the under side the wings are much more conspicuously marked on the secondaries than in the male sex, being crossed by three conspicuous bands of irregularly shaped yellow spots, one at the base and one on either side of the discal area. The submarginal round spots of the upper side reappear on the under side as small, slightly silvered, yellow spots. The marginal spots are bright yellow, slightly glossed with silver. Expanse, ¢,1.50 inch; 9, 1.60 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. This extremely beautiful little species is found throughout arctic America, is not uncommon in Labrador, and also occurs upon the loftier summits of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado and elsewhere. It is, as most species of the genus, essentially arctic in its habits. 130 Rip haiis rath au ' \ i pase ¥ Bay } ss <1 uh a ; ae h the! EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV > peigea d 1, Brenthis mprina, Cramer, 3. 10. Brenthis freja, Thunberg, 9, wn- 2, Brenthis mprina, Cramer, 2, under der side. TRE ARS Sales E ; 11. Brenthis polaris, Boisduval, g. 3. Brenthis tricharis, Hubner, 3. 12, Brenuthis polaris, Boisduval, 3, we 4. Brenthis chariclea, Schneider, %. — der side. 1 5. Brenthisboisduvali, Duponchel, J. 13. Brenthis frigga, Thunberg, 3. 6. Thunberg, 2, wi- Brenthis boisduvali. Duponchel, &, 14. Brenthis frigga, under side. ; a der sides ~ Brenthis moutinus, Scudder, 3. 15. Brenthis alberta, Edwards, 3. . Brenthis montinus, Scudder, ©, 16. Brenthis bellona. Fabricius, . Kricogonia lyside, @ dart, J. Kricogonia lyside, THE BuTTERFLY Book. PLATE XXXIV. COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898. Genus Nathalis lit on the straw hat of one of the dignitaries. The naturalist, ac- costing him, said: ‘‘ Friend, do you know what rests upon your NeadiaminauNOssaldi ney mine AM butte rihvasnnnIVVell maesal du hes “that brings good luck.”” ‘‘ Yes,” replied the naturalist; ‘‘and the insect reveals to me the wonderful instinct with which nature has provided it.” ‘‘ How is that ?”’ quoth the city father. ‘‘It is a cabbage-butterfly that rests upon your head.” : Genus NATHALIS, Boisduval “The butterflies, gay triflers Who in the sunlight sport.” HEINE. Butterfiv.—The butterfly is very small, yellow, margined with black. The upper radial vein in the fore wing is wanting. The subcostal has four nervules, the third and fourth rising from a common stalk emitted from the upper outer corner ofthe cell, the first and second from before the end of the cell. The precostal vein on the hind wing is reduced to a small swelling beyond the base. The palpi are slen- der; the third joint long and curved; the second joint oval; the third fine, spindle-shaped, and pointed. The antenne are rather short, with a somewhat thick and abruptly developed club. — Fig. 1 4.—Neura- Early Stages.—Very little is known of these. _ tion of the genus Na- Three species belong to this genus, which dBalis, culated: is confined to the subtropical regions of the New World, one species only invading the region of which this volume treats. (1) Nathalis iole, Boisduval, Plate XXXII, Fig. 21, ¢ ; Fig. 22, 9 (The Dwarf Yellow). Butterfiy.—This little species, which cannot be mistaken, and which requires no description, as the plate conveys more infor- mation concerning it than could be given in mere words, ranges from southern Illinois and Missouri to Arizona and southern Cali- fornia. Its life-history has not yet been described. Expanse, 1.00- 1.25 inch. The identification of this species with N. felicia, Poey, which is found in Cuba, is doubtfully correct. The two species are very closely allied, but, nevertheless, distinct from each other. 281 Genus Euchloe Genus EUCHLOE, Hiibner (Anthocharis of authors) (The Orange-tips) ‘* When daffodils begin to peer, With, heigh! the doxy over the dale, Why, then comes in the sweet o’ the year; For the red blood reigns in the winter’s pale.” SHAKESPEARE. Butterfly.—Small butterflies, white in color, with the apical region of the primaries dark brown, marked with spots and bands of yellowish-orange or crimson. On the under side the wings are generally more or less profusely mot- tled with green spots and striz. Egg.—Spindle-shaped (see p. 4, Fig. 6), laterally marked with raised vertical ridges, between which are finer cross-lines. Caterpillay.—The caterpillar, in its mature stage, Free is relatively long, with the head small. Neuration _ of Chrysalis.—With the head relatively enormously ees Eu- projecting; wing-cases compressed, and uniting to form a conspicuous keel-shaped projection, the highest point of which lies at the juncture of the two ends of the silk girdle where they are attached to the supporting surface. There are numerous species of this genus, and all are exceed- ingly pretty. (1) Euchloé sara, Boisduval, Plate XXXII, Fig. 28, 43 Fig. 29, @ (Sara). Butterfly.The wings on the upper side in both sexes are shown in the figures above cited. On the under side the hind wings are marked with dark irregular patches of greenish-brown scales loosely scattered over the surface, and having a ‘‘ mossy” appearance. There are several forms which are regarded by recent writers as varieties and may probably be such. Of these we give the following: (a) Variety reakirti, Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 31, 3; Fig. 32, @ (Reakirt’s Orange-tip) = flora, Wright, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 4,6; Fig. 5,2. This form hardly differs at all from the form 282 Genus Euchloé sara, except in being smaller, and having the margins of the hind wings marked with dark spots at the ends of the veins. (b) Variety stella, Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 35, ¢ 3 Fig. 36, @ (Stella). The females of this form are prevalently yellow- ish on the upper side of the wings; otherwise they are marked exactly as the preceding variety. (c) Variety julia, Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 34, ¢; Plate XXXIV, Fig. 6, 9, under side (Julia). The only distinction in this form is the fact that the black bar dividing the red apical patch from the white on the remainder of the wing is broken, or tends to diminution at its middle. Early Stages.—Unknown. The species, in all its forms, belongs to the mountain States of the Pacific coast. Flora, Wright, is regarded by Beutenmiller, who has given us the latest revision of the genus, as identical with sara. \t comes nearer the variety reakirti than any other form, as will be seen by an examination of the plates which give figures of the types. Expanse, 1.25-1.75 inch. (2) Euchloé ausonides, Boisduval, Plate XXXII, Fig. 24, 4 ; Fig. 25, 2; Plate XXXIV, Fig. 3, 6, under side (Ausonides). Butterfly.—On the under side the fore wings are greenish; the hind wings are marked with three irregular green bands, the outer one forking into six or seven branches toward the outer and inner margins. Expanse, 1.65-1.90 inch. Early Stages.—The larva and chrysalis are described by Ed- wards in ‘‘ The Butterflies of North America,” vol. ii. The cater- pillar is pale whitish-green, with dark-green longitudinal stripes on the side and back. It feeds on cruciferous plants. Ausonides ranges from Arizona to Alaska, and eastward to Colorado. (3) Euchloé creusa, Doubleday and Hewitson, Plate XXXII, Fig. 23, 2; Plate XXXIV, Fig. 2, 9, under side (Creusa). Butterfly.—Similar to the preceding species, but smaller, the white more lustrous on the under side, and the green markings on the under side of the wings heavier. Expanse, 1.20-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—We know very little of these. The species is reported from California, Colorado, and Alberta. I possess a singular varietal form or aberration from Arizona, in which the black spot on the upper side of the primaries fills the outer half of the cell. 283 Genus Euchloé (4) Euchloé rosa, Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 39, 6, under side (Rosa). Butterflyv.—Pure white, without any red at the tip of the pri- maries. The transapical black band is broken in the middle, and a black bar closes the cell. The under side is well repre- sented in the plate. Expanse, 1.35-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—Entirely unknown. The species is found in Texas. (5) Euchloé cethura, Felder, Plate XXXII, Fig. 26, 4; Fig. 27, 9; form morrisoni, Edwards, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 1, ¢ (Ce- thura). Butterfly.—This delicate little insect, for the identification of which the plates will abundantly serve, has been regarded as existing in two varietal forms, one of which has been named after the indefatigable collector Morrison, whose death is still lamented by the elder generation of American entomologists. The varietal form is characterized by the heavier green markings of the under side of the wings. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. (6) Euchloé pima, Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 33, ¢ (The Pima Orange-tip). Butterfly.—This beautiful and well-marked species, the most brilliant of the genus, is yellow on the upper side in both sexes. The red of the upper side appears on the lower side. The hind wings are heavily marked with solid green bands. Expanse, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. The only specimens thus far known have come from Arizona. (7) Euchloé genutia, Fabricius, Plate XXXII, Fig. 37, ¢; Fig. 38, 2; Plate II, Fig. 5, Jarva; Plate V, Fig. 59, chrysalis; Fig. 6, p. 4, egg (The Falcate Orange-tip). Butterfly.—This species is readily recognized by the decidedly falcate tip of the fore wings. The first brood appears in early spring. It is single-brooded in the Northern States, but is double- brooded in the western portions of North Carolina, where | have taken it quite abundantly late in the autumn. Expanse, 1. 30-1.50 inch. Early Stages.—The life-history is well known. The caterpil- lar feeds on Sisymbrium, Arabis, Cardamine, and other crucifer- ous plants. It ranges from New England to Texas, but is not found, so 284 Genus Catopsilia far as is known, in the regions of the Rocky Mountains and on the Pacific coast. (8) Euchloé lanceolata, Boisduval, Plate XXXII, Fig. 30, 3 (Boisduval’s Marble). Butterfiy.—The figure gives a correct idea of the upper sur- face of the male. The female on the upper side is marked with light-black spots on the outer margin near the apex. On the under side in both sexes the apex of the primaries and the entire surface of the secondaries, except a small spot on the costa, are profusely sprinkled with small brown scales. The veins of the hind wing are brown. Expanse, 1.65-1.95 inch. Early Stages.—The caterpillar, which feeds upon Turritis, is green, shaded on the sides with pale blue, striped laterally with white, and covered with transverse rows of minute black points, each bearing a short black bristle. We know nothing of the other stages. The species ranges from northern California to Alaska. Genus CATOPSILIA, Hiibner (The Great Sulphurs) ‘*& golden butterfly, upon whose wings There must be surely character’d strange things, Onward it flew, . . . then high it soar’d, And downward suddenly began to dip, As if, athirst with so much toil, ’t would sip The crystal spout-head; so it did, with touch Most delicate, as though afraid to smutch Even with mealy gold the waters clear.” Keats, Endymion. Butterfly.—Large butterflies, brilliant lemon-yellow or orange- yellow, marked with a few darker spots and with a narrow band of brown, especially in the female sex, on the outer margin of the primaries. They are very quick and vigorous in flight, more so than is the case in any of the preceding genera. Egg.—The eggs are spindle-shaped, flat at the base, and acutely pointed, with a few longitudinal ribs and a multitude of delicate cross-lines. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar is relatively long, with the head 285 Genus Catopsilia small; the segments somewhat moniliform, resembling beads strung together, the surface covered with a multitude of minute papille ranged in transverse rows. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is strongly concave on the dorsal side, with the head greatly produced as a long, pointed, conical projec- ' tion; the wing-cases are compressed and form a very wide, keel-shaped projection on the ventral side. This peculiar forma-_ tion of the wing-cases reaches its greatest development in this genus. The butterflies of this genus are mainly 1 tropical. Four or five species, however, are found in the warmer parts of the United (LL States, and one of them ranges north as far Qa as northern New Jersey, and has been occa- SS sionally taken even in northern Illinois. Se (1) Catopsilia eubule, Linnzus, Plate XXXIII, Fig. 2,6; Fig. 3,6, under side; Plate II, Figs. 2, 4, /arva,; Plate V, Figs. 60- ce BS SOA 62, chrysalis (The Cloudless Sulphur). Butterfly.— This splendid and vigorous butterfly is found from New England and Wisconsin to Patagonia, being very abundant in the tropics, where it congregates in great swarms upon moist places by the side of streams. It haunts in great numbers the orange-groves of the South, and is very fond of flowers. It is rare on the northern limits of its range, though quite common on the coast of New Jersey. Expanse, 2.50 inches. The caterpillar feeds on leguminous plants, but especially upon the different species of Cassia. (2) Catopsilia philea, Linneus, Plate XXXIII, Fig. 4, ¢ (The Red-barred Sulphur). Butterfilyv.—This is another noble species of this fine genus, which includes some of the showiest insects of the subfamily. It may be readily recognized by the bar of deep orange crossing the cell of the primaries, and by the orange tint on the outer margin of the hind wings. Expanse, 3.00-3.50 inches. Early Stages.—But little is as yet known of these. The larva feeds on the same kinds of plants as the larva of C. eubule. It occurs in Texas, and is said to have also been found in Illinois as a strag- gler. It is abundant in Mexico, Central America, and southward. 286 Genus Kricogonia (3) Catopsilia agarithe, Boisduval, Plate XXXIII, Fig. 1, 3 (The Large Orange Sulphur). Butterfly.—About the same size as C. eubule, but deep orange on both sides of the wings. The wings of the female are bordered somewhat heavily with brown, and are duller in color than those of the male. Expanse, 2.50-2.75 inches. Early Stages.—The caterpillar, which resembles that of eubule, feeds upon various species of Cassia. The chrysalis is also much like that of ewbule. We need, however, fuller information than that which we possess, drawn, for the most part, from the pages of authors who wrote in the last century. The species occurs in the hot parts of the Gulf States, and is common throughout tropical America. Genus KRICOGONIA, Reakirt Butterfly.—Medium sized, bright yellow on the upper and lower sides, with some dark markings, especially in the male. The primaries in the male are generally quite strongly falcate. Early Stages.—Nothing has, as yet, been sat- isfactorily ascertained in relation to these. The genus is not large, and is confined to the tropical regions of the New World, being represented in our fauna in the vicinity of the city of Brownsville, in Texas. (1) Kricogonia lyside, Godart (form terissa, Lucas), Plate XXXIV, Fig. 20, ¢ ; Fig. 21, 2 (Ly- side). Fic. 145.—Neu- Butterfly.—This insect, which may easily be bean pipe distinguished from all its allies by its peculiar markings, is found in Florida and Texas, and is widely spread over the Antilles and tropical America. We know nothing of its life- history. A number of closely allied forms, reckoned as species, are-known from the Antilles and Central America. They are so closely related to each other that it is believed that they are possibly only varieties or local races. We cannot, however, be sure of this until the test of breeding has been applied. Expanse, 1.90-2.10 inches. 287 Genus Meganostoma Genus MEGANOSTOMA, Reakirt (The Dog-face Butterflies) “Let me smell the wild white rose, Smell the woodbine and the may; Mark, upon a sunny day, Sated from their blossoms rise, Honey-bees and butterflies.” Jean INGELow. Butterfly.— Closely resembling those of the following genus, Colias, from which they may be readily distinguished by the more acutely pointed apex of the fore wings and by the remark- able coloration of these wings in the male sex, the dark outer bor- «ders being disposed upon the lighter ground- color so as to present the appearance of a rude outline of the head of a dog, whence these butterflies have sometimes been called the “*dog-face butterflies.” Egg.—Fusiform, strongly pointed at the apex, broader at the base, the sides marked with a few delicate ridges, between which are numerous cross-lines. Caterpillar.—Elongate, cylindrical, the head Fic. 146.—Neura- relatively small, striped on either side by a whit- Hon ote, genus ish lateral line, each segment having a transverse Rae darker line. They feed upon leguminous plants. Chrysalis.—Pointed at the head, convex on the abdominal seg- ments on the dorsal side, with a decided hump on the thorax. The wing-covers unite to form a moderately deep carinate, or keel- shaped, projection on the ventral side, not, however, nearly as large as in the genus Catopszlia. But two species of the genus are found within our fauna, one widely distributed throughout the Southern and Southwestern States, the other confined to the Pacific coast. (1) Meganostoma eurydice, Boisduval, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 1, 6; Fig. 2, 2 (The Californian Dog-face). Butterfly.— The splendid purplish iridescence of the fore wings of the male is only faintly indicated in the plate. This beautiful 288 Pty Vespa ie wbbuae = a1) eal yal, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV Pieris monuste, Linneus, %3. é Pieris monuste, Linneeus, S. . Colias . Pieris rape, Linneus, 2. 11, Colias ‘Tachpris ilaire, Godart, g. - 12, Coltas . Tachyris ilaire, Godart, Q. : ie ». Colias alexandra, Edwards, 3. . Colias Colias alexandra, Edwards, 2. Q. Colias scudderi, Reakirt, j. es Colias pelidne, Boisduval, 3. 15. Colias eriphyle, Edwards, f. ore Wings autiful Tue ButTerFLy Boox. PLATE KXXV. AMIN ATU a - COPYRIGHTED BY W, J. HOLLAND, tAgs, Genus Colias insect is peculiar to the Pacific coast, and there is a wide difference in appearance between the sexes. Expanse, 1.80—2.00 inches. Early Stages.—The caterpillar feeds upon Amorpha califor- nica. The life-history has been accurately described, and the va- rious stages depicted, by Edwards. (2) Meganostoma cesonia, Stoll, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 3, 2; Fig. 4, 2 (The Southern Dog-face). Butterfly.—The sexes are much alike in this species, which ranges widely over the Southern States, and is found even in south- ern Illinois and sometimes still farther north. Expanse, 2.25 inches. Early Stages.—TYhese have been fully described by various authors, most carefully by Edwards. Genus COLIAS, Fabricius (The Sulphurs) “ Above the arching jimson-weeds flare twos And twos of sallow-yellow butterflies, Like blooms of lorn primroses blowing loose, When autumn winds arise.” James Wuitcoms RILEY. Butterfly.—Medium-sized butterflies, yellow or orange in color, with black borders upon the wings. In many species this border is heavier in the female than in the male. Egg.—The egg is spindle-shaped, thickest at the middle, taper- ing at the apex and at the base, generally attached by an enlarged disk-like expansion to the point on which it is laid. The upper extremity is rounded; the sides are marked by small vertical ridges, between which are delicate cross-lines. Caterpillar.—The caterpillars strongly re- semble in appearance those of the preceding genus, from which, superficially, they cannot be distinguished by any anatomical peculiar- ities. They feed upon Leguminose, and espe- cially upon clover (Trifolium). Chrysalis.— The chrysalids do not generally differ in appearance from the chrysalids of the iis. Tea et : genus genus Meganostoma, though the wing-cases do Colias. 289 Genus Colias not form as high a keel-shaped projection from the ventral side as in that genus. This genus is very extensive, being represented throughout the temperate regions of both hemispheres, and also occurring in the cooler portions of South America, especially along the ranges of the Andes. One species is found in temperate South Africa. The brightly colored butterflies, which are sometimes found con- gregating in immense numbers in moist places, are familiar ob- jects, and swarm upon the clover-fields and by the roadside in the summer months throughout the United States. (1) Colias meadi, Edwards, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 5, ¢; Fig. 6, @ (Mead’s Sulphur). Butterfly.—The wings on the upper side are orange, greenish on the under side. The discal spot on the lower side is centered with green. Expanse, 1.75 inch. Early Stages.—The life-history has been written by Edwards, and may be found in the pages of the ‘‘ Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xxi, p. 41. The larva feeds on clover. The species is alpine in its habits, and is found in Colorado from nine to twelve thousand feet above sea-level. (2) Colias elis, Strecker, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 13, 6; Fig. 14, @ (Strecker’s Sulphur). Butterfly.—This species is discriminated from the preceding principally by the narrower black margins on the wings of the male and the more abundant yellow maculation of the borders in the female. Expanse, 1.55-1.90 inch. Early Stages.—Closely resembling those of the preceding spe- cies, of which it may be only a varietal form. The habitat of the species is on the lofty peaks of the Western Cordilleras. (3) Colias eurytheme, Boisduval, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 18, @ ; Plate XXXIII, Fig. 5, 4, under side; Plate Il, Fig. 1, Jarva; Plate V, Fig. 53, chrysalis (Eurytheme). Butterfly.—This species has been made in recent years the subject of exhaustive study, and has been discovered to be strongly polymorphic — that is to say, liable to great variation. Not only does albinism assert itself in the production of white forms, but there are many seasonal and climatic forms. We are not yet through with our studies, and there is doubtless much more to be ascertained. The figures cited above represent the 290 Genus Colias typical form of the species. We have given, in addition to these, the following forms: (a) Winter form ariadne, Edwards, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 7, 2; Fig. 8, @. This form, emerging from chrysalids which have overwintered, is like the type in having the fore wings tinged with orange. Expanse, 1.75 inch. (b) Winter form keewaydin, Edwards, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 9, 6; Fig. 10, 9. This is a larger form, more deeply flushed with orange, though not quite as deeply as shown in the plate. Ex- panse, 1.85 inch. (c) Summer form eriphyle, Edwards, Plate XXXV, Fig. 15, 2 ; Plate XLIII, Fig. 3, 4, wnder side. This summer form differs from typical C. eurytheme in being yellow and not laved with orange. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Early Stages.—Yhe caterpillar feeds on clover, as do most of the species of the genus. The range of eurytheme is very wide. It extends from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and from Canada to the far South, though rare in the lower parts of Florida and Texas in the hot lands. (4) Colias philodice, Godart, Plate I (Frontispiece), Fig. 4, 6; Fig. 5, 2; Plate Il, Fig. 10, Jarva; Plate V, Figs. 54, 55, chrysalis (The Common Sulphur). Butterfly.—We are all familiar with this species, the ‘‘ puddle butterfly” of our childhood, which sits in swarms on moist places by the wayside, and makes the clover-fields gay with the flash of yellow wings in summer. There are many aberrational forms, albinos and negroes, white forms and dark forms, dwarfed forms and large forms, but in the main the species is remarkably constant, and seasonal forms and distinctly local races do not abound as in the case of the preceding species. Expanse, 2, 1.25-1.80 inch; 92, 1.60-2.25 inches. Early Stages.—The food-plant is clover. The eggs are pale yellow, changing, after being laid, to crimson. The caterpillar is slender, green, striped longitudinally with paler green. The chrysalis is pale green. The species ranges from New England to Florida, and west- ward to the Rocky Mountains. (5) Colias chrysomelas, Henry Edwards, Plate XXXV, Fig. 12, 6 ; Fig. 13, 2 (The Gold-and-black Sulphur). Butterfly.—Larger than C. philodice. The male on the upper 291 Genus Colias side is bright lemon-yellow, with broad black margins on both wings. The female is paler, with the black margin of the hind wing lacking or very faintly indicated, and the margin of the fore wing much broken up by yellow spots. On the under side the wings of the male are dusky-orange, pale yellow on the disk of the primaries; the wings of the female on this side are pale yellow. Expanse, ¢, 2.00-2.10 inches; 2, 2.25—2.30 inches. ‘Early Stages.—Undescribed. The home of this species is on the Coast Range of northern California. (6) Colias alexandra, Edwards, Plate XXXV, Fig. 6, ; Fig. 7,@ (The Alexandra Sulphur). Butterfly.—Larger than C. philodice. The male is pale canary- yellow, with much narrower black borders than the preceding species. The female is pale yellow or white, without black bor- ders, or, at most, faint traces of them at the apex of the pri- maries. On the under side the wings are silvery-gray, yellow only at the base and on the inner margin of the primaries. The discal spot on the hind wings is white. Expanse, ¢, 1.85 inch; Q, 2.102. 30 inches. Early Stages.—TYhe caterpillar is uniformly yellowish-green, with a white band on each side, broken with orange-réd dashes running through it. The chrysalis, which resembles that of C. philodice in form, is yellowish-green, darkest on the dorsal side, and adorned with three small red dots on the ventral side of the abdomen near the wing-cases. The caterpillar eats Astragalus, Thermopsis, and white clover. Expanse, 6, 1.90-2.15 inches; Q, 2.00-2. 30 inches. The species is found in Colorado and the mountain regions to the north and west of that State. (7) Colias interior, Scudder, Plate XXXV, Fig. 10, ¢ ; Fig. 11, @ (The Pink-edged Sulphur). Butterfily.—The male on the upper side closely resembles C. philodice, but is smaller, the fringes of the wings rose-colored. The female is pale yellow above, more frequently white, with the tips of the fore wings lightly marked with blackish. On the under side the fore wings at the apex and the entire surface of the hind wings are rusty orange-yellow. The discal spot on the hind wings is silvery, bordered with rosy-red. Expanse, 6, 1.30- 1.75 inch; 2, 1.60-2.00 inches. 292 Genus Colias Early Stages.—Little is as yet known of these. The species was first found by Professor Louis Agassiz on the north shore of Lake Superior. It ranges through a rather narrow belt of country, through Quebec, Ontario, and westward to the Rocky Mountains north of the valley of the St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes. (8) Colias scudderi, Reakirt, Plate XXXV, Fig. 8, 4 ; Fig. 9, @ (Scudder’s Sulphur). Butterfiy.—Vhe male on the upper side is colored like C. philo- dice, but the black borders are much wider. The fringes are rosy. The female is generally white,—very rarely slightly yel- low,— with very pale dark borders, or often without any trace of black on the outer margin of the wings. On the under side the apex of the fore wings and the entire surface of the hind wings are greenish-gray. The discal spot of the secondaries is well silvered and margined with pale red. Expanse, 1.80~2.00 inches. Early Stages.—We know but little of these, except that the caterpillar feeds on the leaves of the huckleberry and the willow. Scudder’s Sulphur is found in Colorado, Utah, Montana, and British Columbia. (9) Colias pelidne, Boisduval, Plate XXXV, Fig. 14, ¢; Plate XXXVI, Fig. 15, 6; Fig. 16, @ (The Labrador Sulphur). Butterfly.—The male on the upper side is pale yellow, with a greenish tinge on the hind wings; the black borders are narrow; the fringes are pink. The female on the upper side is white, with very little or no black on the outer borders, the black marking being con- fined to the apex of the fore wings. On theunder side the wings are much as in C. zuferior, and it is possible that the two forms are varieties of one and the same species. Expanse, 1.60-1.85 inch. Early Stages.—Little is known of these. Pelidne is rather abundant in Labrador at the proper season, and ranges thence westward and northward in boreal America. (10) Colias nastes, Boisduval, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 11, 2; Fig. 12, @ (The Arctic Sulphur). Butter fly.—Easily recognized in both sexes by the pale-green- ish tint of the wings and the tendency of the outer border of the fore wings of the male to become divided, like those of the female, by a band of pale spots. Expanse, 1.50-1.65 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. This is an arctic species, which is found in Labrador, Green- 293 Genus Terias land, the far North in British America and Alaska, and on the summits of the Rocky Mountains in British Columbia. (11) Colias behri, Edwards, Plate XXXVI, Fig. 17, 4 (Behr’s Sulphur). Butterfly.—This very rare little species may be easily recognized by the dark-greenish tint of the upper side of the wings and the light spot on the upper side of the hind wings. The female has the outer borders dusky like the male, the dusky shade running in- ward on the lines of the veins and nervules. Expanse, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.—We know little of these. The insect has hitherto been taken only at considerable eleva- tions among the Western Sierras, and the peaks and lofty mea- dows about the Yosemite Valley have been until recently the classic locality for the species. There are a number of other species of the genus Co/zas, and numerous varieties which have been named and described from the western and northwestern portions of our region; but it re- quires almost as much skill to distinguish them as is required to discriminate between the different species of willows, asters, and goldenrods, among plants, and we do not think it worth while to burden the student with an account of these, and of the con- troversies which are being waged about them. If any reader of this book becomes entangled in perplexities concerning the species of Colzas, the writer will be glad to try to aid him to correct con- clusions by personal conference or correspondence. Genus TERIAS, Swainson (The Small Sulphurs) “Hurt no living thing : Ladybird, nor butterfly, Nor moth with dusty wing, Nor cricket chirping cheerily, Nor grasshopper so light of leap, Nor dancing gnat, nor beetle fat, Nor harmless worms that creep.” CuristINA RosseTTI. Butterfly.—Small butterflies, bright orange or yellow, mar- gined with black. They are more delicate in structure and have thinner wings than most of the genera belonging to the subfamily 294 whose) —tohaytel) by caliinaybA | to on ky Ri: 8. o. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI s ( 7s; and: | Meganosloma eurpdice, Boisduval, %. ‘10. Colias Keewaydin, Edwards, 200°) Meganostoma eurydice, Boisduval, 2. 11. Colias nastes, Boisduval, 3°: > Meganostoma cevsonia, Stoll, ¢- 12. Colias nastes, Boisduval, 2 Aes Meganostoma ceesonia, Stolle 13. Colias vlis, Strecker, oe Colias meadi, Edwards, Gh 14. Colias elis, Strecker, 2. Colias meadi, Edwards, oy ; 15. Colias pelidne, Boisduval a Colias AAcn Edwards, Co. OW Vensis, ae She Colias ariadne, Edwards, ©. : Coltas keewandin, Edwards, Sf: ae, Scudder; o, 17. Colias beby: Edwards, ik ee { THE BuTTERFLY Book, PLATE XXXVI. COPYRIGHTED BY W. J, HOLLAND, 1898, Genus Terias of the Pierine. The outer margin of the wings is generally straight or slightly rounded, though in a few species the apex is somewhat acuminate. The outer margin of the hind wings is generally rounded, though in a few species it is acuminate. Egg.—Strongly spindle-shaped, pointed and rounded at the base and at theapex, much swol- len at the middle, its sides marked by numerous broad but slightly raised vertical ridges. Caterpillar.—The caterpillars are small, relatively long, cylindrical, with the head quite small, the thoracic segments somewhat larger than the others, giving the anterior portion of — fig. 148.—Neura- the body a slightly humped appearance. They tion of the genus Te- feed upon leguminous plants. We Chrysalis. —The chrysalis is compressed laterally, with the head pointed and the wing-cases forming a deep, keel-shaped projection on the ventral side, more pronounced than in any other genus except Cafopsilia. There are an immense number of species belonging to this genus scattered through the tropical and subtropical regions of both hemispheres. Many of the species are dimorphic or poly- morphic, and much confusion has arisen, especially in relation to the Oriental species, on account of the great tendency to the pro- duction of seasonal varieties, many of which are strikingly differ- ent from one another. (1) Terias gundlachia, Poey, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 1, 4 (Gundlach’s Sulphur). Butterfly.—This species is easily recognized by the orange- yellow tint of the upper side of the wings and the sharply pointed hind wings. Expanse, 1.80 inch. Early Stages.—We know nothing of these. The species is found in Texas, Arizona, Mexico, and Cuba. (2) Terias proterpia, Fabricius, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 2, ¢ (Proterpia). Butterfly.—Even deeper orange than the preceding species. The hind wings are, however, less pointed; the veins and ner- vules are black at their ends, and the costal margin of the fore wings is evenly bordered with black, which does not run down on the outer margin asin 7. gundlachia. Expanse, 1.50-1.75 inch. 295 Genus Terias Early Stages.—Unknown. Proterpia is found in Texas, Arizona, and Mexico. (3) Terias nicippe, Cramer, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 3, 3; Fig. 4, 2; Fig. 5, var. flava, 4; Fig. 6, 2, under side; Plate II, Fig. 6, larva; Plate V, Figs. 51, 52, chrysalis (Nicippe). Butterfly.—The plate gives so full a presentation of this com- mon species as to make a lengthy description unnecessary. It is subject to considerable variation. I have specimens of many varying shades of orange and yellow, and a few albino females. The orange form depicted in Plate XXXVII, Figs. 3 and 4, is typical. The form flava is not uncommon. Expanse, 1.50-2.00 inches. Early Stages.—These are not as well known as they should be in view of the excessive abundance of the insect in long-set- tled parts of the country. The caterpillar feeds upon Cassza in preference to all other plants, but will eat other leguminose. Nicippe is very rare in New England, but is common south of latitude 40° as far as the Rocky Mountains, and ranges over Cuba, Mexico, and Guatemala, into Venezuela and even Brazil. It fairly swarms at times in the Carolinas, Tennessee, Kentucky, and southern Indiana and Illinois. I have encountered clouds of it on the wing near Jeffersonville, Indiana, and thence north along the lines of the Pennsylvania Railroad as far as Seymour. It is not common in western Pennsylvania, but in former years was taken rather frequently about Pittsburgh. (4) Terias mexicana, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 7, 4; Fig. 8, 9, under side (The Mexican Yellow). Butterfly.—Easily distinguished from all other species in our fauna by the pointed hind wings, margined on the outer border with black, and by the heavy black border of the fore wings, deeply excised inwardly, recalling the fore wing of the species of the genus Meganosfoma. Expanse, 6, 1.75 inch; @, 1.85 inch. Early Stages.—We do not, as yet, know much about these. T. mexicana is very common in Arizona, and occurs also in Texas. It is abundant in Mexico. (5) Terias damaris, Felder, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 9, 4; Fig. 10, 6, under side (Damaris). Butterfly.—Allied to the preceding species, but readily distin- guished from it by the less deeply excised outer border of the fore wing, by the fact that the black outer margin of the secondaries 296 Genus Terias extends inwardly beyond the angulated point of the wing, and by the different color and style of the markings of the lower side. Expanse, 1.35-1.65 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. Damaris occurs in Arizona, and thence ranges south into Venezuela. (6) Terias westwoodi, Boisduval, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 11, 2 (Westwood’s Yellow). Butterfly.—Pale yellow or orange-yellow, with a narrow black border on the fore wings, beginning on the costa beyond the middle, and not quite reaching the inner angle. On the under side the wings are pale yellow, immaculate, or at the apex of the fore wing and the outer angle of the hind wing broadly marked with very pale reddish-brown. Expanse, 1.75—2.00 inches. Early Stages.—Unknown. Westwood’s Yellow occurs in Texas and Arizona, but is not common. It is abundant farther south. (7) Terias lisa, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 13, 65 Plate II, Fig. 3, darva; Plate V, Fig. 56, chrysalis (The Little Sulphur). Butterfly.—Allied to the three following species, from which it may at once be distinguished by the absence of the black bar on the inner margin of the fore wings and by the profusely mottled surface of the under side of the hind wings. It is subject to considerable variation, albino females and melanic males being sometimes found, as well as dwarfed specimens of very small size. Expanse, 1.25-1.60 inch. Early Stages.—These have not been thoroughly studied and described, in spite of the fact that the insect is very common in many easily accessible localities. The caterpillar feeds on Cassia and on clover. T. lisa ranges from New England south and west as far as the foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains, and into Mexico and Honduras. _ It is found in the Antilles and Bermuda. An interesting account of the appearance of a vast swarm of these butterflies in the Bermudas is given by Jones in ‘‘ Psyche,” vol. i, p. 121: ‘Early in the morning of the first day of October last year (1874), several persons living on the north side of the main isl- and perceived, as they thought, a cloud coming over from the northwest, which drew nearer and nearer to the shore, on reach- 297 Genus Terias ing which it divided into two parts, one of which went eastward, and the other westward, gradually falling upon the land. They were not long in ascertaining that what they had taken for a cloud was an immense concourse of small yellow butterflies (Terzas lisa, Boisduval), which flitted about all the open grassy patches and cultivated grounds in a lazy manner, as if fatigued after their long voyage over the deep. Fishermen out near the reefs, some few miles to the north of the island, very early that morning, stated that numbers of these insects fell upon their boats, literally covering them. They did not stay long upon the islands, how- ever, only a few days, but during that time thousands must have fallen victims to the vigorous appetite of the bluebird (Szalia sia- lis, Baird) and blackbird (Mimus carolinensis, Gray), which were continually preying upon them.” As the nearest point of land is Cape Hatteras, about six hun- dred miles distant, it is seen that, weak and feeble as this little creature appears, it must possess, when aided by favoring winds, great power of sustained flight. (8) Terias elathea, Cramer, Plate XX XVII, Fig. 12, 4 (Elathea). Butterfly.—Distinguished from its near ally, 7. delza, by the fact that the ground-color of the hind wings is white. The fe- male in this, as in the allied species, is without the black bar on the inner margin of the primaries. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. Elathea is found in Florida, Mexico, and the Antilles. (9) Terias delia, Cramer, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 14, ¢ (Delia). Butterfly.—Al|most exactly like the preceding species, but hav- ing the upper side of the hind wings yellow. On the under side the fore wing at the tip and the entire hind wing are red. Ex- panse, 1.25-1.50 inch. Early Stages.—But little is known of them. The caterpillar feeds on Cassia. Delia occurs commonly in the Gulf States. (10) Terias jucunda, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 15, 6 ; Fig. 16,4, under side (The Fairy Yellow). Butterfly.—Distinguished from the preceding species by the dark marginal band surrounding the hind wing and the pale under surface. Expanse, 1.60-1.75 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. This little species is found in the Gulf States. 298 vx x A ANT ZA eT HSblad , AWWesich 2niny'\ SMa) Sia Nyy esas Nk Bt akon zn t Tr esti SAMOA Zyyin V ah ds Z SDE ae akin 2534 SG, Bec. Aisaaab cine Shou ze yt DS ASHER A Nast nh ailen eae eT Th OL Asis ena oor Sired a deena) 1 04 fate) ARON Arner 5 we. DAOA SHAN Garin pr ae is ey SASH NTs Rs OMT DERANS o wails py, Se” Se Biss GUE eta Sun wy 5 eA bed alway ert Ko “ ‘ Wine =i ae PSST LAM aat amis lle Osultiviheiode s Woleswenrnt g z A a a 8 eu AN Asi SE VANO VESTA ST 3 BSE MASA BANA COSA CY “ah EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII Terias gundlachia, Poey, 4. Terias proterpia, Fabricius, 3. Terias nicippe, Cramer, ©’. Terias nicippe, Cramer, ©. , Terias nicippe, Cramer, var. flava Strecker, ¢. Terias. nicippe, side. Terias mexicana, Boisduval, @. Terias mexicana, Boisduyal, 3), wi- der side. les 14. 15. 10. Cramer, @, wider Il. re. Dismorphia melite, Linneus, ©. Terias damarts, Felder, 3. Terias damaris, Felder, i, under’ in- side, : ite Terias weslsvoodi, Boisduval, J. ~ Terias elathea, Cramer, 3. ; Terias lisa, Boisd.-Lec., ¢. Terias delia, Cramer, 2’. Terias jucunda, Boisd.-Lec., 3. Terias jgucunda, Bose -Lec., g UN dey side. 17. Dismorphia melite, Linnaeus, a o THE BuTTERFLY BOOK. PLATE XXXVII COPYRIGHTED BY W. J, HOLL Red Rain RED RAIN “The lepidopterous insects in general, soon after they emerge from the pupa state, and commonly during their first flight, dis- charge some drops of a red-colored fluid, more or less intense in different species, which, in some instances, where their num- bers have been considerable, have produced the appearance of a ‘shower of blood,’ as this natural phenomenon is sometimes called. ‘*Showers of blood have been recorded by historians and poets as preternatural—have been considered in the light of prod- igies, and regarded, where they have happened, as fearful prog- nostics of impending evil. “There are two passages in Homer, which, however poetical, are applicable to a rain of this kind; and among the prodigies which took place after the death of the great dictator, Ovid par- ticularly mentions a shower of blood: “« * Seepe faces visee mediis ardere sub astris, Sepe inter nimbos guttz cecidere cruente.’ ‘“ (“With threatening signs the lowering skies were fill’d, And sanguine drops from murky clouds distilled.’) ‘“Among the numerous prodigies reported by Livy to have happened in the year 214 B.c., it is instanced that at Mantua a stagnating piece of water, caused by the overflowing of the river Mincius, appeared as of blood; and in the cattle-market at Rome a shower of blood fell in the Istrian Street. After mentioning several other remarkable phenomena that happened during that year, Livy concludes by saying that these prodigies were expi- ated, conformably to the answers of the aruspices, by victims of the greater kinds, and supplication was ordered to be performed to all the deities who had shrines at Rome. Again, it is stated by Livy that many alarming prodigies were seen at Rome in the year 181 B.c., and others reported from abroad; among which was a shower of blood which fell in the courts of the temples of Vulcan and Concord. After mentioning that the image of Juno Sospita shed tears, and that a pestilence broke out in the country, this writer adds that these prodigies, and the mortality which 299 Red Rain prevailed, alarmed the Senate so much that they ordered the consuls to sacrifice to such gods as their judgment should direct victims of the larger kinds, and that the decemvirs should consult their books. Pursuant to their direction, a supplication for one day was proclaimed to be performed at every shrine in Rome; and they advised, besides, and the Senate voted, and the consul proclaimed, that there should be a supplication and public worship for three days throughout all Italy. In the year 169 B.c., Livy also mentions that a shower of blood fell in the middle of the day. The decemvirs were again called upon to consult their books, and again were Sacrifices offered to the deities. The account, also, of Livy, of the bloody sweat on some of the statues of the gods, must be referred to the same phenomenon, as the predilec- tion of those ages to marvel, says Thomas Browne, and the want of accurate investigation in the cases recorded, as well as the rare occurrence of these atmospherical depositions in our own times, inclines us to include them among the blood-red drops deposited by insects. “In Stow’s ‘Annales of England’ we have two accounts of showers of blood, and from an edition printed in London in 1592, we make our quotations: ‘ Rivallus, sonne of Cunedagius, succeeded his father, in whose time (in the year 766 B.c.) it rained bloud three dayes: after which tempest ensued a great multitude of venemous flies, which slew much people, and then a great mortalitie throughout this lande, caused almost desolation of the same.’ The second account is as follows: ‘In the time of Brithricus (A. D. 786) it rayned blood, which falling on men’s clothes, appeared like crosses.’ ‘*Hollingshed, Grafton, and Fabyan have also recorded these instances in their respective chronicles of England. ‘*A remarkable instance of bloody rain is introduced into the very interesting Icelandic ghost-story of Thorgunna. It appears that in the year of our Lord 1009 a woman called Thorgunna came from the Hebrides to Iceland, where she stayed at the house of Thorodd; and during the hay season a shower of blood fell, but only, singularly, on that portion of the hay she had not piled up as her share, which so appalled her that she betook herself to her bed, and soon afterward died. She left, to finish the story, a remarkable will, which, from not being executed, was the cause of several violent deaths, the appearance of ghosts, and, finally, a 300 Red Rain legal action of ejectment against the ghosts, which, it need hardly be said, drove them effectually away. “In 1017 a shower of blood fell in Aquitaine; and Sleidan re- lates that in the year 1553 a vast multitude of butterflies swarmed through a great part of Germany, and sprinkled plants, leaves, buildings, clothes, and men with bloody drops, as if it had rained blood. We learn also from Bateman’s ‘Doome’ that these ‘drops of bloude upon hearbes and trees’ in 1553 were deemed among the forewarnings of the deaths of Charles and Philip, dukes of Brunswick. “In Frankfort, in the year 1296, among other prodigies, some spots of blood led to a massacre of the Jews, in which ten thou- sand of these unhappy descendants of Abraham lost their lives. “In the beginning of July, 1608, an extensive shower of blood took place at Aix, in France, which threw the people of that place into the utmost consternation, and, which is a much more im- portant fact, led to the first satisfactory and philosophical expla- nation of this phenomenon, but too late, alas! to save the Jews of Frankfort. This explanation was given by M. Peiresc, a cele- brated philosopher of that place, and is thus referred to by his biographer, Gassendi: ‘Nothing in the whole year 1608 did more please him than that he observed and philosophized about, the bloody rain, which was commonly reported to have fallen about the beginning of July; great drops thereof were plainly to be seen, both in the city itself, upon the walls of the church-yard of the church, which is near the city wall, and upon the city walls themselves; also upon the walls of villages, hamlets, and towns, for some miles round about; for in the first place, he went him- self to see those wherewith the stones were coloured, and did what he could to come to speak with those husbandmen, who, beyond Lambesk, were reported to have been affrighted at the falling of said rain, that they left their work, and ran as fast as their legs could carry them into the adjacent houses. Whereupon, he found that it was a fable that was reported, touching those husbandmen. Nor was he pleased that naturalists should refer this kind of rain to vapours drawn up out of red earth aloft in the air, which con- gealing afterwards into liquor, fall down in this form; because such vapours as are drawne aloft by heat, ascend without colour, as we may know by the alone example of red roses, out of which the vapours that arise by heat are congealed into transparent 301 Red Rain water. He was less pleased with the common people, and some divines, who judged that it was the work of the devils and witches who had killed innocent young children; for this he counted a mere conjecture, possibly also injurious to the good- ness and providence of God. “«*In the meanwhile an accident happened, out of which he conceived he had collected the true cause thereof. For, some months before, he shut up in a box a certain palmer-worm which he had found, rare for its bigness and form; which, when he had forgotten, he heard a buzzing in the box, and when he opened it, found the palmer-worm, having cast its coat, to be turned into a beautiful Butterfly, which presently flew away, leaving in the bottom of the box a red drop as broad as an ordinary sous or shilling; and because this happened about the beginning of the same month and about the same time an incredible multitude of Butterflies were observed flying in the air, he was therefore of opinion that such kind of Butterflies resting on the walls had there shed such like drops, and of the same bigness. Where- upon, he went the second time, and found, by experience, that those drops were not to be found on the house-tops, nor upon the round sides of the stones which stuck out, as it would have happened, if blood had fallen from the sky, but rather where the stones were somewhat hollowed, and in holes, where such small creatures might shroud and nestle themselves. Moreover, the walls which were so spotted, were not in the middle of towns, but they were such as bordered upon the fields, nor were they on the highest parts, but only so moderately high as Butterflies are commonly wont to fly. ‘“«« Thus, therefore, he interpreted that which Gregory of Tours relates touching a bloody rain seen at Paris in divers places, in the days of Childebert, and on a certain house in the territory of Senlis; also that which is storied, touching raining of blood about the end of June, in the days of King Robert; so that the blood which fell upon flesh, garments or stones could not be washed out, but that which fell on wood might; for it was the same season of Butterflies, and experience hath taught us, that no water will wash these spots out of the stones, while they are fresh and new. When he had said these and such like things to various, a great company of auditors being present, it was agreed that they should go together and search out the matter, and as they 302 EXpvaNa TION oF Prate XXXVI” 1. Papilio zolicaon, Boisduval, J. 2. Papilio daunus, Boisduval, Bo. 3. Papilio pilumnus, Boisduval, J. 1 * (The figures in this plate are reduced, being only two thirds of the natural size.) THE BuTTERFLY Book COPYRIGHTED BY W. J, HOLLAND, tAga. PLATE XXXVIII. iS) Naat vo 1 ho | lye Pi et Bh na Red Rain went up and down, here and there, through the fields, they found many drops upon stones and rocks; but they were only on the hollow and under parts of the stones, but not upon those which lay most open to the skies.’ “«This memorable shower of blood was produced by the Ya- nessa urtice or V. polychloros, most probably, since these spe- cies of butterflies are said to have been uncommonly plentiful at the time when, and in the particular district where, the phenom- enon was observed.” Frank Cowan, Curious History of Insects. FOR A DESIGN OF A BUTTERFLY RESTING ON A SKULL “Creature of air and light, Emblem of that which may not fade or die, Wilt thou not speed thy flight, To chase the south wind through the glowing sky ? What lures thee thus to stay, With Silence and Decay, Fix’d on the wreck of cold Mortality ? ““The thoughts once chamber’d there Have gather’d up their treasures, and are gone — Will the dust tell us where They that have burst the prison-house are flown? Rise, nursling of the day, If thou wouldst trace their way— Earth hath no voice to make the secret known. ““Who seeks the vanish’d bird By the forsaken nest and broken shell ?— Far thence he sings unheard, Yet free and joyous in the woods to dwell. Thou of the sunshine born, Take the bright wings of morn ! Thy hope calls heavenward from yon ruin’d cell.” Mrs. HEmaNns. 303 SUBFAMILY PAPILIONIN/E Butterfly.—Generally large, and often with the hind wings adorned by tail-like projections. The most characteristic struc- tural feature of the group is the absence of the internal vein of the hind wings. The submedian vein occupies the position usu- ally held in other subfamilies by the internal. Early Stages.—In that portion of the group which includes the genus Parnassius and its allies, the caterpillars are not, so far as is known, provided with scent-organs, and pupation takes place upon the ground, or among loosely scattered leaves, which are interwoven, at the time of pupation, with a few strands of silk. The genus Papzlio and its allies have large, fleshy, more or less cylindrical caterpillars, possessed of osmateria, or offensive scent-organs, and a general resemblance runs through the chrysa- lids of all species, which are attached by a button of silk at the anal extremity and supported in the middle by a silk girdle. Genus PARNASSIUS, Latreille (The Parnassians) “Some to the sun their insect wings unfold, Waft on the breeze, or sink in clouds of gold; Transparent forms, too fine for mortal sight, Their fluid bodies half dissolv’d in light.” PPE. Butterfly.—Of medium size, with more or less diaphanous wings, generally white or yellow in color, marked with black spots and round pink or yellow spots, margined with black. The head is relatively small, thickly clothed with hairs. The an- tennz are short and straight, having a gradually thickened club. The palpi are very thin, straight, and clothed with long hairs. 304 Genus Parnassius The wings are generally translucent on the margin, with a rounded apex. Theupper radialis lacking. The subcostal is five-branched, the third, fourth, and fifth nervules being emitted from a common stalk which springs from the upper outer angle of the cell. The first subcostal nervule rises well before the end of the cell; the second from the same point from which the stalk which bears the other three nervules springs. The cell of the hind wing is evenly rounded at its outer extremity. The inner margin of the hind wing is more or less excavated. Early Stages.—The egg is turban- shaped, flattened, profusely covered with small elevations, giving it a sha- greened appearance. The caterpillars Fic. 149.—Neuration of the have very small heads. They are flat- Serene aeet tened, having a somewhat leech-like appearance; they are black or dark brown in color, marked with numerous light spots. The chrysalis is short, rounded at the head, and pupation takes place on the surface of the ground, among leaves and litter, a few loose threads of silk being spun about the spot in which transformation occurs. The butterflies of this genus are classified with the Papzliont- ne, because of the fact that the internal vein of the hind wings is always wanting, a characteristic of all papilionine genera. (1) Parnassius clodius, Ménétries, Plate XXXIX, Figs. 7, 9, 4 ; Figs. 8, 10, 9 (Clodius). Butterfly.—The species may be distinguished from the follow- ing by the uniformly larger size and the more translucent outer margins of the fore wings in the male. Expanse, 4, 2.50-2.75 inches; 9, 2.50-3.00 inches. Early Stages.—These await study. The egg and young larva were described by W. H. Edwards in the ‘‘ Canadian Entomolo- gist,” vol. xi, p. 142, but we have no account of the later stages. The caterpillar feeds on Sedum and Saxifraga. Clodius is found upon the mountains of California in spring and early summer. _ It is, like allits congeners, an alpine or boreal species. 3095 Genus Papilio (2) Parnassius smintheus, Doubleday and Hewitson, Plate XXXIX, Fig. 3, 6; Fig. 4, 9; var. behri, Edwards, Fig. 1, 4; Fig. 2, 2; var. hermodur, Henry Edwards, Fig. 6, 2 ; mate of hermodur, Fig. 5, 4 (Smintheus). Butterfly.—This very beautiful insect is greatly subject to va- tiation, and the plate shows a few of the more striking forms, of which the dark female, named hermodur by the late Henry Edwards, is one of the most beautiful. Expanse, 4, 2.00-2.50 inches; 9, 2.25-3.00 inches. Smintheus is found at proper elevations upon the mountains from Colorado to California, and from New Mexico to Montana. The life-history is most exquisitely delineated by Edwards in ‘The Butterflies of North America,” vol. iii. The caterpillar feeds on Sedum and Saxifraga. Genus PAPILIO, Linnzus (The Swallowtails) “The butterfly the ancient Grecians made The soul’s fair emblem, and its only name — But of the soul, escaped the slavish trade Of mortal life! For in this earthly frame Ours is the reptile’s lot — much toil, much blame,— Manifold motions making little speed, And to deform and kill the things whereon we feed.” COLERIDGE. Butterfly.—Generally large, frequently with the hind wings tailed. A figure of the neuration characteristic of this genus is given on p. 20, Fig. 38. From this it will be seen that the in- ternal vein of the hind wing is lacking, the submedian vein oc- cupying the space which is commonly occupied by the internal vein. The median vein of the fore wing is connected with the submedian by a short vein, from the point of union of which with the submedian there proceeds a short internal vein in this wing. There is great diversity of form in the wings of this genus, some species even mimicking the species of the Euplain@ and Helicont- ide very closely, and being entirely without tails. In all cases, however, in spite of obvious diversities in color and in form, there is substantial anatomical agreement in the structure of the wings; and the caterpillars and chrysalids reveal very strongly 306 A (a) Parnassite smintheus, emia wind & “TNKIX, Fig..9, 35 Fig. 4°93 war, behel, Basse Fig. 2, 2) var. hermodur, Henry ‘Edwards, Fig 6 bermodur, Fig. 5,°3, (Smintheus),, : Butterfly.—-This very beautiful insect is picatly subfeck tiation, and the plate shows a few of the more striking of whieh the dark female, named hermodur by the late Edwards, is one of the most beautiful, Expanse, F.3 inches; 9, 2.25 The “spots onthe Pepecics, is-sube hp ot the! ate os nt tein i ee oa i Pay: ie o aiver|: } i ve Wie in bu: author's ahi? elt, EX prise, 2 : mas Lesh gaittens. io he Soutt: Man tettes, | anda few Cena me: in ny y boyhood: i x, aude PLATE XLI THE BUTTERFLY Book. Genus Papilio P. asterias ranges all over the Atlantic States and the valley of the Mississippi. (18) Papilio troilus, Linnzus, Plate XLI, Fig. 5, 4; Plate Il, Figs. 18, 19, 22, /arva,; Plate VI, Figs. 5-7, chrysalis (The Spice-bush Swallowtail). Butterfly.—The upper side of the male is accurately depicted in the plate. The female has less bluish-green on the upper side of the hind wings. Expanse, 3.75-4.25 inches. Early Stages.—The caterpillar lives upon the leaves of the common spicewood and sassafras, and draws the edges of a leaf together, thus forming a nest in which it lies hidden. The insect is found throughout the Atlantic States and in the Mississippi Valley. (19) Papilio palamedes, Drury, Plate XLII, Fig. 1, 9 (Pala- medes). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings is very accurately depicted in the figure just cited. On the under side the predomi- nant tint is bright yellow. Expanse, 3.50-4.25 inches. Early Stages.—These are described by Scudder in the third volume of his work on ‘‘ The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on Magnolia glauca, and on plants belonging to the order Lauracee. The insect ranges from southern Virginia, near the coast, to the extreme southern end of Florida, and westward to southern Missouri and eastern Texas. (20) Papilio philenor, Linneus, Plate XLII, Fig. 2, 4 ; Plate II, Figs. 13, 20, 21, Jarva; Plate VI, Figs. 14, 17, 20, chrysalis (The Pipe-vine Swallowtail). Butterfly.—The figures in the plates obviate the necessity for describing this familiar but most beautiful insect, the glossy blue-green of which flashes all summer long in the sunlight about the verandas over which the Aristolochia spreads the shade of its great cordate leaves. Expanse, 3.75-4.25 inches. Early Stages.—The caterpillar feeds upon the leaves of Aris- tolochia sipho (the Dutchman’s-pipe) and Aristolochia serpentaria, which abound in the forest lands of the Appalachian region. Philenor is always abundant during the summer months in the Middle Atlantic States, and ranges from Massachusetts to Arizona, into southern California and southward into Mexico. It is double-brooded in western Pennsylvania, and the writer 315 The Caterpillar and the Ant has found females ovipositing as late as October. The caterpil- lars are familiar objects about houses on which the Aristolochia is grown as an ornamental vine. (21) Papilio polydamas, Linneus, Plate XLI, Fig. 4, 4 (Polydamas). Butterfly.— Easily distinguished by the absence of tails on the hind margin of the secondaries. The butterfly recalls the preced- ing species by the color of the wings on the upper side. On the under side the fore wings are marked as on the upper side; the hind wings have a marginal row of large red spots. Expanse, 3.00-3.50 inches. Early Stages.—The caterpillar is dark brown, and in many points resembles that of P. philenor in outline, but the segments are spotted with ocellate yellow and red spots. It feeds on various species of Aristolochia. The chrysalis resembles that of P. philenor. This lovely insect represents in the United States a great group of butterflies closely allied to it, which are natives of the tropics of the New World. It occurs in southern Florida and Texas, and thence ranges southward over Cuba, Mexico, and Central America. THE CATERPILLAR AND THE ANT “A pensy Ant, right trig and clean, Came ae day whidding o’er the green, Where, to advance her pride, she saw A Caterpillar, moving slaw. * Good ev’n t’ ye, Mistress Ant,’ said he; “How ’s a’ at hame? I ’mblyth tos’ ye.’ The saucy Ant view’d him wi’ scorn, Nor wad civilities return; But gecking up her head, quoth she, © Poor animal! 1 pity thee; Wha scarce can claim to be a creature, But some experiment o’ Nature, Whase silly shape displeased her eye, And thus unfinish’d was flung bye. For me, I ’m made wi’ better grace, Wi’ active limbs and lively face; And cleverly can move wi’ ease Frae place to place where’er I please; 316 The Corerpitiar and the Ant has found fermales ovipositing: as late-as oe lars are familiar objects about houses on witich the A is grown. as an-ornamental vine, © (21) Papilio polydamas, Linneeus, - (Polydamas). a ’ Butterfiy— Easily distinguished by: the Prec: ai hind matin of the secondaries, The butterfly recalls the | ing species by the ealor of the wings on the upr iden. ‘under side tte fre Wings, are marked as: on} ihe. upper hind Ks have a loan row hia rea Meee Papilio philenor, U “ treples: @t. tie’ ‘Rew’ Taxing, acd thence eeneeas soutiwars rent, ish iam me * A pansy ih, iy a a "Where, to advance her pei, & Caterpillar, Mowiiy ew Fon The Caterpillar and the Ant Can foot a minuet or jig, And snoov’t like ony whirly-gig; Which gars my jo aft grip my hand, Till his heart pitty-pattys, and — But laigh my qualities I bring, To stand up clashing wi’ a thing, A creeping thing the like o’ thee, Not worthy o’ a farewell t’ ye.’ The airy Ant syne turned awa, And left him wi’ a proud gaffa. The Caterpillar was struck dumb, And never answered her a mum: The humble reptile fand some pain, Thus to be banter’d wi’ disdain. But tent neist time the Ant came by, The worm was grown a Butterfly; Transparent were his wings and fair, Which bare him flight’ring through the air. Upon a flower he stapt his flight, And thinking on his former slight, Thus to the Ant himself addrest: ‘ Pray, Madam, will ye please to rest ? And notice what | now advise: Inferiors ne’er too much despise, For fortune may gie sic a turn, To raise aboon ye what ye scorn: For instance, now | spread my wing In air, while you ’re a creeping thing.’” ALLAN Ramsay. FE Reelen dct. 317 FAMILY V HESPERIIDZE (THE SKIPPERS) “Bedouins of the pathless air.”—H. H. Butterfly.—The butterflies belonging to this family are gen- erally quite small, with stout bodies, the thorax strongly devel- oped in order to accommodate the muscles of flight. They are exceedingly rapid in their movements. Both sexes possess six feet adapted to walking, and the tibiz of the hind feet, with few ex- ceptions, have spurs. The lower radial vein of the hind wing in many of the genera is lacking, or is merely indicated by a fold in the wing. There is great variety in the form as well as in the coloration of the wings. Egg.—The eggs, so far as we are acquainted with them, may be said to be, almost without exception, more or less hemispher- ical, with the flat section of the hemisphere serving as the base. They are sometimes smooth, but not infrequently ornamented with raised longitudinal ridges and cross-lines, the ornamentation in some cases being very beautiful and curious. Caterpillar.—The caterpillars are cylindrical, smooth, tapering forward and backward from the middle, and generally possess large globular heads. They commonly undergo transformation into chrysalids which have an anal hook, or cremaster, in a loose cocoon woven of a few strands of silk. This family, the study of which presents more difficulties than are presented by any other family of butterflies, is not very well developed in the Palzearctic Region, but finds its most enormous development in the Nearctic and Neotropical Regions. It is also very strongly developed in the Indo-Malayan and Ethiopian Regions. There are, at the present time, in the neighborhood of two thousand species belonging to this family which have been named and described. 318 . Papilio turnus, Linneeus, g. 3. Colias eriphyle, 1 2. Papilio turnus, Linneus, dimorphic hageni, Edy O; gaucus, Linneus. ~~~ 4. Pyrameis a P a 5. Epargyreus tityrus, Fabricius, | bn . « 4 ? (The figures in this plate are re uced, being only three fo I size.) THE BUTTERFLY Book. PLATE XLIII. i yeni pe COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1498. [S) SUBFAMILY PYRRHOPYGIN/E ‘Seeing only what is fair, Sipping only what is sweet.” EMERSON. Tuis subfamily is composed of closely related genera which are found only in the New World. They may be easily recognized by the large blunt club of the antennz. The cell of the fore wing is always very long, being two thirds the length of the costa; the lower radial vein usually rises from the end of the cell, a little above the third median nervule, and at a considerable remove from the upper radial. They are said when at rest to ex- tend all their wings horizontally. But one genus belonging to this anit subfamily is represented within the limits of the United States. iy Fic. 150.— Genus PYRRHOPYGE, Head and an- ie tenna of Pyrrho- Hiibner prge, magnified 2 diameters. LN _ Fic. 151.—Neura- Butterfly.—The neuration is as tion of the genus represented in the cut, and need PTS not, therefore, be described at length. The club of the antennz is thickened, usually bluntly pointed and bent into a hook. (1) Pyrrhopyge araxes, Hewitson, Plate XLV, Fig. 9, 4 (Araxes). Butterfly.—Easily recognized from the figure in the plate. The hind wings are prevalently yellow on the under side. It is wholly unlike any other species found within the faunal limits with which this book deals. The wings expand about two inches. We have no knowledge whatever of the life-history of the insect. It occurs in southern Texas occasionally, but is quite common in Mexico and more southern countries. B19 SUBFAMILY HESPERIINZE (THE HESPERIDS) ‘“ Twine ye in an airy round, Brush the dew and print the lea; Skip and gambol, hop and bound.” Drake, The Culprit Fay. Tuis subfamily falls into two groups: Group A.—In this group the cell of the fore wing is always more than two thirds the length of the costa; the lower radial vein lies approximately equidistant between the third median nervule and the upper radial. The hind wing is frequently pro- duced at the extremity of the submedian vein into a long tail or tooth-like projection. The fore wing is usually furnished.in the male sex with a costal fold, but is never marked with a discal stigma, or bunch of raised scales. The antenne always terminate in a fine point and are usually bent into a hook. The butterflies when at rest, for the most part, hold their wings erect, though some of them hold them extended horizontally. Group B.—In this group the cell of the fore wing is less than two thirds the length of the costa, and the lower radial is always emitted from the end of the cell near the upper angle, much nearer to the upper radial than to the third median. The hind wings are often somewhat lobed at the anal angle, but never produced as in the first group. The antennz are very seldom hooked. Genus EUDAMUS, Swainson Butterfly.—The antennz terminate in a fine point bent into a hook at the thickest part of the club. The cell of the fore wing is very long. The discocellulars are inwardly oblique and on the same straight line, the upper discocellulars being reduced to a mere point. The lower radial is equidistant between the upper radial 320 Genus Eudamus and the third median nervule. The hind wing is without the lower radial and is always produced into a long tail. Egg.—The egg is more nearly globular than is true in most of the genera, but is strongly flattened at the base and is marked with a number of transverse longitudinal ridges, somewhat widely separated, between which are finer cross-lines. The micropyle at the summit is deeply depressed. b- Caterptllar.—The caterpillar is cylindrical, taper- ing rapidly from the middle forward and backward. The head is much larger than the neck and is dis- tinctly bilobed. Chrysalis. —The chrysalis is provided with a somewhat hooked cremaster, is rounded at the head, humped over the thorax, and marked on the dorsal side of the abdominal segments with a few small conical projections. The chrysalis is formed be- tween leaves loosely drawn together with a few Rie. Ga—iNare strands of silk. ration of the genus This genus is confined to the tropics of the New £427": World, and is represented in the extreme southern portions of the United States by the species figured in our plate—E. proteus. (1) Eudamus proteus, Linnzus, Plate XLV, Fig. 6, 2 ; Plate Il, Fig. 34, /arva; Plate VI, Fig. 23, chrysalis (The Long-tailed Skipper). Butterfily.—The upper side of the wings is brown, glossed with green at the base of both wings. The spots on the pri- maries of both sexes are alike, and are well represented in the plate. On the under side the wings are pale brown; the pri- maries are marked as on the upper side; the secondaries have the anal portion and the tail dark brown; in addition they are crossed by a short dark band at the end of the cell, and another similar but longer postmedian band, which does not quite reach the costa and loses itself below in the dark shade which covers the anal por- tion of the wing. About the middle of the costa of the hind wings are two small subquadrate black spots. Expanse, 1.60-1.75 inch. Early Stages.—The plates give us representations based upon Abbot's drawings of the mature caterpillar and the chrysalis. The student who desires to know more may consult the pages of Scudder’s ‘‘ Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds 321 EZ Genus Plestia upon leguminous plants, especially upon the Wistaria and various species of Ci/ztoria (Butterfly-pea). It makes a rude nest for itself by drawing two of the leaves together with strands of silk. The species is tropical and is found all over the tropics and subtropical regions of the New World, but ranges northward along the Atlantic sea-coast, being occasionally found as far north as New York City, where it has been taken in Central Park. Genus PLESTIA, Mabille Butterfly.—The club of the antenne is flattened, sickle-shaped, terminating in a fine point. The male has a costal fold upon the fore wing. The lower radial is nearer to the upper radial than to the third median nervule. The hind wing is produced into a short tail. The fifth vein is wanting. Early Stages.—Unknown. This genus is peculiar to Mexico and / Central America. But one species is found ior within our limits, and is confined to Ari- ; zona. Fic. 153.—Genus Plestia. (1) Plestia dorus, Edwards, Plate Antenna, magnified 2 diam- XLV, Fig. 11, 4 (The Short-tailed Ari- eters. Neuration. Asa Skipper). Butterfiy.—The upper side is accurately depicted in the plate. On the under side the wings are hoary. The spots of the upper side reappear, the lower spots of the primaries being partially lost in the broad honey-yellow tint which covers the inner mar- gin of that wing. The secondaries are crossed by obscure dark- brown basal, median, and postmedian bands, portions of which are annular, or composed of ring-like spots. The anal angle is clouded with dark brown. Expanse, 1.50-1.60 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The species has been taken in considerable numbers in Ari- zona, and ranges thence southward into Mexico. Genus EPARGYREUS, Hiibner Butterfly.—The antenne have the club stout, gradually thick- ened, tapering to a fine point, and abruptly bent into a hook. 322 i onl we a” redial thar” ind EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV it 1, Papilio ajax, Linneus, var. telamo- 3. Papilio ajax, Linneus, var. marcel- ides, Felder, 3. ‘ lus, Boisduval, f. 2. Papilio ajax, Linneus, var. floriden- 4. Papilio ajax, Linneus, var. walshi, sis, Holland, 3. (This is the dark ees . 7 er form found in Florida in the early 5. Papilio eurymedon, Boisduval, S. — spring.) aes PLATE XLIV. THE BUTTERFLY Book. Genus Epargyreus The palpi are profusely covered with thick scales, in which the third joint is almost entirely concealed. The fore wing of the male is furnished with a costal fold; the hind wing is prominently toothed at the extremity of the submedian vein. Egg.—The egg is elevated, hemispherical; that is to say, it is flattened at the base, rounded above, its height being almost equal to the width. It is marked by about ten narrow, greatly ele- vated longitudinal ridges, which sometimes fork below the summit, and between which are a multitude of fine cross-lines. The micropyle is x greatly depressed. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar closely resembles Fig. 154.—Neu- the caterpillar of the genus Ewdamus, but the ‘ation of the genus : : Epargyreus. head is not as strongly bilobed. ‘i Chrysalis.—The chrysalis likewise resembles the chrysalis of the genus Eudamus ; the cremaster, however, is not as strongly hooked as in that genus. (1) Epargyreus tityrus, Fabricius, Plate XLIII, Fig. 5, 2; Plate II, Figs. 30, 31, 33, /arva ; Plate VI, Figs. 22, 25, 26, chrysa- lis (The Silver-spotted Skipper). Butterfly.—This very common and beautiful insect may easily be recognized from the figure in the plate. The broad, irregular silvery spot on the under side of the hind wings distinguishes it at a glance from all other related species in our fauna. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. Early Stages.—These have been accurately described by sev- eral authors, and a very full account of them is contained in ‘“The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds upon leguminous plants, and is especially common upon the W7staria, which is grown about verandas, and on the common locust (Robinia pseudacacia). The caterpillar makes a nest for itself in the same manner as Ezdamus proteus. Pupation generally takes place among fallen leaves or rubbish at the foot of the trees upon which the caterpillar has fed. This butterfly has a wide range, extending to the Gulf, south of a line passing from Quebec to Vancouver, and ranging still farther south as far as the Isthmus of Panama. It is single- brooded in the North, and double- or triple-brooded in the South. BEB) Genus Thorybes Genus THORYBES, Scudder (The Dusky-wings) Butterfly.—The club of the antennz is not very heavy, hooked, the hooked portion about as long as the rest of the club. The palpi are directed forward, with the second joint heavily scaled, and the third joint very small. The fore wing may be with or without the costal fold in the male sex. The cut gives a correct idea of the neuration. The hind wing is evenly rounded on the outer margin, sometimes slightly angled at the extrem- ity of the submedian vein. Egg.—The egg is subglobular, somewhat flat- tened at the base and on top, marked with numer- Fic. 155.— ous fine and not much elevated longitudinal ridges. Neuration of the go genus Thorybes. 1he micropyle covers the upper surface of the egg and is not depressed. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar somewhat resembles that of the genus Epargyvreus, but is relatively shorter, the head proportion- ately larger and more globular. The neck is greatly strangulated. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is somewhat curved in outline, with a strongly hooked cremaster and a prominent projection on the back of the thoracic region. (1) Thorybes pylades, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 6, 2; Plate II, Figs. 25, 29, /arva; Plate VI, Fig. 28, chrysalis (The Northern Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—The upper side is represented correctly in Plate XLVIII. On the under side the wings are dark brown, shading into hoary-gray on the outer margins. The hind wings are crossed by irregular basal, median, and postmedian brown bands of darker spots, shaded with deeper brown internally. The translucent spots of the upper side reappear on the lower side of the fore wings. Expanse, 1.60 inch. Early Stages.—These are elaborately described in the pages of Dr. Scudder’s great work. The caterpillar feeds on clover, Les- pedeza, and Desmodium. This insect is found throughout the United States and Canada, but is not as yet reported from the central masses of the Rocky 324 Genus Achalarus Mountain region. It probably, however, occurs there also in suitable locations. It is very common in New England. (2) Thorybes bathyllus, Smith and Abbot, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 5, 2; Plate II, Fig. 32, Jarva; Plate VI, Fig. 24, chrysalis (The Southern Dusky-wing). Butterfiy.—Easily distinguished from the preceding species by the much larger size of the translucent spots on the fore wings. Expanse, 1.40-1.50 inch. Early Stages. —TYhe habits of the larva are very similar to those of the preceding species, and the caterpillar feeds on herbaceous leguminose. It ranges from the Connecticut Valley, where it is rare, south- ward along the coast and through the Mississippi Valley as far south and west as Texas. (3) Thorybes emilia, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 39, 2 (Mrs. Owen's Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—This little species, which may readily be identified by the figure of the type given in the plate, is as yet quite rare in collections. We know nothing of the early stages. The types were taken at Fort Klamath, in Oregon. Dr. Skinner named it in honor of the estimable wife of Professor Owen of the Univer- sity of Wisconsin, the discoverer of the species. Expanse, 1.20 inch. (4) Thorybes epigena, Butler, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 13, 4 (Butler’s Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—Readily distinguished by its large size, the con- spicuous white fringes of the hind wings on the upper side, and the broad white marginal band of these wings on the under side. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Early Stages.—Unknown. This insect is common in Arizona and Mexico. Genus ACHALARUS, Scudder Butterfly.—The antennz and.palpi are as in the preceding genus. The neuration is represented in the cut. The hind wing is slightly lobed at the anal angle; the fore wing may or may not be provided with a costal fold. (1) Achalarus lycidas, Smith and Abbot, Plate XLV, Fig. 10, 325 Genus Hesperia 9, under side ; Plate Il, Fig. 23, Jarva ; Plate VI, Fig. 21, chrys- alis (The Hoary-edge). Butterfly.—The general appearance of the upper side of the wings strongly recalls E. ttyrus, but the hoary edge of the secon- daries and the absence of the broad median silvery spot found in ¢#tyrus at once serve to discriminate the two forms. Expanse, 1.65-1.95 inch. Early Stages.—What is known of them may be ascertained by consulting the pages of ‘‘The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar is found on the leaves of Desmodium (Beggar’s-lice). The insect is rare in southern New England, and ranges thence southward and westward to Ne tStion ovine Texas, being scarce in the Mississippi Valley north genus Achala- of Kentucky, and apparently not ranging west es of Missouri. (2) Achalarus cellus, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XLV, Fig. 12, 6 (The Golden-banded Skipper). Butterfiv.—The figure in the plate will enable the instant iden- tification of this beautiful species, which, on the under side, has the hind wings banded much as in E. profeus. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Early Stages. —W hat little we know of these is based mainly upon the observations of Abbot, and there is an opportunity here for some young naturalist to render a good service to science by rearing the insect through all stages from the egg. The habits of the larva are not greatly different from those of allied species. A. cellus is found in the Virginias, and thence southward and westward to Arizona and Mexico. It is common in the Carolinas. Genus HESPERIA, Fabricius Butterfiy.—The antenne are relatively short; the club is stout and blunt at the tip. The palpi are bent upward, with the third joint buried in the scales covering the second joint. The hind wing is usually evenly rounded. In all the American species the male is provided with a costal fold. The neuration is represented in the cut. Egg.—Hemispherical, ribbed. 326 Genus Hesperia Caterpillar.—The caterpillar is much like those which have been previously described, but is relatively much smaller. Chrysalis.—Vhe chrysalis has a somewhat blunt and not very distinctly developed cremaster. (1) Hesperia domicella, Erichson, Plate XLVII, Fig. 19, 4 (Erichson’s Skipper). Butterfly.—Allied to the following species, from which it is easily discriminated by the broad, solid white bands on both the fore and the hind wings. Expanse, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. H. domicella is found in Arizona, Mexico, LB EY and southward. (2) Hesperia montivaga, Reakirt, Plate Ne "7 XLVII, Fig. 18, 3; Plate VI, Fig. 35, chrys- VW alis (The Checkered Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side is correctly oe ee iS delineated in the plate. The under side of tenna, magnified 3 diam- the fore wings is much paler than the upper ‘t's: side, but with all the spots and markings of that side reproduced. The hind wings are creamy-white, crossed by median, postme- dian, and marginal irregular bands of ochreous, somewhat annular spots. There is a triangular black spot at the anal angle of the secondaries. Expanse, 1.15 inch. Early Stages.—We know little of these. The caterpillar probably feeds on malvaceous plants, as do most of the species of the genus. ' The insect ranges from the Middle States to Arizona, and westward to the Rocky Mountains. (3) Hesperia centaurez, Rambur, Plate XLVII, Fig. 13, ¢ (The Grizzled Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side may easily be recognized by the help of the figure in the plate. On the under side the wings are darker than in the preceding species; the spots of the primaries reappear on this side, the submarginal curved row of spots coa- lescing to form a narrow white band, the white spot at the end of the cell flowing around the dark spot, which it only partly in- closes on the upper side, and forming an eye-like spot. The hind wings are brown, scaled with green, and crossed by basal, median, and marginal bands of quadrate spots. The fringes are whitish, checkered with gray. Expanse, 1.15 inch. 327 Genus Hesperia Early Stages.—These await description. This species, which originally was believed to be confined to Scandinavia and Lapland in Europe, and to eastern Labrador in this country, is now known to have a wide range in North America, extending from Labrador to the Carolinas on the Appa- lachian ranges, and occurring on the Rocky Mountains from Brit- ish Columbia to southern Colorado. (4) Hesperia cezspitalis, Boisduval, Plate XLVII, Fig. 14, @ (The Two-banded Skipper). Butterfly.—On the upper side strongly resembling the pre- ceding species, but the inner row of white spots on the hind wings is more complete. On the under side the fore wings are black, crossed by a double row of white spots, as on the upper side, these spots standing out conspicuously on the dark ground. The hind wings on the under side are more or less ferruginous, with the white spots more or less conspicuous. The fringes are checkered white and gray. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages.—But little is known concerning these. The species occurs in California, Oregon, and Nevada. (5) Hesperia xanthus, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 15, ¢ (The Xanthus Skipper). Butterfly.—Resembling the preceding species, but easily dis- tinguished by the larger size of all the spots on the upper side of the wing and the paler under side, the secondaries being marked somewhat as in H. montivaga. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages.—Hitherto undescribed. The species has thus far been received only from southern Colo- rado, but undoubtedly will be found elsewhere in that portion of the land. (6) Hesperia scriptura, Boisduval, Plate XLVII, Fig. 12, @ (The Small Checkered Skipper). Butterfly.—Quite small. The hind wings on the upper side are almost entirely dark gray, the only white mark being a spot or two at the end of the cell. The fore wings are marked on this side as in the two foregoing species. On the under side the fore wings are blackish toward the base, with the costa, the apex, and the outer margin narrowly whitish. The hind wings below are pale, with an incomplete median band of white spots and broad white fringes, which are not checkered with darker color as in the preceding species. Expanse, .85 inch. 328 Genus Systasea Early Stages.—Unknown. The habitat of this species is southern Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona. (7) Hesperia nessus, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 17, 2 (Nessus). Butterfly.—This singularly marked little species, which prob- ably might be separated from this genus on account of the slen- der and prolonged palpi, and no doubt would be by some of the hair-splitting makers of genera, | am content to leave where it has been placed by recent writers. It can be readily recognized by the figure in the plate, as there is nothing else like it in our fauna. Expanse, .80 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. Nessus occurs in Texas and Arizona. There are a few other species of this genus found within the limits of the United States, but enough have been represented to give a clear conception of the characteristics of the group, which is widely distributed throughout the world. Genus SYSTASEA, Butler Butterfly.—The palpi are porrect, the third joint projecting forward, the second joint densely scaled below. The antennz are slender, the club moderately stout, somewhat bluntly pointed, bent, not hooked. The hind wings are somewhat crenulate, and deeply excised opposite the end of the cell. The fifth vein is lacking. In the fore wing the lower radial arises from a point nearer the upper radial than the third median nervule. The fore wings are crossed about the middle by translucent spots or bands. Early Stages. —The early stages are unknown. (1) Systasea zampa, Edwards, Plate XLVI, , Fis. 158— ° Neuration — of Fig. 1, ¢ (Zampa). the genus Sys- Butterfily.—The wings onthe upper side are ochre- /#8¢4- ous, mottled and clouded with dark brown. The primaries are marked about the middle and before the apex by translucent transverse linear spots. In addition there are a number of pale opaque spots on the primaries. The secondaries are traversed by 329 Genus Pholisora a pale submarginal whitish line. The under side of the wings is pale, with the light markings of the upper side indistinctly sepa- rated. Expanse, 1.10-1.25 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. This interesting little species occurs in Arizona and northern Mexico. Genus PHOLISORA, Scudder Butterfly.—The palpi are porrect, the second joint loosely scaled, the third joint slender and conspicuous. The antennz have the club gradually thickened, the tip blunt. The fore wing is relatively narrow, provided with a costal fold in the case of the male. The cut gives a correct idea of the neuration. Egg.—The egg is curiously formed, much flattened at the base, marked on the side with longitudinal Sea ridges and cross-lines, these ridges developing alter- Neuration of Mnately at their apical extremities into thickened, more Paes or less rugose elevations, the ridges pointing inwardly "and surrounding the deeply depressed micropyle. Caterpillar.—Slender, with the head broad, rounded; the body stout, thickest in the middle, tapering toward either end, and somewhat flattened below. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is slender, very slightly convex on the ventral side, somewhat concave on the dorsal side behind the thorax. The wing-cases are relatively smaller than in the preceding genera. (1) Pholisora catullus, Fabricius, Plate XLV, Fig. 4, 4; Plate VI, Figs. 29, 36, 41, chrysalis (The Sooty-wing). Butterflv.—Black on both sides of the wings, with a faint marginal series and a conspicuous submarginal series of light spots on the primaries in the male sex on the upper side, and, in addition to these, in the female sex, a faint marginal series on the secondaries. On the under side only the upper spots of the sub- marginal series of the primaries reappear. Expanse, .80-1.15 inch. Early Stages.—The caterpillar feeds on ‘‘lamb’s-quarter”’ (Chenopodium album) and the Amarantacee. It forms a case for itself by folding the leaf along the midrib and stitching the edges 330 Obs arnt.) eisiided TORCTrES y La o fe Wy cars EXPLANATION OF PLaTE XLV . ; ; x HA Te a Papilio rululus, Boisduval, é. i hanaos br. 170, Boisd.-Lec,, Q > 9" ite sa ‘ 2. Pholisova alpheus, Edwards ei ie 'g Thanaos clitus, Edwards oe alters By Calpodes elhlius, Cramer, @. AG: Pyrrbopyge araxes, Hewitson, 4. Pholisora catullus, Fabricius, J. 10. eS pratgs Smith ; 5. Thanaos afranius, Lintner, os > the viaewbot & 6. Eudamus proteus, Bago ier a of the sub- e -8O-1.15 . : ~quarter™ it forms:a case for i Stitching ‘the edges THE BuTTERFLY Book. Pate XLV. = : : = ae iss —ao \- ene \ COPYRIGHTED DY W. J. HOLLAND, 1998 Genus Pholisora together with a few threaas of silk. It lies concealed during the day and feeds at night. A minute account of all its peculiarities is given by Scudder in ‘‘The Butterflies of New England,” vol. li, p. 1519. The insect ranges over the whole of temperate North America. (2) Pholisora hayhursti, Edwards, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 16, 2 (Hayhurst’s Skipper). Butterfly.—Easily distinguished from the preceding species by the somewhat crenulate shape of the outer margin of the hind wings, the white color of the under side of the abdomen, and the different arrangement of the white spots on the fore wings, as well as by the dark bands which cross both the fore and the hind wings on the upper side. Expanse, .g0-1.15 inch. Early Stages. —Our information as to these is incomplete. The species ranges from the latitude of southern Pennsylvania westward and southward to the Gulf, as far as the Rocky Moun- tains. (3) Pholisora libya, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 14, ¢ (The Mohave Sooty-wing). Butterfily.—Easily distinguished from the two preceding spe- cies by the white fringes of the wings and by the markings of the under side. The primaries on the lower side are dark, tipped at the apex with light gray, and in the female having the costa and the outer margin broadly edged with light gray. The hind wings are pale gray of varying shades, marked with a number of large circular white spots on the disk and a marginal series of small white spots. Expanse, ¢, .80-1.25 inch; @, 1.15-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—These await full description. This species is found from Nevada to Arizona, and is appa- rently very common in the Mohave Desert. (4) Pholisora alpheus, Edwards, Plate XLV, Fig. 2, 6 (Al- pheus). Butterfiy.—This little species is nearer P. havhursti than any of the others we have described, but may at once be recognized and discriminated by the checkered margins and white tip of the fore wing and the linear shape of the spots composing the sub- marginal and median bands on the upper side of this wing. The hind wings on the under side are marked with a number of light spots arranged in marginal and median bands. 331 Genus Thanaos Early Stages.—Unknown. Alpheus occurs in Nevada, Arizona, and New Mexico. There are four other species of the genus found in our fauna. Genus THANAOS, Boisduval (The Dusky-wings) Butterfly.—The antenne have a moderately large club, curved, bluntly pointed. The palpi are porrect, the third joint almost concealed in the dense hairy vestiture of the second joint. The neuration of the wings is represented in the cut. The fore wing in the case of the male always has a costal fold. The butterflies comprised in this genus are all, without exception, dark in color, in a few species having bright spots upon the hind wings. The genus reaches its largest development in North America. The discrimination of the various species is somewhat difficult. are in@awes Egg. —The egg is somewhat like the egg in the Neuration of the genus Achalarus, but the micropyle at the upper genus Thanaos. : F end of the egg is relatively larger and not as deeply depressed below the surface. The sides are ornamented, as in Achalarus, by raised vertical ridges, between which are numerous cross-ridges ; in a few cases the vertical ridges are beaded, or marked by a series of minute globose prominences, upon the edge. Caterpillar.—The caterpillars are cylindrical, tapering from the middle forward and backward, marked with lateral and dor- sal stripes, with the neck less strangulated than in the preceding genera. Chrysalis.—Not greatly differing in outline from the chrysalis of the preceding genera, in most species having the outline of the dorsum straight on the abdominal segments, with the thoracic segments forming a slight hump or elevation; convex on the ven- tral side, the cremaster being usually well developed. (1) Thanaos brizo, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XLV, Fig. 7,2; Plate VI, Fig. 38, chrvsalis (The Sleepy Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—The band of postmedian spots on the fore wing is composed of annular dark markings, is regular, crosses the wing from the costa to the hind margin, and is reproduced on 332 Genus Thanaos the under side as a series of pale-yellowish spots more or less distinct. The hind wings have a double series of faint yellow spots; these as well as the marginal spots of the primaries are very distinct on the under side. Expanse, 1.25-1.60 inch. Early Stages.—The caterpillar feeds on oaks, Galactia, and possibly Baptista. The life-history has been only partially ascer- tained, in spite of the fact that the insect has a wide range and is not uncommon. Brizo occurs from the Atlantic to the Pacific, ranging from the latitude of New England to that of Arizona. (2) Thanaos icelus, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 17, 4; Plate VI, Fig. 27, chrysalis (The Dreamy Dusky-wing). Butterfiy.—Prevalently smaller in size than the preceding spe- cies. The under side of the wings is paler than the upper side, and the outer third of both the primaries and secondaries is marked with a profusion of small indistinct yellow spots, which do not form well-defined bands as in the preceding species. On the upper side of the fore wing the median area is generally marked by a broad band of pale gray, but this is not invariably the case. Expanse, 1.00-1.20 inch. Early Stages.—These have been described by Scudder. The caterpillar feeds on a variety of plants, as the aspen, oaks, and witch-hazel. Icelus ranges across the continent from Nova Scotia to Oregon, and south to Florida and Arizona. (3) Thanaos somnus, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 2, ¢ (The Dark Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—A little larger than the preceding species, espe- cially in the female sex. The male is generally quite dark, the banding of the fore wing on the upper side obscured. The hind wings have a row of light marginal and submarginal spots, more distinct on the under side than on the upper. The female gen- erally is light gray on the upper side of the wings, with broad median and submarginal bands of dark brown, tending to fuse or coalesce at a point near the origin of the first median nervule. Expanse, 4, 1.25 inch; ?, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.—But little is known of these. All of the specimens I have ever seen came from southern Florida. (4) Thanaos lucilius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 10, ¢; Plate VI, Figs. 30-32, chrysalis (Lucilius’ Dusky-wing). 333 Genus Thanaos Butterfly.—This species may be distinguished from 7. pacu- vius, a near ally, by the more mottled surface of the secondaries, which in pacuvius are almost solidly black; and from T. martialis, another close ally, by the absence of the purplish-gray cast pecu- liar to both sides of the wings of the latter species, and the less regular arrangement of the bands of spots on the upper side of the fore wings. The plate does not show these delicate but con- stant marks of difference as well as might be desired. Expanse, 1.20-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—Dr. Scudder has fully described these. The caterpillar feeds on the columbine (Aquilegia canadensis). Lucilius ranges from New England to Georgia, is common in western Pennsylvania and West Virginia, and extends westward at least as far as the Rocky Mountains. (5) Thanaos persius, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 1, 4; Plate VI, Fig. 34, chrysalis (Persius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—This is a very variable species, some specimens being light and others dark in color. There is scarcely any posi- tive clue to the specific identity of the insect except that which is derived from the study of the genital armature of the male, which is a microscopic research capable of being performed only by an expert in such matters. The student may be pardoned jf, in at- tempting to classify the species of this genus, and the present species in particular, he should grow weary, and quote a few bib- lical expressions relating to Beelzebub, the ‘‘ god of flies.” Ex- panse, 1.20-1.45 inch. Early Stages.—TYhe caterpillar feeds on willows. Scudder has with patient care described its life-history. The insect ranges from New England southward, and inland across the continent to the Pacific. (6) Thanaos afranius, Lintner, Plate XLV, Fig. 5, ¢ (Afra- nius’ Dusky-wing). Butter fly.— Closely related to the preceding species. The hind wings on the upper side in the male sex are almost solid black, the fringes paler. On the under side there is a double row of light spots along the margin of the hind wing in both sexes. The female is generally paler in color on the upper side than the male. Early Stages.—Unknown. All the specimens I have seen come from Arizona, where the thing is apparently common. 334 i Genus Thanaos (7) Thanaos martialis, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 4, 4; Plate VI, Fig. 37, chrysalis (Martial’s Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings is paler than in most species, and has a distinctly purplish-gray cast. The fore wings are crossed by irregular bands of dark spots. The hind wings on the outer half are profusely mottled with small pale spots. All the light spots are repeated on the under side of both wings, and are more distinct on this side than on the upper. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—These are partly known. The caterpillar feeds on Indigofera and Amarantus. The species ranges from Massachusetts to Georgia, and west- ward to Missouri and New Mexico. (8) Thanaos juvenalis, Fabricius, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 11, 2; Plate VI, Fig. 33, chrysalis (Juvenal’s Dusky-wing). Butterfly.— Larger than the preceding species. The wings have a number of translucent spots arranged as a transverse series beyond the middle of the wing. They are far more dis- tinct and larger in the female than in the male. The under side of the wings is paler than the upper side, and profusely but indistinctly marked with light spots. Expanse, 1.35-1.60 inch. Early Stages.— For a full knowledge of these the reader may consult the pages of ‘‘ The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on oaks and leguminous plants of various species. This insect ranges from Quebec to Florida, and westward as far as Arizona, where it appears to be common. (9) Thanaos petronius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 7, ¢ (Pe- tronius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly. — Allied in size to the preceding species, but the translucent spots of the transverse band are not, as in that species, continued toward the inner margin, but terminate at the first median nervule. The outer third of the primaries is pale, the inner two thirds very dark. The under side of the wings of the male is uniformly dusky, slightly, if at all, marked with lighter spots. The under side of the wings of the female is less distinctly marked with light spots than is the case in allied species. Expanse, 1.50—-1.75 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. The species has thus far been found only in Florida. 335 Genus Thanaos (10) Thanaos horatius, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 15, 3 (Horace’s Dusky-wing). Butterfly.— Smaller than T. juvenalis, which it resembles in the long transverse series of translucent spots. It is, however, paler on the upper side of the wings, and more profusely mottled on the hind wing both above and below, though there is considerable variation in this regard. Expanse, 1.65 inch. Early Stages. —The caterpillar probably feeds on the Legu- minose. We know very little about the life-history of the species. The butterfly ranges from Massachusetts to Texas. (11) Thanaos nevius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 3, 2 (Nevius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly.— This insect is closely allied to 7. petronitus, but the translucent spots on the fore wing are smaller, and there is generally a light spot near the costa before the three subapical translucent spots. Early Stages.—Unknown. The habitat of this species is the region of the Indian River, in Florida. (12) Thanaos pacuvius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 9, 2 (Pacuvius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—Small, with the fore wings on the upper side rather regularly banded with dark brown upon a lighter ground. The hind wings are almost solid black above, with the fringes toward the anal angle pure white. Expanse, 1.15-1.30 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species occurs in Colorado, Mexico, and Arizona. (13) Thanaos clitus, Edwards, Plate XLV, Fig. 8, 4 (Clitus). Butterfly.—Larger than the preceding species. The hind wings are solidly deep black, fringed broadly with pure white. The fore wings of the male are dark, of the female lighter. Ex- panse, 1.60-1.75 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The habitat of this species is Arizona and New Mexico. (14) Thanaos funeralis, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 12, ¢ (The Funereal Dusky-wing). Butterfly.—Closely allied to the preceding species, of which it may be only a smaller varietal form. Expanse, 1.35 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. Funeralis occurs in western Texas and Arizona. 336 Collections and Collectors The genus Thanaos is one of the most difficult genera to work out in the present state of our knowledge of the subject. The species are not only obscurely marked, but they vary in the most extraordinary manner. Except by a microscopic examination of the genital armature, which can be carried on only when the student possesses considerable anatomical knowledge and an abundance of material, there is no way of reaching a satisfactory determination in many cases. COLLECTIONS AND COLLECTORS In almost every community there is to be found some one who is interested in insects, and who has formed a collection. The commonest form of a collection is exceedingly primitive and unscientific, in which a few local species are pinned together in a glass-covered box or receptacle, which is then framed and hung upon the wall. Almost every village bar-room contains some such monstrous assemblage of insects, skewered on pins, in more or less frightful attitudes. As evidencing an innate interest in the beauties of natural objects, these things are interesting, but show a want of information which, as has been already pointed out, is largely due to a lack of literature relating to the subject in this country. In many of the schools of the land small collections, arranged more scientifically, have been made, and some of the col- lections contained in the high schools of our larger towns and cities are creditable to the zeal of teachers and of pupils. There is no reason why every school of importance should not, in the lapse of time, secure large and accurately named collections, not only of the insects, but of the other animals, as well as the plants and minerals of the region in which it is located. Every high school should have a room set apart for the use of those students who are interested in the study of natural history, and they ought to be encouraged to bring together collections which should be properly arranged and preserved. The expense is not great, and the practical value of the training which such studies impart to the minds of young people is inestimable. The great systematic collections in entomology in the United States are for the most part in the hands of the museums and universities of the country. The entomological collections of the 337 Collections and Collectors United States government at Washington are large and rich in interesting material. The collections possessed by Harvard Col- lege and the Boston Society of Natural History are extensive; so are also the collections of the American Museum of Natural His- tory, the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, and those of the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh. The collection in the latter institution is altogether the largest and most perfect collec- tion of the butterflies of North America in existence, and covers also very largely the butterflies of the world, there being about twelve thousand species of butterflies represented, including rep- resentatives of all known genera. The formation of great collections has always had a charm for those who have possessed the knowledge, the time, and the means to form them; and the ranks of those who are engaged in the study of butterflies include many of the most famous natural- ists, among them not a few of noble rank. One of the most en- thusiastic collectors in Europe at the present time is the Grand Duke Nicholas of Russia. The Nestor among German collectors is Dr. Staudinger of Dresden. In France M. Charles Oberthtr of Rennes is the possessor of the largest and most perfect collection on French soil. In England there are a number of magnificent collections, aside from the great collection contained in the British Natural History Museum. These are in the possession of Lord Walsingham, the Hon. Walter Rothschild, Mr. F. D. Godman, Mr. Herbert Druce, Mr. H. J. Elwes, and others, all of whom hold high rank in the demain of scientific research. There are many men who make the collecting of natural-his- tory specimens a business. They are among the most intrepid and indefatigable explorers of the present time. The late Henry W. Bates and Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace were in early life leaders in this work, and we are indebted to their researches for a know- ledge of thousands of species. Two of the most successful col- lectors who have followed in their footsteps are Mr. Herbert H. Smith and Mr. William Doherty, both of them Americans; Mr. Smith one of the most enthusiastic and successful explorers in South and Central America, Mr. Doherty the most diligent ex- plorer of the Indo-Malayan Region. The story of the travels and adventures of these two men is a tale full of romantic interest, which, alas! has been by neither of them fully told. 338 PebIG WHA sehinlyers cali: 2b) gag ak api zai uw k 3 ebse A iae es wi dT By . grasses; they construct for themselves a nest by the genus 4n- drawing together the edges of a blade of grass with 9/0??? bands of silk. In form they do not differ from other hesperid larve. Chrysalis.— Not as yet accurately known. (1) Ancyloxypha numitor, Fabricius, Plate XLVII, Fig. 2, 6 (Numitor). Butterfly.—The upper side is correctly delineated in the plate. On the under side the fore wings are black, margined on the costa and on the outer margin with reddish-fulvous. The hind wings are pale fulvous. Expanse, .75-.95 inch. Early Stages. —W hat has been said in reference to these in con- nection with the description of the genus must suffice for the species. This pretty little insect is widely distributed, and abounds among grasses about watercourses. It ranges from the province of Quebec to eastern Florida, thence westward across the Missis- sippi Valley as far as the Rocky Mountains. Genus COPAZODES, Speyer Butterfly.— The antennz are very short; the club is thick, straight, rounded at the tip; the palpi are as in the preceding genus. The neuration of the wings is represented in the cut. The abdomen is slender, extending beyond the hind margin of the secondaries. The male is provided in most species with a linear stigma. Early Stages.—These have not as yet been described. (1) Copzodes procris, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 9, 4 (Pro- cris). Butterfly.— The plate gives an excellent idea of the upper side of this diminutive species. On the under side the wings are col- 345 Genus Copzodes ored as on the upper side, save that the fore wings at the base near the inner margin are blackish, and that the hind wings are a trifle paler than on the upper side. The sexes do not differ in color. Expanse, .75-1.00 inch. This pretty little butterfly is a Southern spe- cies, is found plentifully in Texas and Arizona, and occurs also very commonly in southern California. (2) Copzodes wrighti, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 10, 6 (Wright's Skipper). Butterfly.—This species may be easily dis- tinguished from the preceding by the dark Fic. 165.—Neuration fringes of both the fore and the hind wing ofthe genus Copwodes. and by the different arrangement of the discal stigma on the fore wing. On the under side it is colored very much as procris. Expanse, .75-1.10 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. The species is found in the Mohave Desert and southern Cali- fornia. (3) Copzodes myrtis, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 11, ¢ (Myrtis). Butterfly. —This diminutive little species may be readily recognized by the plate. The fore wings are somewhat broadly margined with dusky at the apex and along the outer margin; the hind wings on the costa are broadly and on the outer edge narrowly margined with dusky. On the under side the fore wings are blackish at the base. Expanse, .75 inch. The only specimens of this butterfly that I have ever seen came from Arizona. The type is figured in the plate. Genus ERYNNIS, Schrank Bittterfly.—The antenne are short, less than half the length of the costa; the club is robust, with a very minute terminal crook; the palpi have the third joint minute, suberect, and bluntly coni- cal. There is a discal stigma on the fore wing of the male. Egg.—Somewhat spherical. Caterpillar.—Feeds upon grasses, and is stouter in form than 346 Genus Erynnis most hesperid larve, and sluggish in proportion to its stoutness. It does not make a nest, but conceals itself between the leaves of grass at the point where they unite with the stem, and is not very difficult to discover. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is elongated, cylin- drical. Our knowledge of this stage is not very accurate as yet. (1) Erynnis manitoba, Scudder, Plate XLVI, Fig. 2, 6 ; Fig. 3, @ (The Canadian Skipper). Butterfly, 6.—The upper side of the wings is Aes depicted in the plate. On the under side the wings yori °° are paler, the fore wings fulvous on the cell, pale the genus Eryn- gray at the apex and on the outer margin. There 7 ©M!a"sed. is a black shade at the base of the primaries, and a black streak corresponding in location to the discal stigma on the upper side. The hind wings are pale ferruginous, except a broad streak along the inner margin, which is whitish. All the light spots of the upper side of both wings reappear on the under side, but are more distinctly defined, and are pearly-white in color. 9.—The female, on the under side of the fore wing, has the black discal streak replaced by a broad ferruginous shade. The hind wings are darker, and the light spots stand forth more con- spicuously upon the darker ground. Expanse, 6, 1.25 inch; 9, 1.30 inch. Early Stages.—TYhese remain to be ascertained. The Canadian Skipper is found across the entire continent north of a line roughly approximating the boundary between the United States and the Dominion of Canada. Along the Western Cordilleras it descends into the United States, as far south as Colorado and northern California. (2) Erynnis morrisoni, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 26, 2; Fig. 27, @ (Morrison’s Skipper). Butterflv.—The upper side of the wings in both sexes is suffi- ciently well delineated in the plate to obviate the necessity for description. On the under side the fore wings are pale fulvous, black at the base and ferruginous at the tip, the ferruginous shade interrupted by the subapical pale spots, which on this side of the wing are pearly-white. The hind wings are deep ferrugi- nous, obscured on the inner margin by long pale-brown hairs. From the base to the end of the cell there is a broad silvery-white 347 Genus Erynnis ray. Beyond the cell the curved postmedian band of fulvous spots which appears above reappears as a band of pearly-white, which stands forth conspicuously on the dark ground. Expanse, 6, 1.20 inch; 2, 1.20-1.35 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The species ranges from southern Colorado to Arizona. (3) Erynnis sassacus, Harris, Plate XLVI, Fig. 13, ¢ (The Indian Skipper). Buiterfly.—The upper side of the male is as shown in the plate. The female is larger, the fulvous ground-color paler, the outer marginal shades darker, and the discal stigma is replaced by a dark-brown shade. On the under side in both sexes the wings are pale fulvous, with the spots of the upper side feebly re- produced as faint lighter spots. The fore wings in both sexes are black at the base. Expanse, 2, 1.10-1.25 inch; @, 1.25-1.35 inch. Early Stages.—TYhe caterpillar, which is plumper than most hesperid larve, feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from New England to Georgia, and westward to Colorado. (4) Erynnis ottoé, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 11, ¢; Fig. 12, 2 (Ottoé). Butterfiy.—Considerably larger than the preceding. species. The wings of the male on the upper side are pale fulvous, nar- rowly bordered with black. The discal stigma is dark and promi- nent. The female has the wings on the upper side more broadly but more faintly margined with dusky. The wings of both sexes on the under side are uniformly pale fulvous or buff, marked with dark brown or blackish at the base of the fore wings. Expanse, 6, 1.35 inch; @, 1.45-1.50 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The habitat of this species is Kansas and Nebraska. (5) Erynnis metea, Scudder, Plate XLVII, Fig. 33, 6; Fig. 34, 2 (The Cobweb Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings is fairly well repre- sented in the plate, the male being a little too red, and the wings at the base and the discal stigma not being dark enough. On the under side the wings are brown, darker than on the upper side. The pale markings of the upper side are all repeated below as distinct pearly-white spots, and in addition on the hind wings near the base there is a curved band of similar white spots. Ex- panse, 6, 1.20 inch; @, 1.25-1.30 inch. 348 Genus Erynnis Early Stages.—We know as yet but little of these. The species occurs in New England, New York, and west- ward to Wisconsin. (6) Erynnis uncas, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 27, 2; Fig. 28, 2 (Uncas). Butterfilv.—The upper side of the wings of both sexes is well represented in the plate. On the under side in both sexes the wings are beautifully marked with conspicuous pearly-white spots on a greenish-gray ground. The spots are defined in- wardly and outwardly by dark olive shades and spots. Expanse, $, 1.30 inch; 9, 1.55 inch. Early Stages.—We know nothing of these. The insect ranges from Pennsylvania to Colorado and Mon- tana. (7) Erynnis attalus, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 23, ¢ (At- talus). Butterfly.—The male is fairly well depicted in the plate, but the light spots are too red. The female is larger and darker. On the under side the wings are dusky, with the light spots re- produced in faint gray. Expanse, 6, 1.25 inch; 2, 1.45 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The species occurs very rarely in New England, is found from New Jersey to Florida and Texas, and ranges westward to Wisconsin and lowa. (8) Erynnis sylvanoides, Boisduval, Plate XLVII, Fig. 44, 6 (The Woodland Skipper). Butierfly.—The upper side of the male is well shown in the plate. The female on the upper side has less fulvous, the wings being prevalently fuscous, and the red color reduced to a spot at the end of the cell. There is a median band of fulvous spots on both wings. On the under side in both sexes the wings are quite pale gray, with the costa near the base and the cell of the primaries reddish. The primaries at the base near the inner mar- gin are black. The spots of the upper side reappear, but are pale and faint. Expanse, 1.25-1.35 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The species ranges along the Pacific coast from British Co- lumbia to California, and eastward to Colorado. (9) Erynnis leonardus, Harris, Plate XLVII, Fig. 35, 2; Fig. 36, @ (Leonard’s Skipper). Butterfly.—Stouter and larger than the preceding species, and 349 Genus Thymelicus notably darker in coloring. The upper side of the wings is shown in the plate. On the under side the wings are dark brick- red. The primaries are blackish on the outer half, interrupted by the spots of the median series, which on the under side are large, distinct, and shade from pale fulvous to white toward the inner margin. The secondaries have a round pale spot at the end of the cell, and a curved median band of similar spots, cor- responding in location to those on the upper side. Expanse, ¢, 1.25 inch; 9, 1.35 inch. Early Stages.—These are only imperfectly known. The cat- erpillar feeds on grasses. The butterfly, which haunts flowers and may easily be cap- tured upon them, ranges from New England and Ontario south- ward to Florida, and westward to Iowa and Kansas. (10) Erynnis snowi, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 29, 4 ; Fig. 30, 2 (Snow’s Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings of both sexes is well represented in the plate. On the under side the wings are uni- formly reddish-brown, with the primaries black at the base, and the median spots enlarged near the inner margin and whitish, as in the preceding species. The light spots of the upper side re- appear below as pale spots, which are well defined on the dark ground-color. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The species ranges from southern Colorado to Arizona. Genus THYMELICUS, Hiibner Butterfily.—The antennez are short, less than half the length of the costa; the club is stout and short, somewhat crooked just at the end. The third joint of the palpi is conical, almost concealed in the thick vestiture of the second joint. The neuration is given in the cut. : Egg.— The egg is hemispherical, with the surface marked by irregular angular cells formed by slightly raised lines. Caterpillar.—The caterpillars feed on grasses. They are long and slender, thicker behind than before, covered with short hair. They are generally dark in color, and not green as are the cater- pillars in most of the hesperid genera. 350 Sad bet nabbiise , ml —bzi0d ytd betse= hem On) 7230 bany EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI] — bier eth . Pamphila mandan, Edwards, 3. 22. Poanes massasoit, Scudder, 2. casero . Ancploxypha numitor, Fabricius, gj. 23. Erynnis attalus, Edwards, oat . Oarisma garita, Reakirt, g. 24. Polites peckius, Kirby, Sf. } . Oarisma poweshiek, Parker, Gy. 25. eholites peckits, (Kinbys)9 5 nn 5. Amblypscirtes vialis, Edwards, gj’. 26. Polites mardon, Edwards, f. . Amblyscirtes samoset, Scudder, 3. 27. Eryvunis uncas, Edwards, 3. . Amblyscirtes winus, Edwards, @. 28 Eryunis uncas, Edwards, 2. . Amblyscirtes simius, Edwards, g'. 29. Erpnitis snowi, Edwards, 3. . Copcodes procris, Edwards, 3. 30. Erpniis snowt, Edwards, 9.9 . Copeodes wrighti, Edwards, 3). 31. Atrtone taxiles, Edwards, f. . Copeodes mprtis, Edwards, ¢. 32. Atrptone taxiles, Edwards, 9. - . Hesperia scriptura, Boisduval, 9. 33. Eryunts metea, Scudder, '. . Hesperia centaurea, Rambur, f. 34. Exynnis metea, Scudder, 2. . Hesperia cespitalis, Boisduval, 2. 35. Erpuiis leonardus, Harris, 5. 5. Hesperia xanthus, Edwards, 3. 36. Erynnis leonardus, Harris, Q. . Amblyscirtes textor, Edwards, G, 37. Atrvtone gabulon, Boisd.-Lec., 3’. under side. 38. Ativtone zabulon, Boisd.-Lec., Q. . Hesperia nessus, Edwards, 3. 39. Atrytone pocahontas, Scudder, 2. — = . Hesperia montivaga, Reakirt, S'. 40. Thymelicus brettus, Boisd.-Lec., . Hesperia domicella, Erichson, &'. 41. Thymelicus brettus, Boisd.-Lec., 2 . Limochores taumas, Fabricius, ¢'. 2. Polites sabuleti, Edwards, 3. . Poanes massasott, Scudder, Q. 43. Polites sabuleti, Edwards, 2. i 44. Erynnis syloanotdes, Boisduyal, 3". hoof djastat icealed iven gm : ie ee THE BuTTERFLY Book. PLate XLVII. | L COPYRIGHTED DY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898, Genus Thymelicus Chrysalis.—1 can discover no account of any observations made upon the chrysalids of this genus. (1) Thymelicus brettus, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XLVI, Fig. 40, 6; Fig. 41, 9 (The Whirlabout). Butterfiy.—The male on the upper side resembles Hylephila phyleus, but may be distinguished by the broader and darker spots on the under side of the wings. The costal and outer margins of the secondaries are also gen- erally more broadly bordered with fuscous than in phyleus, a fact not shown in the specimen figured in the plate. The female is quite different from the female of phyleus, as will be seen by a comparison of the figures of the two sexes. Expanse, 4, 1.15 inch; @, 1.25 inch. 3 Early Stages.—These are only partially known. 5, fon The caterpillar feeds on grasses. Neuration of the The insect is very rare in the North, a few speci- emus 7 byielr- F 2 . cus, enlarged. mens having been taken in New England and Wis- consin. It is found commonly in the Carolinas, and thence south- ward to the Gulf, and is abundant in the Antilles, Mexico, and Central America. (2) Thymelicus etna, Boisduval, Plate XLVI, Fig. 28, ¢ ; Fig. 29, 2; Plate VI, Fig. 42, chrysalis (The Volcanic Skipper). Butterfly.—Both sexes are well represented on the upper side in the plate. On the under side the wings are paler, with the light spots of the upper side repeated. Expanse, 4, 1.00 inch; Q, 1.25 inch. Early Stages.—What we know of these is well stated in the pages of Dr. Scudder’s great work. The caterpillar usually feeds on grasses. The species ranges from New England, Ontario, and Wis- consin on the north to the Gulf, and as far west as Iowa and Texas. (3) Thymelicus mystic, Scudder, Plate XLVI, Fig. 22, 4; Fig. 23, @ (The Long-dash). Butterfly.— No description of the upper side is needed, the figures in the plate being sufficient to enable identification. On the under side the primaries are fulvous on the costa at the base. The remainder of the primaries and the secondaries are dark fer- ruginous, with the light spots of the upper side all repeated 351 Genus Atalopedes greatly enlarged, pale, and standing out boldly upon the dark ground-color. The hind wings are pale brown on the inner mar- gin. Expanse, 6, 1.10 inch; 9, 1.25 inch. Early Stages.—These have been elaborately described by Scudder. The caterpillar feeds on grasses, making a tubular nest for itself among the leaves. The insect ranges through southern Canada and New Eng- land to Pennsylvania, and westward to Wisconsin. Genus ATALOPEDES, Scudder Butterfly.—Antennz short, less than half the length of the costa; club short, stout, crooked just at the end; the palpi as in the preceding genus. The cut shows the neuration. The only mark of distinction between this genus and the two genera that follow is found in the shape of the discal stigma on the wing of the male, which is described as follows by Dr. Scudder: ‘‘ Discal stigma in male consisting of, first, a longitu- dinal streak at base of middle median interspace, of shining black, recurved rods; second, of a semilunar field of dead-black erect rods in the lowest median interspace, overhung above by : long, curving scales; followed below by a short, SEibehOete small striga of shining black scales, and outside Atalopedes, en- by a large field of erect, loosely compacted larged. scales.” Egg.—Hemispherical, covered with a network of delicate raised lines describing small polygons over the surface; minutely punctate. Caterpillar.—Cylindrical, tapering backward and forward; head large; the neck less constricted than in the genus Eudamus or in the genus 7hanaos; dark in color. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is slender, cylindrical, a little humped upon the thorax, with the tongue-sheath free and pro- jecting to the end of the fifth abdominal segment. (1) Atalopedes huron, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 4, ¢; Fig. 5, @; Plate VI, Figs. 43, 47, chrysalis (The Sachem). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings in both sexes is well Bp Genus Polites represented in the plate. On the under side the wings are paler, with the light spots of the upper side faintly repeated. Expanse, $, 1.15 inch;, 9, 1.35 inch. Early Stages.—These are described in full with painstaking accuracy by Scudder in ‘‘ The Butterflies of New England.”” The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The species ranges from southern New York to Florida, thence westward and southward into Mexico. Genus POLITES, Scudder Butterfly. —The antenne and the palpi are as in the pre- ceding genus; the neuration of the wings is also very much the same. This is another genus founded by Dr. Scudder upon the shape of the discal stigma in the wing of the male. His description of this feature is as follows: ‘‘ Discal stigma of male consisting of an interrupted, gently arcuate or sinuate streak of dead- black retrorse scales or rods, edged below, especially in the middle, by a border of similar, but dust- colored, erect rods, and followed beneath by an 2, 69 inconspicuous large area of loosely compacted, erect, Neuration of dusky scales.” ae aM ire } } : ; ites, enlarged. Egg.—Approximately hemispherical, the height, however, being greater than in the egg of the preceding genus; reticulated, the lines forming hexagonal figures upon the surface. Caterpillar, etc.—Of the stages beyond the egg we know as yet comparatively little. The caterpillar feeds on grasses. (1) Polites peckius, Kirby, Plate XLVII, Fig. 24, 4; Fig. 25, 2 (Peck’s Skipper). Butterfly. — This little species, the upper side of which in both sexes is correctly shown in the plate, has the under side of the wings dark brown, with the light spots of the upper side greatly enlarged, especially upon the disks of the wings, fused, and pale yellow, thus contrasting strongly with the rest of the wings. Expanse, 2, 1.00 inch; 9, 1.25 inch. Early Stages.—These are not thoroughly known as yet. The larva feeds on grasses. Peck’s Skipper ranges from Canada southward to Virginia, and west to Kansas and Iowa. 353 Genus Hylephila (2) Polites mardon, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 26,4 (The Oregon Skipper). Butterfly.— On the under side the wings are pale gray, with the light spots of the primaries and a curved median band of spots on the secondaries whitish. Expanse, 6, 1.10 inch; 9, 1.20 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. The only specimens I have, including the types, were taken in Oregon and Washington. (3) Polites sabuleti, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 42, 4 ; Fig. 43, @ (The Sand-hill Skipper). Butterfly.— Small, the male on the upper side looking like a diminutive and darkly bordered phyl@us. On the under side the wings are paler than on the upper side; the still paler spots of the discal areas are defined outwardly and inwardly by elongated dark spots. Expanse, 1.00-1.10 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The habitat of this species is California. Genus HYLEPHILA, Billberg Butterfly.—The antenne are very short, scarcely one third the length of the costa of the fore wing; the club is robust and short, with a very minute crook at the end; the palpi are as in the two preceding genera. The neuration of the wings is represented in the cut. Early Stages.—As yet but partially known. The larva feeds on grasses, and the mature form has been figured by Abbot, a copy of whose draw- ing is given by Dr. Scudder in Plate 77 of ‘‘ The Butterflies of New England.” (1) Hylephila phyleus, Drury, Plate XLVI, Fig. 18, 6; Fig. 19,9; Plate VI, Fig. 39, chrysalis CaS il re the (The Fiery Skipper). genusHylephila, Butterfly.—The upper side is correctly shown CHER in the plate. On the under side the wings are pale yellow, with a few small, round spots on the margin and disk of the hind wings, a black patch at the base, large black marginal spots, and a central, interrupted, longitudinal black streak on the disk of the primaries. Expanse, 1.15-1.25 inch. 354 Genus Prenes The insect ranges from Connecticut to Patagonia, over all the most habitable parts of the New World. I have taken it frequently in southern Indiana, where I often have collected in recent years. Genus PRENES, Scudder Butterfly.—The antenne are short, not half the length of the costa. The head is broad, and the antennz are inserted widely apart. The club is moderate, terminating ina fine point which is bent back at right angles, forming a distinct crook. The abdomen is long and slender, but does not project beyond the hind margin of the secondaries. The fore wings are pointed at the apex and are relatively longer and narrower than in the preceding genus. The neuration is illustrated in the cut. Early Stages.—TYhese have not yet been studied. (1) Prenes ocola, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 34, 4 (The Ocola Skipper). Butterfly.—Accurately depicted in the plate. The under side is like the upper side, but a shade paler. The under side of the abdomen is whitish. Expanse, 1.45-1.60 inch. Early Stages. — Un- known. This is a Southern spe- cies, found commonly in the Gulf States, and rang- ing northward to Penn- sylvania, southern Ohio, and Indiana. Genus CALPODES, Hiibner Fic. 171.—Neuration of the genus Prenes ; Fic. 172.—Neuration enlarged. ’ Butterfly.—Rather large, of the genus Calpodes, stout; head broad; anten- enlarged. nz as in the preceding genus, but stouter. The neuration, con- siderably enlarged, is accurately delineated in the cut. Egg.—Hemispherical, ornamented with irregular, more or less pentagonal cells. 355 Genus Lerodea Caterpillar.—Cylindrical, slender, tapering forward and back- ward from the ninth segment, rapidly diminishing in size poste- riorly; the head relatively small, the neck not much strangulated; spiracles surrounded by radiating blackish bristles. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is relatively slender, gently convex both on the ventral and dorsal aspects, with a curved delicate frontal tubercle. The tongue-case is long and projects for a con- siderable distance beyond the somewhat short cremaster. (1) Calpodes ethlius, Cramer, Plate XLV, Fig. 3, 2; Plate VI, Fig. 48, chrysalis (The Brazilian Skipper). Butterfly.—There can be no mistaking this robust and thick- bodied species. The wings on the under side are dull olive, blackish at the base of the primaries, with all the spots of the upper side repeated. Expanse, 2.00-2.15 inches. Early Stages.—The caterpillar feeds on the leaves of the canna. It is common in the Gulf States, and ranges north to South Carolina. A stray specimen was once taken at West Farms, New York. Southward it ranges everywhere through the Antilles to Argentina, in South America. Genus LERODEA, Scudder Butterfily.—The antennz are about half as long as the costa; the club is robust, slightly elongated, with a distinct crook at the extremity; the palpi have the third joint erect, minute, and bluntly conical. The neuration is represented in the cut. Early Stages.—These are not known. (1) Lerodea eufala, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 33, @ (Eufala). Butterfly.—The plate shows the upper side of the female. The male is not different, ex- cept that the fore wings are a little more pointed at the apex. The under side is like the upper side, but a shade paler. The lower side of the abdomen is whitish. When seen on the wing the creature looks like a small Prenes ocola. Expanse, 1.10—-1.20 inch. Fic. 173.—Neura- 25 tion of the genus Le- Early Stages. ‘Unknown. rodea, enlarged. This butterfly is found in the Gulf States. 356 Genus Limochores Genus LIMOCHORES, Scudder Butterfly.—The antenne are about half as long as the costa; the club is robust, elongate, with a very short terminal crook; the palpi have the third joint erect, short, bluntly conical. The male has a linear discal stigma on the upper side of the fore wing, as shown in the cut. Ege.—Hemispherical, somewhat flattened on the top, the surface broken up by delicate raised lines into pentagonal cells. Caterpillar.—Largest on the fourth and fifth ab- dominal segments, tapering to either end. The lar- pg. 74 — ve feed on grasses, and construct a tube-like nest Neuration of of delicate films of silk between the blades. Eid ae Chrysalis. —Comparatively slender, strongly con- larged. vex on the thoracic segments and on the dorsal side of the last segments of the abdomen. On the ventral side the chrysalis is nearly straight. The cremaster, which is short, is bent upward at an oblique angle with the line of the ventral surface. (1) Limochores taumas, Fabricius, Plate XLVII, Fig. 20, 2; Plate VI, Fig. 44, chrysalis (The Fawny-edged Skipper). Butterflyv.—The upper side of the male is excellently por- trayed in the plate. The female is without the tawny edge on the fore wing, the entire wing being olivaceous, with three small subapical spots and a median row of four spots beyond the end of the cell, increasing in size toward the inner margin. On the under side in both sexes the wings are uniformly dull olivaceous, with the spots of the upper side repeated. The costa of the male is edged with red on this side, as well as on the upper side. Expanse, ¢, 1.00 inch; 9, 1.20 inch. Early Stages.—The reader who wishes to know about them may consult the pages of “The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from Canada to the Gulf, and westward to Texas, Colorado, and Montana. (2) Limochores manataaqua, Scudder, Plate XLVI, Fig. 30, 2 (The Cross-line Skipper). Butterfly.—The male on the upper side is dusky-olive, with a black discal streak below the cell, which is slightly touched with 357 s Genus Limochores reddish, becoming deeper and clearer red on the costa at the base. The wings on the under side are more or less pale gray, with a transverse series of pale spots on the primaries, and a very faint curved discal series of similar spots on the secondaries. The female, the upper side of which is well shown in the plate, is marked below much like the male. Expanse, 1.10-1.20 inch. Early Stages.—These have been described by Scudder. The insect occurs in New England and Canada, and ranges westward to Nebraska. (3) Limochores pontiac, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 16, 4 ; Fig. 17, @ (Pontiac). Butterfly.—This fine insect is so well represented in the plate as to require but little description. The wings are pale red, clouded with dusky on the under side, the spots of the upper side being indistinctly repeated. Expanse, 6, 1.15 inch; @, 1.25 inch. Early Stages.—Little is known of these. The insect ranges from Massachusetts to Iowa and Nebraska, and seems to have its metropolis about the southern end of Lake Michigan. (4) Limochores palatka, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 21, 2 (The Palatka Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side of the male needs no description. The female closely resembles the female of L. byssus, which is shown in the plate at Fig. 20, but differs from the female of that species in having the median spots on the primaries much reduced in size, the band of spots being greatly interrupted beyond the end of the cell. On the hind wing the female has the entire sur- face of the secondaries inside of the broad outer band fulvous, as shown in the figure of the male, and not simply marked by a transverse narrow band of spots. On the under side the fore wings are bright fulvous, clouded with black at the base and near the outer angle. The hind wings are uniformly dull red- dish-brown. This species has been identified by Dr. Scudder with a species named dion by Edwards, but which is a very different thing. Expanse, 4, 1.50-1.65 inch; 2, 1.90-2.00 inches. Early Stages.—We know nothing of these. The insect is confined to Florida, all the specimens which I have seen coming from the region of the Indian River. (5) Limochores byssus, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 20, @ (Byssus). 358 Genus Euphyes Butterfiy.—Allied to the preceding species. The discal stigma of the male upon the fore wings is much longer than in L. pa- latha. The outer margin of the secondaries is not as sharply defined as in that species, but shades insensibly into the lighter greenish-fulvous of the basal part of the wing. The female on the upper side is distinguished from the female of the preceding species by the restriction of the discal band of spots on the hind wing to a few small light-colored spaces beyond the end of the cell, and by the regular continuation of the band of yellow spots across the primaries from the subapical spots to the submedian nervule near the middle of the inner margin. On the under side the primaries and the secondaries are very bright, clear orange- red, with the base and inner margin of the primaries brightly laved with blackish. The median series of spots in the male are very faintly indicated on the fore wings, but are more strongly indicated on those of the female. Expanse, ¢, 1.45 inch; @, 1.65 inch. Early Stages.—We know little of these. The insect is found in Florida. (6) Limochores yehl, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 40, 4 (Skin- ner’s Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side of the male is shown in the plate. On the under side the wings are lighter, the secondaries uni- formly pale cinnamon-brown, marked with a semicircle of four yellowish round spots, with a small spot on the cell toward the base. Expanse, 1.25—-1.35 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The species has been taken in Florida, and is as yet not com- mon in collections. The figure is that of the type. Genus EUPHYES, Scudder Butterfly.— The antennz have the club stout, elongate, fur- nished with a short crook at the end; the palpi are densely scaled; the third joint is slender, bluntly conical, projecting be- yond the vestiture of the second joint. The neuration is shown in the cut. Egg.—Hemispherical. Caterpillar.—The head small, body cylindrical, tapering for- 359 Genus Euphyes ward and backward from the middle, the body profusely covered with minute tapering hairs arising from small, wart-like protu- berances. Chrysalis.—Thus far undescribed. (1) Euphyes verna, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 32, ¢ (The Little Glass-wing). Butterfly.—The upper side of the male is correctly delineated in the plate. On the under side the wings are paler, inclining to purplish-red. The spots of the upper side are repeated, but in addition about the middle of the hind wings there is asemicircle of palespots. Expanse, 4, 1.15 inch; Q, 1.35 inch. Early Stages.— We do not know much of these; what little we do know may be found recorded in the pages of ‘‘The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on grasses. It ranges from southern New England to Vir- Fic. 175.— ginia, westward to Kansas, and northward to the Neuration of the 5 : \ : ; genus Euphyes, Province of Alberta. It is quite common in Ohio, enlarged. Indiana, and Illinois. (2) Euphyes metacomet, Harris, Plate XLVI, Fig. 31, 4 (The Dun Skipper). Butterfly.—The male is dark in color on the upper side, and on the under side the wings are a shade lighter, the lower side of the abdomen being generally paler. The female has some faint traces of translucent apical spots near the costa, and two minute translucent spots on either side of the second median nervule near its origin. On the under side the spots of the upper side reappear. There is a faint trace of a semicircle of pale spots about the middle of the hind wing. The female specimens vary on the under side from pale brown to a dis- tinctly purplish-brown. Expanse, 6, 1.15 inch; @, 1.30 inch. Early stages.—Next to nothing is known of these. It ranges from Quebec to the Carolinas, and westward to Texas, New Mexico, and the British possessions east of the Rocky Mountains, as far north as the latitude of the northern shores of Lake Superior. 360 hirer bie) Eo bs bie A Boe oka Led rs tat VObEiod le 2. Thanaos somnus, Lintner, g. — 3. Thanaos nevius, Lintner, &. 4. Thanaos martialis, Scudder, g. 5. Thorybes bathvllus, Smith and Ab- bot, 2. ! 6. Thorpbes prlades, Scudder, 2. Thanaos persius, Scudder, <. 7. Thanaos petronius, Lintner, 3. 8. Lerema accius, Smith and Abbot, 3. 9. Thanaos pacuvius, Lintner, G. ExpLanaTIon oF PLate XLVIII _Pholisora libva, Scudder, S. Thanaos horatius, Scudder, 3. Thanaos lucilius, Lintner, fs Thanaos juvenalis, Fabricius, 2. Thanaos funeralis, Lintner, 3. Thorybes epigena, Butler, 3. Thanaos icelus, Lintner, Sf. - Colias eurytheme, Boisduval, 9, a7 bino. lic SOME Pirate XLVIII. oo COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, thom, ssa iil sv 9* Genus Oligoria Genus OLIGORIA, Scudder Butterfly.—The antenne are as in the preceding genus; the palpi have the third joint minute and almost entirely concealed in the thick vestiture of the second joint. The Neuration is represented in the cut. Early Stages.—We know very little of these, and there is here a field for investigation. (1) Oligoria maculata, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 35, ¢ (The Twin-spot). Butterfiy.— The upper side of the male is as shown in the plate. The female closely resem- bles the male, but the spots on the fore wing are larger. On the under side the wings are brown, almost as dark as on the upper side. The pri- _ Fic. 176.—Neura- maries are whitish near the outer angle. The a Os Une ees ; : é igoria, enlarged. spots of the upper side of the primaries are re- produced on the lower side. The hind wings have three con- spicuous pearly-white spots about the middle, two located one on either side of the second median nervule, and one removed from these, located between the upper radial and the subcostal nervule. Expanse, 6, 1.40 inch; @, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.— But little is known of these. This is a Southern species, found abundantly in Florida, and ranging northward into Georgia and the Carolinas. A speci- men is reported to have been taken near Albany, New York, and diligent collecting may show that it has a far more northern range than has heretofore been supposed. Genus POANES, Scudder Butterfly.—The antennz are short; the club is stout, bent, acuminate at the tip. The third joint of the palpi is slender, cy- lindrical, short. The neuration of the genus is shown in the cut. Early Stages.—Nothing is known of these, and they await in- vestigation. (1) Poanes massasoit, Scudder, Plate XLVII, Fig. 21, 3 ; Fig. 22, 2 (The Mulberry-wing). 361 Genus Poanes Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings in both sexes is cor- rectly shown in the plate. On the under side the fore wings are black, with the costa and the outer margin bordered with reddish, with three small subapical light spots and two or three median spots. On the under side the hind wings are bright yellow, bordered on the costa and on the outer margin for part of their dis- p<————~_ tance with reddish-brown. The female on the RS under side is more obscurely marked than the male, WS and the hind wings are more or less gray in many specimens, lacking the bright yellow which appears ens lens upon the wings of the male. There is considerable genus Poanes, variation on the under side of the wings. Expanse, enlarged. 8, 1.15 inch; 9, 1.20 inch. Early Stages.—Not known. The species ranges from New England westward as far as Nebraska, and its range does not appear to extend south of Penn- sylvania, though it has been reported from Colorado, and even from northern Texas, in the West. Genus PHYCANASSA, Scudder Butterfiy.—Antenne short; club straight, with a small crook at the end. The palpi are as in the preceding genus, but a trifle longer. The neuration is shown in the cut, and is very much like that of the preceding genus. Early Stages.—These are wholly unknown. (1) Phycanassa viator, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 14, 6; Fig. 15, 9 (The Broad- winged Skipper). Butterfly.—Accurately delineated in the plate. On the under side the wings are as on the upper side, but paler, and the secondaries are traversed from the base to the middle of — Fig. 178.— Neura- the outer margin by a pale light-colored longi-_ tion of the genus Phy- tudinal ray, which is more or less obscured in canassacaltees some specimens, especially of the female. The light spots of the upper side appear indistinctly on the under side. Expanse, ¢, 1.45 inch; @, 1.60 inch. 362 Genus Phycanassa Early Stages.—Unknown. It is not uncommon in the Gulf States, and has been found as far north as New Jersey, northern Illinois, and Wisconsin. (2) Phycanassa howardi, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 38, ¢ (Howard’s Skipper). Butterfly.—The figure in the plate gives the upper side of the male, in which the discal streak is composed of light-colored scales of the same tint as the rest of the wing, in this respect re- sembling the allied P. aaront. The under side of the wings is described by Dr. Skinner as follows: ‘‘Superiors with tawny central area and border same as upper side. There is a large triangular spot extending into the wing from the base. The tawny color above this spot is of a darker hue than that below and outside of it. Inferiors very light brown, generally with four or five very faint tawny spots in the central area.” Expanse, $, 1.50 inch; ¢, 1.60 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The home of this species is Florida. (3) Phycanassa aaroni, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 37, 4 (Aaron’s Skipper). Butterfly.— This small species, the male of which is figured in the plate, may be easily recognized from the figure there given. On the under side the fore wings are black at the base; the mid- dle area of the wing is tawny, paler than on the upper side, and bordered as above, but the border below is cinnamon-brown and not fuscous. The hind wings on the under side are uniformly light cinnamon-brown, without any spots. The female is like the male, but larger, the colors somewhat lighter and the markings not so well defined. Expanse, g, 1.00 inch; @, 1.25 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The specimens thus far contained in collections have all been taken about Cape May, in New Jersey, in the salt-marshes. Genus ATRYTONE, Scudder Butterfly.—The antennz have a stout club, somewhat elon- gate, and furnished with a short crook at the end. The palpi are very much as in the preceding genus. The neuration is shown in the cut. There is no discal stigma on the fore wing of the male. 363 Genus Atrytone Egg.—The egg is hemispherical, somewhat broadly flattened at the apex, covered with small cells, the inner surface of which is marked with minute punctulations. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar feeds upon com- mon grasses, making a loose nest of silk for itself at the point where the leaf joins the stem. The head is small; the body is cylindrical, thick, tapering abruptly at either end. Chrysalis.—Covered with delicate hair; the tongue-case free. (1) Atrytone vitellius, Smith and Abbot, Plate XLVI, Fig. 6, 6 (The Iowa Skipper). Fic. 179.— Butterfly.—The male on the upper side is as Neuration of the shown in the plate. The female on the upper side genus Atrytone, R 4 enlarged. has the hind wings almost entirely fuscous, very slightly yellowish about the middle of the disk. The fore wings have the inner and outer margins more broadly bordered with fus- cous than the male, and through the middle of the cell there runs a dark ray. On the under side the wings are bright pale yellow, with the inner margin of the primaries clouded with brown. Ex- panse, 6, 1.25 inch; @, 1.45 inch. Early Stages.—Very little is known of these. The species ranges through the Gulf States, and northward in the valley of the Mississippi as far as Nebraska and Iowa. It seems to be quite common in Nebraska, and probably has a wider distribution than is reported. (2) Atrytone zabulon, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XLVII, . Fig. 37, 6; Fig. 38, @ (The Hobomok Skipper). Butterfly.— The upper side of both sexes is shown in the plate. The color on the disk of the wings is, however, a little too red. On the under side the wings are bright yellow, with the bases and the outer margin bordered with dark brown. Expanse, 4, 1.25 inch; @, 1.50 inch. i Early Stages.—The caterpillar feeds upon grasses. The life- history has been described with minute accuracy by Dr. Scudder. The species ranges from New England to Georgia, and west- ward to the Great Plains. It is very common in Pennsylvania, Virginia, and the valley of the Ohio. Dimorphic var. pocahontas, Scudder, Plate XLVII, Fig. 39, 2. This is a melanic, or black, female variety of zabulon, which is 364 Genus Atrytone not uncommon. It is remarkable because of the white spots on the primaries and the dark color of the under side of the wings. (3) Atrytone taxiles, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 31, 6; Fig. 32, 2 (Taxiles). Butterfly.—The fore wings on the under side of the male are bright yellow, black at the base, slightly clouded on the outer margin with pale brown. The hind wings on the under side in this sex are still paler yellow, margined externally with pale brown, and crossed near the base and on the disk by irregular bands of palebrown. Inthe female sex the fore wings on the un- der side are fulvous, marked much as in the male, but darker, espe- cially toward the apex, where the subapical spots and two small pale spots beyond the end of the cell near the outer margin in- terrupt the brown color. The hind wings on the under side are pale ferruginous, crossed by bands of lighter spots, and mot- tled with darker brown. Expanse, ¢, 1.45 inch; @, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.—Unknown. The range of this species is from Colorado and Nevada to Arizona. (4) Atrytone delaware, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 24, 4; Fig. 25, 2 (The Delaware Skipper). Butterfly.—No description of the upper side of the wings is necessary. On the under side the wings are bright orange-red, clouded with black at the base and on the outer angle of the fore wings. Expanse, 4, 1.25-1.35 inch; 9, 1.35-1.50 inch. Early Stages.—Very little is known of these. The butterfly is found from southern New England and north- ern New York as far south as Florida and Texas, ranging west to the Yellowstone and southern Colorado. (5) Atrytone melane, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 7, ¢ ; Fig. 8, 2 (The Umber Skipper). Butterfly.—The male on the upper side somewhat resembles A. zabulon, var. pocahontas; the female likewise closely resem- bles specimens of this variety. The wings on the under side are ferruginous, clouded with blackish toward the base of the inner angle, the light spots of the upper side being repeated. The hind wings on the under side are reddish, with a broad irregular curved median band of pale-yellow spots. In the female the band of spots is far more obscure. Expanse, ¢, 1.30 inch; 9, 1.50 inch. 365 Genus Lerema Early Stages.—Unknown. The insect is found in southern California. Genus LEREMA, Scudder Butterfly.—The antennez are as in the preceding genus; the palpi have the third joint erect, short, conical. The neuration is represented in the cut. The male has a linear glandular streak on the upper side of the fore wing. Egg.—Hemispherical, covered with more or less regularly pentagonal cells. Caterpillar.—The caterpillar feeds upon grasses. The body is slender, tapering forward and backward; the head is small. Chrysalis.—The chrysalis is slender, smooth, with a tapering conical projection at the head, and the tongue-case long and free, reaching al- most to the end of the abdomen. Fre naan (1) Lerema accius, Smith and Abbot, Plate rationofthegenus XLVIII, Fig. 8, 6; Plate VI, Fig. 46, chrysalis Lerema, enlarged. : (Accius). Butterfly.—The male on the upper side is dark blackish-brown, with three small subapical spots, and one small spot below these, near the origin of the third median nervule. The female is ex- actly like the male, except that it has two spots, the larger one being placed below the small spot corresponding to the one on the fore wing of the male. The wings on the under side are dark fuscous, somewhat clouded with darker brown, the spots of the upper side reappearing on the under side. Expanse, ¢, 1.40 inch; @, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.—Very little has been written upon the early stages. The butterfly ranges from southern Connecticut to Florida, thence westward to Texas, and along the Gulf coast in Mexico. (2) Lerema hianna, Scudder, Plate XLVI, Fig. 9, ¢ ; Fig. 10, 9 (The Dusted Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side is accurately represented in the plate. The wings on the lower side are as on the upper side, a trifle paler and somewhat grayer on the outer margin. Expanse, 6, 1.15 inch; @, 1.25 inch. 366 Genus Megathymus Early Stages.—Unknown. It ranges through southern New England, westward to Wiscon- sin, lowa, and Nebraska, in a comparatively narrowstrip of country. (3) Lerema carolina, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 36, 6 (The Carolina Skipper). Butterfly.—On the upper side the butterfly is as represented in the plate. The spots are repeated on the under side of the fore wing, but less distinctly defined. The costa is edged with brownish-yellow. The hind wings on the under side are yellow, spotted with small dark-brown dots. Expanse, ¢, 1.00 inch. The female is unknown. Early Stages.—Wholly unknown. This species has thus far been found only in North Carolina, and is still extremely rare in collections. The figure in the plate represents the type. I have seen other specimens. I place it provisionally in the genus Lerema, though it undoubtedly does not belong here, and probably may represent a new genus. Lacking material for dissection, I content myself with this reference. Genus MEGATHYMUS, Riley This genus comprises butterflies having very stout bodies, broad wings, strongly clubbed antennz, very minute palpi. The caterpillars are wood-boring in their habits, living in the pith and Fic. 181.—Megathymus yucce, 9. underground roots of different species of Yucca. The life-his- tory of the species represented in the cuts has been well described 367 Genus Megathymus by the late Professor C. V. Riley, and the student who is curious to know more about this remarkable insect will do well to con- sult the ‘‘Eighth Annual Report of the State Entomologist of Fic. 182.—Megathymus yucce: a, egg, magnified; b, egg from which larva has escaped; bb, bbb, unhatched eggs, natural size; c, newly hatched larva, magnified; cc, larva, natural size; d, head, enlarged to show the mouth-parts; e, maxillary palpi; 7, antenna; g, labial palpi; 4, spinneret. Missouri’”’ (p. 169), or the ‘‘ Transactions of the St. Louis Acad- emy of Science”’ (vol. iii, p. 323), in which, with great learning, the author has patiently set forth what is known in reference to the insects The genus Megathymus is referred by some writers to the Castniide, a genus of day-flying moths, which seem to connect the moths with the butterflies; but the consideration of the ana- tomical structure of this insect makes such a reference impos- sible. The genus properly represents a subfamily of the Hespertide, which might be named the Megathvmine. The species represented in our cuts mee” is Mecathymus yucce, Boisdu- Fic. 183.—Chrysalis of Megathymus val and Leconte. There are a ee number of other species of Megathymus that are found in our Southern States, principally in Texas and Arizona. They are interesting insects, the life-history of which is, however, in many cases obscure, as yet. 368 Conclusion WE here bring to a conclusion our survey of the butterflies of North America. There are, in addition to the species that have been described and figured in the plates, about one hundred and twenty-five other species, principally Hesperttd@, which have not been mentioned. The field of exploration has not by any means been exhausted, and there is no doubt that in the lapse of time a number of other species will be discovered to inhabit our faunal limits. The writer of these pages would deem it a great privilege to aid those who are interested in the subject in naming and iden- tifying any material which they may not be able to name and identify by the help of this book. In laying down his pen, at the end of what has been to him a pleasurable task, he again re- news the hope that what he has written may tend to stimulate a deeper and more intelligent interest in the wonders of creative wisdom, and takes occasion to remind the reader that it is true, as was said by Fabricius, that nature is most to be admired in those works which are least—‘‘Natura maxime miranda in minimus.” 369 INDEX aaroni, Phycanassa, 363 Abbot, John, 70 abbotti, Papilio, 307 abdomen, Gy 1G) aberrations, 24 acadica, Thecla, 242; acastus, Melitzea, 143 accius, Lerema, 366 Achalarus, genus, 325 ; cellus, 326; lycidas, Pieris, 280 325, acis, Thecla, 240, 246 acmon, Lyczena, 266 Acreea, genus, 162 Acreinz, subfamily, 162 Actinomeris, 157 Adelpha, genus, 187; californica, 187 adenostomatis, Thecla, 245 adiante, Argynnis, 123 Admiral, The Red, 170 Admirals, The White, 182; Hulsi’s, 185; Lorquin’s, 185 zemilia, Thorybes, 325 genus, Amblyscirtes, 341 zetna, Thymelicus, 351 affinis, Thecla, 249 afranius, Thanaos, 334 agarithe, Catopsilia, 287 Ageronia, genus, 193; feronia, 194 ; fornax, 194 Agraulis, genus, 96 Agrion, genus of dragon-flies, 86 ajax, Papilio, 307 alberta, Brenthis, 135 albinism, 24 albinos, 64 alcestis, Argynnis, 107; Thecla, 241 alexandra, kee 292 aliaska, Papilio, 312 alicia, Chlorippe, 190 alma, Melitaea, 147 alope, Satyrus, 215 alpheus, Pholisora, 331 Alpines, The, 208; Alaskan, 209; Colo- rado, 209; Common, 210; Red-streaked, 209 Althzea, 170 Amarantacez, 330 Amarantus, 335 Amblyscirtes, genus, 339 ; nus, 341; samo- set, 340; simius, 341; textor, 341; vialis, 34° American Entomological Society, 73 ammon, Lyczena, 270 Amorpha californica, 289 ampelos, Coenonympha, 207 amymone, Cystineura, 177 amyntula, Lyceena, 268 anal angle of wing, 19 Anartia, genus, 174; jatrophee, 174 Anatomy of Butterflies, 14-25 Ancyloxypha, genus, 344; numitor, 345 andria, Pyrrhanza, 9, 192 androconia, 18, 19 Angle-wings, The, 163; Colorado, Graceful, 166 anicia, Melitzea, 140 Animal Men edoms “The Place of Butterflies in the, 58 annetta, Lyczena, 266 Anosia, genus, 81; berenice, 82, 84; plex- ippus, 4, 6, 7, II, 12, 14, 15, 63, 82, 171 ; strigosa, 84 antennze of caterpillar, 6; of butterfly, 14, 16, 23, 61 Antennaria, 170 Anthocharis, genus, 282 Anthrenus, a museum pest, 53 antiacis, Lycaena, 261 antiopa, Vanessa, 5, 7, 94, 169 Antirrhinum, 173 antonia, Chlorippe, 189 aortal chamber, 23 aphrodite, Argynnis, 107 apparatus, collecting, 26; for breeding butterflies, 34; for mounting butterflies, 39; for inflating caterpillars, 45 ; for pre- senang specimens, 48; pins, 56; forceps, 165 ; 5 Aquilegia canadensis, 334 aquilo, Lyczena, 263 Arabis, 284 arachne, Melitzea, 148 Arachnida, 59 arctic butterflies, 171 Arctics, The, 218; Bruce’s, 223; Greater, 220; Labrador, 223; Macoun’s, 221; Mead’s, 222; Uhler’s, 222 Argynnis, genus, 96, 99, IOI, 161, 172; adiante, 123; alcestis, 107; aphrodite, 18, 107; artonis, 123; atlantis, 108; atossa, 122; behrensi, 115; bischoffi, 124; brem- neri, 113; callippe, 118 ; carpenteri, 106; chitone, 116; cipris, 107; clio, 124; co- lumbia, 111; cornelia, 110; coronis, 117; 07) 371 Index cybele, 106; diana, 103; edwardsi, 119; egleis, 126; electa, 111; eurynome, 125; halcyone, 116; hesperis, 112; hippolyta, 112; idalia, 103; inornata, 122; lais, 109; laura, 120; leto, 105; liliana, 119 ; maca- ria, 121; meadi, t19; monticola, 114; montivaga, 126; nausicad, 108; neva- densis, 118 ; nitocris, tos; nokomis, 104; opis, 124; oweni, 109; platina, II7 ; pur- purescens, 114; thodope, II5; rupestris, 120; semiramis, 121; snyderi, 118; ze- rene, I13 ariadne, Colias, 29 ariane, Satyrus, 216 Aristolochia, 315, 316 army-worm, 257 Arnold, Sir Edwin, quotations from, 214, 258 arota, Chrysophanus, 252 arrangement, of specimens, 52; of species, 2 arsace, Thecla, 248 arthemis, Basilarchia, 184 Arthropoda, definition of, 59; subdivisions of, 59 artonis, Argynnis, 123 Asama-yama, volcano, I50 Asclepias, 81 Asimina triloba, 308 astarte, Brenthis, 135 aster, Lycaena, 266 asterias, Papilio, 314 Astragalus, 240 astyanax, Basilarchia, 184 atala, Eumzeus, 237 atalanta, Pyrameis, 170 Atalopedes, genus, 352; huron, 352 atlantis, Argynnis, 108 atossa, Argynnis, 122 Atrytone, genus, 363; delaware, 365; me- lane, 365; pocahontas, 364; taxiles, 365 ; vitellius, 364; zabulon, 364 attalus, Erynnis 349 augusta, Melitaea, 141 augustus, Thecla, 247 ausonides, Euchloé, 283 australis, Calephelis, 233 autolycus, Thecla, 241 Azalea occidentalis, 166 bachmanni, Libythea, 227 bairdi, Papilio, 313 baits for butterflies, 32 Banded Reds, The, 175 Baptisia, 333 Barbauld, Mrs., quotation from, 76 barnesi, Phyciodes, 155 baroni, Melitzea, 141; Satyrus, 216 base of wing, 19 Basilarchia, genus, 182; arthemis, 184; astyanax, 183; disippus, 3, 8, 84, 185; eros, 186; floridensis, 186; hulsti, 84, 185; lorquini, 185; proserpina, 184; pseudodorippus, 185; weidemeyeri, 185 Bates, H. W., on study of butterflies, 3; as a collector, 338 batesi, Phyciodes, 154 bathyllus, Thorybes, 325 battoides, Lyczena, 264 beani, Melitzea, 140 beating for lepidoptera, 33 beckeri, Pieris, 277 Beelzebub, the ‘‘ god of flies,” 334 behrensi, Argynnis, II5 behri, Colias, 294 ; Parnassius, 306 ; Thecla, 247 bellona, Brenthis, 134 Belt, ‘ Naturalist in Nicaragua,” 91 berenice, Anosia, 84 bischoffi, Argynnis, 124 Blake & Co., forceps, 56 bleaching wings of butterflies, 20 blenina, Thecla, 245 blow-fly, holding middle place in scale of animal existence, 271 Blues, The, 236, 258; Arrow-head, 262; Aster, 266 ; Behr’s, 260, 264; Boisduval's, 260; Bright, 259; Colorado, 264; Com- mon, 267; Couper's, 261 ; Dotted, 264; Dwarf, 269; Eastern tailed, 268; Eyed, 261; Florida, 269; Gray, 263; Greenish, 260; Indian River, 270; Labrador, 263; Marine, 270; Orange-margined, 265; Pygmy, 269, 271; Reakirt’s, 268; Rustic, 263 ; Scudder’s, 265 ; Shasta, 265 ; Silvery, 262; Small, 262; Sonora, 263; Varied, 259; Western tailed, 268; West Indian, 270 Boeehmeria, 170 Boisduval, Dr. J. A., 70 Boisduval and Leconte, ‘‘ Histoire Géné- tale et Monographie des Lepidopteéres et des Chenilles de l'Amérique Septentrio- nale,’’ 70 boisduvali, Brenthis, 132 Boisduval's Marble, 285 bolli, Melitzea, 147 Books about North American Butterflies, Cop boépis, Satyrus, 216 borealis, Calephelis, 232 boxes for preserving collections, 48 brain, 22, 23 breeding butterflies, 34-37 breeding-cages, 35, 30 bremneri, Argynnis, 113 Brenthis, genus, 128, 224; alberta, 135; astarte, 135; bellona, 134; boisduvali, 132 ; chariclea, 132; epithore, 135; freija, 132; frigga, 133; helena, 131; montinus, I3I; myrina, 129; polaris, 133; triclaris, 130 brettus, Thymelicus, 351 brevicauda, Papilio, 313 British Museum, 338 brizo, Thanaos, 332 bronchial tubes, 22 Brongniart, M. Charles, 196 Brooklyn Entomological Society, 73 Brown, The Gemmed, 202; Henshaw’s, 202 brucei, CEneis, 223; Papilio, 313 Brush-footed Butterflies. See Nymphalidz bryoniz, Pieris, 279 Buckeye, The, 173 Buckland, Frank, story of, 68 “Bulletin Brooklyn Entomological Society,” 73 bumblebees in Australia, 256 Butterflies’ Fad, The, 186 Bie “« Butterflies and Moths of North America,” Strecker, 72 “ Butterflies of New England, The,” by S. H. Scudder, 72; by C. J. Maynard, 72 ‘Butterflies of North America,’’ by W. H. Edwards, 71 Butterflies, Widely Distributed, 171 Butterfly, Baird’s, 313; Bruce's, 313; Chryxus, 221; Holland's, 314; Iduna, 220; Varuna, 222; White Mountain, 222 Butts, Mary, quotation from, 251 byssus, Limochores, 358 cabinets, 50 czenius, Calephelis, 232 czsonia, Meganostoma, 289 ceespitalis, Hesperia, 328 calais, Gneis, 221 calanus, Thecla, 243 Calephelis, genus, 232; australis, 233; bo- realis, 232; czenius, 232; nemesis, 233 Calicoes, The, 193; Orange-skirted, 194; White-skirted, 194 california, Coenonympha, 205 californica, Adelpha, 187; Mechanitis, 87; Vanessa, 168 callias, Erebia, 209 Callicore, genus, 178; clymena, 178 callippe, Argynnis, 118 Callosune, genus, 162 Calpodes, genus, 355; ethlius, 356 calverleyi, Papilio, 314 Camberwell Beauty, The, 169 camillus, Phyciodes, 155 canthus, Satyrodes, 200 Cardamine, 284 cardui, Pyrameis, 170, 171 Carduus, 170 carinenta, Libythea, 227 Carnegie Museum, The, 49, 50, 338 carolina, Lerema, 367 carpenteri, Argynnis, 106 Carryl, Charles Edward, quotation from, 208 caryze, Pyrameis, 170 Cassia, 286 Castniidz, omy, 368 Caterpillar and the Ant, The, 316 caterpillars, structure, form, color, etc., 5- It; social habits, 8; nests, 8; wood- boring, 8; moulting, 9; manner of de- fense, 9; protected by color, 8; duration of life of, 10; preservation of, 44-48; carnivorous, g. See Feniseca Catopsilia, genus, 285; agarithe, eubule, 286; philea, 286 eatullus, Pholisora, 330 Ceanothus thyrsiflorus, 168 cecrops, Thecla, 246 cellus, Achalarus, 326 celtis, Chlorippe, 189 Celtis, genus of plants, 188 centaurez, Hesperia, 327 Cerasus (Wild Cherry), 310 Ceratinia, genus, 88; lycaste, 88; var. negreta, 88 cethura, Euchloé, 284 chalcedon, Melitazea, 139 chalcis, Thecla, 244 chara, Melitaea, 146 287; Index chariclea, Brenthis, 132 charitonius, Heliconius, 92 charon, Satyrus, 217 Chenopodium album, 330 Chicken-thief, a supposed, 33 Chionobas, genus, 218 chiron, Timetes, 180 chitone, Argynnis, 116 Chlorippe, genus, 188; alicia, 190; antonia, 189 ; celtis, 189; clyton, 190; flora, 191; leilia, Ig0; montis, 190 chrysalis, form of, 11; color, 12; duration of life of, 13; preservation of, 43 chrysippus, Danais, 182 chrysomelas, Colias, 291 Chrysophanus, genus, 251; arota, 252; editha, 253; epixanthe, 254; gorgon, 253; helloides, 254; hypophlzeas, 254; mariposa, 254; rubidus, 255; sirius, 255; snowi, 255; thoé, 253; virginiensis, 252; xanthoides, 253 cipris, Argynnis, 107 citima, Thecla, 239 Citrus, 311 clara, Lyczena, 259 Clark, Willis G., quotation from, 250 Classification of Butterflies, 58 claudia, Euptoieta, 99 cleis, Lemonias, 232 Clerck, Charles, 69; ‘‘ Icones,’’ 69 clio, Argynnis, 124 Clitoria, 322 clitus, Thanaos, 336 clodius, Parnassius, 305 club-men, 176 clymena, Callicore, 178 clypeus, 14, 15 clytie, Thecla, 247 clyton, Chlorippe, 190 Cnicus, 170 Codling-moth, 257 coenia, Junonia, 173 Ccenonympha, genus, 205; ampelos, 207; california, 205; elko, 206; eryngii, 250; galactinus, 205; haydeni, 207; inornata, 206; kodiak, 207; ochracea, 206; pam- philoides, 207; pamphilus, 207; typhon, 206 Coleenis, genus, 94; delila, 95; julia, 95 Cold, In the Face of the, 224; effects of, on butterflies, 225 Coleridge, S. T., quotation from, 306 Colias, genus, 161, 163, 289; alexandra, 292; ariadne, 201 ; behri, 294; chrysome- las, 291; elis, 290; eriphyle, 291; eury- theme, 290; interior, 292; keewaydin, 291; meadi, 290; nastes, 293; pelidne, 293; philodice, 17, 291; scudderi, 293 collecting apparatus, 26-34 collecting-jars, 28-30 Collections and Collectors, 337 colon, Melitaea, 140 colon, The, 22 golors of eggs of butterflies, 4; of caterpil- ars, columbia, Argynnis, rrr comma, Grapta, 165 Comstock, John Henry, ‘‘A Manual for the Study of Insects," 74 comyntas, Lyczena, 268 373 Index Cook, Eliza, quotation from, 198 Copzeodes, genus, 345; myrtis, 346; pro- cris, 345; wrighti, 346 Coppers, The, 236, 251; American, 254; Bronze, 253; Great, 253 ; Least, 254; Ne- vada, 252; Purplish, 254; Reakirt’s, 254; Ruddy, 255; Snow's, 255 coresia, ietes 180 cornelia, Argynnis, IIo coronis, Argynnis, 117 costal margin of wing, I9 costal vein, 20, 21 couperi, Lyczena, 261 Cowan, Frank, quotations from, 90, 299 Cowper, quotation from, 275 coxa, 17, I Cramer, Peter, 69; ‘‘ Papillons Exotiques,” cremaster, IT creola, Debis, 199 Creole, The, 199 Crescent-spots, The, 150; Pearl, 153 cresphontes, Papilio, 311 creusa, Euchloé, 283 Crimson-patch, The, 159 crocale, Synchloé, 160 Crustacea, 59 erysalus, Thecla, 239 cybele, Argynnis, 106 Cystineura, genus, 177; amymone, 177 cythera, Lemonias, 230 dzedalus, Lycaena, 260 Dagger-wings, The, 179; Many-banded, 180; Ruddy, 180 damaris, Terias, 296 damon, Thecla, 246 Danais chrysippus, 182 “‘darning-needles,’’ 86 daunus, Papilio, 310 Debis, genus, 198; creola, 199; portlandia, 199 delaware, Atrytone, 365 delia, Terias, 298 delila, Colzenis, 95 Dermestes, a museum pest, 53 diana, Argynnis, 103, 127 Dichora, genus, 195 Diclippa, 157 dimorphism, 23 Dione, genus, 96; vanilla, 97 dionysius, Neominois, 213 Dircenna, genus, 89; klugi, 89 disa, Erebia, 209 discal area of wing, 19 discocellular veins, 21 discoidalis, Erebia, 209; Thecla, 246 disippus, Basilarchia, 3, 8, 84, 185 Dismorphia, genus, 273; melite, 274 Distribution of Butterflies, 25 Dog-face Butterflies, 288 ; Californian, 288 ; Southern, 289 Doherty, William, 338 domicella, Hesperia, 327 dorsal vessel, 22 dorus, Plestia, 322 Drake, Joseph Rodman, quotation from, 320 Druce, Herbert, 338 dryas, Grapta, 165 drying-boxes, 42 drying-ovens, 46, 47 dumetorum, Thecla, 249 duryi, Lemonias, 230 Dusky-wings, The, 324, 332; Afranius’, 334; Butler’s, 325; Dark, 333; Dreamy, 333; Funereal; 336; Horace's, 336; Juvenal’s, 335; Lucilius’, 333; Martial’s, 335; Nz- vius’, 336; Northern, 3245 Mrs. Owen's, 325; Pacuvius’, 336; Persius’, 334; Pe- tronius’, 335 ; Sleepy, 332; Southern, 325 Dyar, Harrison G., 1 dymas, Meliteea, 145 eagle, white-headed, 63 editha, Chrysophanus, 253; Meliteea, 142 Edwards, W. H., Author of ‘‘ Butterflies of North ‘America,’ vi, 71; types of butter- flies named by, vi edwardsi, Argynnis, 119 ; Thecla, 243 eggs of butterflies, 3-5; how to secure, 34; preparation and preservation of, 43 egleis, Argynnis, 126 elada, Melitzea, 145 elathea, Terias, 298 electa, Argynnis, III Elfin, Banded, 249; Brown, 247; Hoary, 248 elis, Colias, 290 elko, Coenonympha, 206 Elwes, Henry J., 338 Emerson, Ralph Waldo, quotations from, 197, 319 A Emperor, The Mountain, 190; The Tawny, Igo enoptes, Lyczena, 264 “ Entomologica Americana,” 73, “Entomologist, The Canadian,’ 73 entomology, definition of, 59; in high schools, 257 envelopes for butterflies, 37 Epargyreus, genus, 322; tityrus, 323 epigena, Thorvbes, 325 epipsodea, Erebia, 210 epithore, Brenthis, 135 epixanthe, Chrysophanus, 254 Erebia, genus, 208, 224; callias, 209; disa, 209; discoidalis, 209; epipsodea, 210; ethela, 210; magdalena, 211; mancinus, 209 ; sofia, 210; tyndarus, 210 Eresia, genus, 157; frisia, 157; ianthe, 158 ; punctata, 158; texana, 158; tulcis, 158 Ericaceze, 244 eriphyle, Colias, 291 eros, Basilarchia, 186 Erycininz, subfamily, 228 eryngii, Coenonympha, 205 Erynnis, genus, 346; attalus, 349; leonar- dus, 349; manitoba, 347; metea, 348; morrisoni, 347;. ottoé, 348; sassacus, 348; snowi, 350; sylvanoides, 349; uncas, 349 eryphon, Thecla, 248 ethela, Erebia, 210 Ethiopian Faunal Region, 161 ethlius, Calpodes, 356 eubule, Catopsilia, 286 Euchloé, genus, 282; ausonides, 283; ce- thura, 284; creusa, 283; flora, 282; genu- tia, 4, 284; julia, 283; lanceolata, 285; 374 morrisoni, 284; pima, 284; reakirti, 282 ; rosa, 284 ; sara, 282; stella, 283 Eudamus, genus, 320; proteus, 321 eufala, Lerodea, 356 Eumeeus, genus, 237; atala, 237; minyas, 237 Raven genus, 175; monima,176; tatila, 176 Euphorbiacez, 192 Euphyes, genus, 359; metacomet, 360; verna, 360 Eupleeinz, subfamily, 78, 80; protected in- sects, 84; Indo-Malayan, 161 Euptoieta, genus, 98; claudia, 99; hegesia, 100 eurydice, Meganostoma, 288 eurymedon, Papilio, 308 eurynome, Argynnis, 125 eurytheme, Colias, 290 eurytus, Neonympha, 203 Exchanges, 344 exilis, Lycaena, 269 external angle of wing, 19 external margin of wing, 19 eyes, of caterpillars, 6; of butterflies, 14, 16 fabricii, Grapta, 164 Fabricius, Johann Christian, 69 Fad, The Butterflies’, 186 Families of Butterflies, 64 Family names, 63 Faun, The, 165 Faunal Regions, 16 faunus, Grapta, 165 favonius, Thecla, 240 Fawcett, Edgar, quotation from, 228 felicia, Nathalis, 281 femur, 17, 18 Feniseca, genus, 250; tarquinius, 9, 251 feronia, Ageronia, 194 Field, Eugene, quotation from, 74 field-boxes, 30 flava, Terias, 296 Flint, Charles L., edition of Harris’ Re- port, 71 flora, Chlorippe, 191 ; Euchloé, 282 floridensis, Basilarchia, 186; Papilio, 307 food of caterpillars, to opments, Selection of, by female butter- yi 5 Food-reservoir, 22 forceps, 56 fornax, Ageronia, 194 Fossil Insects, 195 freija, Brenthis, 132 French, Professor G. H., 72 frigga, Brenthis, 133 frisia, Eresia, 157 Fritillary, The Variegated, 99; Mexican, Ioo; Regal, 103; Great Spangled, 106; Miss Owen's, 110; Behr's, 114; Behrens’, 115; Skinner's, 117; Snyder's, 118; Ed- wards’, 119; Cliff-dwelling, 120; Plain, 122; Bischoff's, 124; Silver-bordered, 129; Hiibner’s, 130; White Mountain, 131; Boisduval's, 132; Lapland, 132; Polar, 133; Meadow, 134 front, definition of, 14 fuliginosa, Lyczena, 258 fulla, Lyczena, 259 funeralis, Thanaos, 336 Index gabbi, Meliteea, 144; Satyrus, 216 Galactia, 333 galactinus, Coenonympha, 205, ganglia, 22, 23 garita, Oarisma, 343 Geirocheilus, genus, 211; tritonia, 211 gemma, Neonympha, 202 genoveva, Junonia, 174 genus, definition of, 63 genutia, Euchloé, 284 Gerardia, 173 Geyer, Karl, 70 Gibson, William Hamilton, quotation from, Mee (neis, 220 Glass-wing, The Little, 360 glaucon, Lyczena, 264 glaucus, Papilio, 309 Gnaphalium, 170 Goatweed Butterfly, The, 192; Morrison's, 19 Gednae F. D., 338 gorgon, Chrysophanus, 253 Gossamer-wing, The Sooty, 258 gracilis, Grapta, 166 Grapta, genus, 163; comma, 5, 165; dryas, 165; fabricii, 164; faunus, 165; gracilis, 166 ; harrisi, 165; hylas, 165; interroga- tionis, 164; marsyas, 165; progne, 166; satyrus, 165; silenus, 166; umbrosa, 164 ; zephyrus, 166 greasy specimens, 54 Grossulacez, 167 grunus, Thecla, 238 gundlachia, Terias, 295 Hackberry Butterflies, 188, 189 Hair-streaks, The, 236, 237; Acadian, 242; Banded, 243; Behr’s, 247; Boisduval’s, 238; Bronzed, 244; Colorado, 239 ; Com- mon, 242; Coral, 250; Drury’s, 246; Early, 249; Edwards’, 243; Gray, 245; Great Purple, 239; Green-winged, 249; Green White-spotted, 249; Hedge-row, 244; Henry's, 248; Hewitson’s, 245; Martial, 240; Nelson's, 245; Olive, 246; Southern, 240; Striped, 244; Texas, 241 ; Thicket, 245; White-M, 240; Wittfeld’s, 241 halcyone, Argynnis, 116 halesus, Thecla, 239 Hamadryas, genus, 85 Hannington, Bishop, 172 hanno, Lyczena, 269 Harris, Dr. T. W., 70; ‘‘ Report on the Insects of Massachusetts which are Inju- rious to Vegetation,” 71 harrisi, Grapta, 165; Meliteea, 144 Harvester, The, 251 Haworth, quotation from, 236 haydeni, Coenonympha, 207 hayhursti, Pholisora, 331 head, of butterfly, 14; of caterpillar, 6 heart, 22, 23 hegesia, Euptoieta, too Heine, quotation from, 281 helena, Brenthis, 131 Heliconiinze, subfamily, 78, 91, 162 Heliconius, genus, 92, 162; charitonius, 92 helloides, Chrysophanus, 254 375 Index Hemans, Mrs. Felicia, quotation from, 303 henrici, Thecla, 248 henshawi, Neonympha, 202 hermodur, Parnassius, 306 Hesperia, genus, 326; ceespitalis, 328; cen- taureze, 327; domicella, 327; montivaga, 327; nessus, 329; scriptura, 328; xanthus, 28, 3 : Hesperiide, family, 21, 66, 318; fossil, 196 Hesperiinz, subfamily, 320 hesperis, Argynnis, 112 Heterocera, 62 Heterometabola, 59 heteronea, Lyczena, 259 hianna, Lerema, 366 hibernaculum of Basilarchia, 183 hibernation of caterpillars, 10, 37 hippolyta, Argynnis, 112 Hoary-edge, The, 326 hoffmanni, Meliteea, 143 Holland, Philemon, quotation from trans- lation of Livy, 85 hollandi, Papilio, 314 Hood, Thomas, quotation from, 237 horatius, Thanaos, 336 Hornaday, W. T., vii Hosackia argophylla, 249 howardi, Phycanassa, 363 Hiibner, Jacob, 69; works of, 7° Hugo's ‘‘ Flower to Butterfly,”’ 74 hulsti, Basilarchia, 84, 185 humuli, Thecla, 242 Humulus, 170 huntera, Pyrameis, 170 Hunter's Butterfly, 170 huron, Atalopedes, 352 hylas, Grapta, 165 Hylephila, genus, 354; phylzeus, 354 Hypanartia, genus, 175; lethe, 175 Hypolimnas, genus, 180; misippus, 171, 181 hypophleeas, Chrysophanus, 254 janthe, Eresia, 158 icarioides, Lyczena, 260 icelus, Thanaos, 333 idalia, Argynnis, 103 iduna, C£neis, 220 ilaire, Tachyris, 276 imago, the, 13 Immortality, 57 Indigofera, 335 Indo-Malayan Faunal Region, 161 indra, Papilio, 312 ines, Thecla, 247 inflating larvee, Ingelow, Jean, quotation from, 150, 188 inner margin of wing, 19 inornata, ‘Argynnis, 122; 206 Insect pests, 53 Insecta, 59 Insects, Fossil, 194 Instinct, 280 interior, Colias, 292 interrogationis, Grapta, 164 intestine, 22, 23 iole, Nathalis, 281 irus, Thecla, 248 ismeria, Phyciodes, 152 Coenonympha, isola, Lyczena, 268 isophthalma, Lyczena, 269 isthmia, Mechanitis, 87 Ithomiine, subfamily, 78, 85, 162 itys, Thecla, 243 ivallda, Gneis, 222 Jackson, Helen Hunt (H. H.), quotation from, 318 j-album, Vanessa, 168 janais, Synchlog, 159 Japan, Collecting in, 149 jatrophe, Anartia, 174 jucunda, Terias, 298 julia, Colzenis, 95 ; Euchloé, 283 Juniperus virginiana, 246 Junonia, genus, 172; ccenia, 173; veva, 174; lavinia, 173 jutta, neis, 222 juvenalis, Thanaos, 335 geno- Kansas grasshopper, 257 Karlsbader pins, 56 keewaydin, Colias, 291 Kenia, Mount, 172 Key to Subfamilies of Nymphalidz, 79 Kilima-njaro, 172 Kirby, Beard, & Co.'s pins, 56 klugi, Dircenna, 89 kodiak, Ccenonympha, 207 Kricogonia, genus, 287; lyside, 287; te- rissa, 287 labels, 52 labial palpi. See Palpi labium, of caterpillar, 6; of butterfly, 16 labrum, of caterpillar, 6; of butterfly, 14 lacinia, Synchloé, 159 Lady, "The Painted, 170, 1785 ; The West Coast, 170 lzeta, Thecla, 249 lais, Argynnis, 109 Lamb's-quarter, 330 lanceolata, Euchloé, 285 lappets, 17 Laria, genus of moths, 224; rossi, 224 larva. See Caterpillar laura, Argynnis, 120 Lauraceze, 192 Lavatera assurgentiflora, 171 lavinia, Junonia, 173 Leaf-wings, The, I9r leanira, Melitzea, 146 Leconte, Major John E., 70 legs, of caterpillars, 7; of butterflies, 17 leilia, Chlorippe, 190 Lemonias, genus, 229; cleis, 232; cythera, 230; duryi, 230; mormo, 229; nais, 230; palmeri, 231; virgulti, 230; zela, 231 Lemoniidz, 65, 228 leonardus, Erynnis, 349 Leopard-spots, The, 178 Lepidoptera, 60 ; diurnal, 61 Lerema, genus, 366; accius, 366; carolina, 367; hianna, 366 Lerodea, genus, 356; eufala, 356 Lespedeza, 324 lethe, Hypanartia, 175 leto, 105 libya, Pholisora, 331 376 Libythea, genus, 226; bachmanni, 227; carinenta, 227; labdaca, 195 Libytheinz, subfamily, 78, 196 liliana, Argynnis, 119 limbal area of wing, 19 Limochores, genus, 357; byssus, 358; ma- nataaqua, 357; palatka, 358; pontiac, 358; taumas, 357; yehl, 359 Linnzus, 58, 69 liparops, Thecla, 244 lisa, Terias, 297 Literature relating to North American butterflies, 69 Long-dash, The, 351 lorquini, Basilarchia, 185 lower discocellular vein, 21 lower radial vein, 20, 21 lucia, Lyczena, 267 lucilius, Thanaos, 333 Luther's Saddest Experience, 100 Lyczena, genus, 258; acmon, 266; ammon, 270; amyntula, 268 ; annetta, 266; an- tiacis, 261 ; aquilo, 263; aster, 266; bat- toides, 264; clara, 259; comyntas, 268; couperi, 261; dzaedalus, 260; enoptes, 264; exilis, 269; fuliginosa, 258; fulla, 259; glaucon, 264; hanno, 269; hetero- nea, 259; icarioides, 260; isola, 268; isophthalma, 269; lucia, 267; lycea, 259; lygdamas, 262; marginata, 267; marina, 270; melissa, 265; mintha, 260; neg- lecta, 267; nigra, 267; pheres, 261; piasus, 268; podarce, 263; pseudargio- lus, 4, 267; rustica, 263; szepiolus, 260; Sagittigera, 262; scudderi, 265; shasta, 265; sonorensis, 263; speciosa, 262; theonus, 270; violacea, 267; xerxes, 261 Lyczenide, 66, 161, 236 lycaste, Ceratinia, 88 lycea, Lyczena, 259 lycidas, Achalarus, 325 lygdamas, Lyczena, 262 lyside, Kricogonia, 287 226; fossil, macaria, Argynnis, 121 MacDonald, George, quotation from, 201 macglashani, Melitzea, 140 machaon, Papilio, 312 macouni, CEneis, 221 maculata, Oligoria, 361 magdalena, Erebia, 211 Meiaenies The, 194; The Pearly, 195 Malacopoda, 59 m-album, Thecla, 240 Malpighian vessel, 22, 23 manataaqua, Limochores, 357 mancinus, Erebia, 209 mandan, Pamphila, 342 mandibles of caterpillar, 6 manitoba, Erynnis, 347 Many-banded Dagger-wing, The, 180 marcellus, Papilio, 308 marcia, Phyciodes, 153 mardon, Polites, 354 marginata, Lyczena, 267 marina, Lyczena, 270 mariposa, Chrysophanus, 254 maritima, Satyrus, 215 marsyas, Grapta, 165 Index martialis, Thecla, 240; Thanaos, 335 massasoit, Poanes, 361 Mare of Cay: 6; of butterflies, 14 nard, C. J., 72, 73 ae quotation from, 177 meta Argynnis, 119; Satyrus, 216 ; Colias, 290 Mechanitis, genus, 86; californica, isthmia, 87; polymnia, 88 median area of wing, 19 median nervules, 21 median vein, 20, 2T Meganostoma, genus, 288; czesonia, 289; eurydice, 288 Megathyminze, subfamily, 368 Megathymus, genus, 367; yuccze, 368 melane, Atrytone, 365 melanism, 24 melinus, Thecla, 242 melissa, Lyczena, 265 Meliteea, genus, 137, 161, 163 ; acastus, 143; 87; alma, 147; anicia, 140; arachne, 148; augusta, 141; baroni, 141; beani, 140; bolli, 147; chalcedon, 139; chara, 146; colon, 140; dymas, 145; editha, 142; elada, 145; ‘gabbi, 144; harrisi, 144 ; hoff- manni, 143; leanira, 146; macglashani, 140; minuta, 148; nubigena, 141; nym- pha, 148 ; palla, 143; perse, 146; phaéton, 4, 138; Tubicunda, 142; taylori, 142; thekla, 147; wheeleri, 141 ; wrighti, 147 melite, Dismorphia, 274 menapia, Neophasia, 275 mesothorax, 17, 23 Metabola, 60 metacomet, Euphyes, 360 whitneyi, 143; Metal-marks, The, 228 Metal-marks, The, 230; Behr’s, 230; Dury’s, 230; Dusky, 233; Little, 232; Northern, 232; Palmer's, 231 ; 233 metathorax, 17, 23 metea, Erynnis, 348 mexicana, Terias, 296 micropyle, 4 middle discocellular vein, 21 milberti, Vanessa, 169 mildew, 54 Milkweed Butterfly. See Anosia Mime, The, 274 Mimic The, 181 Mimicry, 24, 235 mintha, Lyczena, 260 minuta, Melitzea, 148 minyas, Eumzus, 237 misippus, Hypolimnas, 171, 181 ‘* Missouri Reports,’’ The, by C. V. Riley, 73 Monarch, The, 82 monima, Eunica, 176 Monkey, story about, tasteful to, 92 monstrosities, 24 montana, Phyciodes, 156 monticola, Argynnis, 114 montinus, Brenthis, 131 montis, Chlorippe, 190 montivaga, Argynnis, 126; Hesperia, 327 monuste, Pieris, 277 Moore, Thomas, quotation from, 58 Southern, 68; butterflies dis- 377 Index Moravian Brethren, 127 mormo, Lemonias, 229 Mormon, The, 229 morpheus, Phyciodes, 154 Morris, Rev. John G., ‘‘ Catalogue of the Described Lepidoptera of North Amer- ica 7L morrisoni, Erynnis, 347; Euchloé, 284; Pyrrhanzea, 193 moths, how to distinguish, from butterflies, 62 mould on spectnens) 54 moulting of caterpillars, 9 mounting butterflies, 38; English method, 39; continental method, 39; on setting- boards, 40; on setting-blocks, 42 Mount Washington, N. H., 220 Mourning-cloak, The, 169 Mulberry-wing, The, 361 Munkittrick, quotation from, 128 muscles of head of butterfly, 15, 16 mylitta, Phyciodes, 155 Myriapoda, 59 myrina, Brenthis, 129 myrtis, Copzeodes, 346 mystic, Thymelicus, 351 nzevius, Thanaos, 336 nais, Lemonias, 230 names, family, 63; generic, 63; specific, 63; scientific, 66; popular, 68; use of, 7 Naphthaline as a preventative of infection, 53 Naphthaline cones, 53 napi, Pieris, 279 nastes, Colias, 293 Nathalis, genus, 281; jole, 281; felicia, 281 nausicad, Argynnis, 108 Nearctic Faunal Region, 161, 163 neglecta, Lyczena, 267 negreta, Ceratinia, 88 nelsoni, Thecla, 245 nemesis, Calephelis, 233 Neominois, genus, 212; dionysius, 213; ridingsi, 213 Neonympha, genus, 201; eurytus, 18, 203; gemma, 202; henshawi, 202; mitchelli, 203; phocion, 202; rubricata, 204; sosy- bius, 204 Neophasia, genus, 274 Neotropical Faunal Region, 161, 162 nephele, Satyrus, 215 nervous system of lepidoptera, 22, 23 nervules, 21 nessus, Hesperia, 329 nets, 26-28; the use of, 31 nevadensis, Argynnis, 118 “News, The Entomological,’’ 73 “New York Entomological Society, Jour- nal of the,’’ 73 Nicholas, Grand Duke, 338 nicippe, Terias, 296 nigra, Lyczena, 267 niphon, Thecla, 249 nitocris, Argynnis, 105 nitra, Papilio, 312 nokomis, Argynnis, 104 Nova Scotian, The, 222 nubigena, Melitzea, 141 number of species of butterflies in the United States, 25 numitor, Ancyloxypha, 345 nycteis, Phyciodes, 151 nympha, Meliteea, 148 Nymphalidz, 65,77; subfamilies of, 78; fossil, 196 Nymphalinz, subfamily, 78, 93; eggs of, 94; Indo-Malayan, 161 Nymphs, The (see Nymphalinz); Eyed, 198 ; Common Grass, 200; Spangled, 20r Oarisma, genus, 343; garita, 3433 powe- sheik, 343 Oberland, Bernese, 172 Oberthiir, M. Charles, 338 occidentalis, Pieris, 278 ochracea, Coenonympha, 206 ocola, Prenes, 355 Gneis, genus, 218, 224; brucei, 223; ca- lais, 221 ; chryxus, 221 ; gigas, 220; iduna, 220; ivallda, 222; jutta, 222; macouni, 221; semidea, 222; taygete, 223; uhleri, 222; varuna, 222 cesophagus, of butterfly, 15, 16, 23; of caterpillar, 22 cetus, Satyrus, 218 oleracea-hiemalis, Pieris, 279 Oligoria, genus, 361; maculata, 361 olympus, Satyrus, 215 opis, Argynnis, 124 Orange-tips, The, 282; Falcate, 284 ; Pima, 284; Reakirt’s, 282 oregonia, Papilio, 314 Ornithoptera, genus, 162, 272; paradisea, 162; victoria, 162 orseis, Phyciodes, 154 osmateria, 9 ottoé, Erynnis, 348 outer angle of wing, I9 oviduct, 23 oweni, Argynnis, 109 Packard, A. S., ‘‘ Guide to the Study of Insects,’’ 74; ‘‘A Text-book of Ento- mology,” 74 packing specimens, 55 pacuvius, Thanaos, 336 Palearctic Faunal Region, 161 palamedes, Papilio, 315 palatka, Limochores, 358 palla, Meliteea, 143 pallida, Pieris, 297 palmeri, Lemonias, 231 palpi, of caterpillars, 6; of butterflies, 16, 2 Panpmle genus, 342; mandan, 342 Pamphilinze, subfamily, 339 pamphiloides, Coenonympha, 207 pamphilus, Coenonympha, 207 papering specimens, 37 Papilio, genus, 161, 162, 272, 306; abbotti, 307 ; ajax, 307; aliaska, 312; antimachus, 162; asterias, 6, 13, 314; bairdi, 313; brevicauda, 313; brucei, 313; calverleyi, 314; cresphontes, 311; daunus, 310; eurymedon, 308; floridensis, 307; glau- cus, 309; hollandi, 314; indra, 312; ma- chaon, 312; marcellus, 308; nitra, 312; oregonia, 314 ; palamedes, 315 ; philenor, 378 6, 12, 315; pilumnus, 310; polydamas, 316; rutulus, 309; telamonides, 308; thoas, 311; troilus, 9, 315; turnus, 3, 23, 309; walshi, 307; zolicaon, 312 “Papilio,” journal devoted to entomology, 73 Papilionidz, 66, 272 Papilioninz, subfamily, 304; fossil, 196 paradisea, Ornithoptera, 162 Parnassians, The, 304 Parnassius, genus, 304; behri, 306; clo- dius, 305 ; hermodur, 306; smintheus, 306 Passiflora, 96 passion-flower, 92, 97, 98, 99 Patched Butterflies, The, 159 paulus, Satyrus, 217 Peacock Butterflies, 172 Peacock, The White, 174 Pearly-eye, The, 199 peckius, Polites, 353 pectus, 17 pegala, Satyrus, 215 pelidne, Colias, 293 Periodical literature of entomology, 73 perse, Melitaea, 146 persius, Thanaos, 334 petronius, Thanaos, 335 phaéton, Melitzea, 138 phaon, Phyciodes, 153 pheres, Lyczena, 261 philea, Catopsilia, 286 philenor, Papilio, 315 philodice, Colias, 291 phocion, Neonympha, 202 Pholisora, genus, 330; alpheus, 331; catul- lus, 330; hayhursti, 331 ; libya, 331 Phycanassa, genus, 362; aaroni, 363 ; how- ardi, 363 ; viator, 362 Phyciodes, genus,150; barnesi, 155; batesi, I54; camillus, 155; ismeria, 152; marcia, 153; montana, 156; morpheus, 154 ; my- litta, 155; nycteis, I51; orseis, 154; phaon, 153; picta, 156; pratensis, 154; tharos, 153; vesta, 152 phylzus, Hylephila, 354 piasus, Lyczena, 268 picta, Phyciodes, 156 Pierinz, subfamily, 272 ; fossil, 196 Pieris, genus, 276; acadica, 280; beckeri, 277; bryoniz, 279; monuste, 277; napi, 279; occidentalis, 278; oleracea, 5, 13, 18 ; oleracea-hiemalis, 279 ; pallida, 279 ; protodice, 12, 278; rapze, 280; sisymbri, 278 ; vernalis, 278; virginiensis, 279 pilumnus, Papilio, 310 pima, Euchloé, 284 pins, 56 Piperaceze, 192 Plantago, 173 platina, Argynnis, 117 Plestia, genus, 322; dorus, 322 lexippus, Anosia, 82 liny, quotation from, 85 Poanes, genus, 361; massasoit, 361 pocahontas, Atrytone, 364 odarce, Lyczena, 263 odostomata, 59 pols, Brenthis, 133 olites, genus, 353; mardon, 354; peckius, 353; sabuleti, 354 Index polydamas, Papilio, 316 polymnia, Mechanitis, 88 polymorphism, 23 pontiac, Limochores, 358 Pope, Alexander, quotation from, 304 Populus, 169 portia, Pyrrhanzea, 193 portlandia, Debis, 199 potato-bug, 257 powesheik, Oarisma, 343 pratensis, Phyciodes, 154 precostal veins of Erycininz, 228 Prenes, genus, 355; ocola, 355 proboscis of butterflies, 14-16, 23 procris, Copzeodes, 345 progne, Grapta, 166 prolegs, of caterpillars, 7; anal, 8 proserpina, Basilarchia, 184 protective mimicry, 25 proterpia, Terias, 295 proteus, Eudamus, 321 prothorax, 17, 23 protodice, Pieris, 278 pseudargiolus, Lyczena, 267 pseudodorippus, Basilarchia, 185 ‘« Psyche,”’ journal devoted to entomology, 73 Ptelea, 311 punctata, Eresia, 158 pupa. See Chrysalis Purple, The Banded, 184 ; The Red-spotted, 183 purpurescens, Argynnis, 114 pylades, Thorybes, 324 Pyrameis, genus, 169; atalanta, 170; car- dui, 170, 171; caryz, 170; huntera, 170; indica, 172 Pyrrhanzea, genus, 191; andria, 9, 192; morrisoni, 193; portia, 193 Pyrrhopyge, genus, 319; araxes, 319 Pyrrhopyginz, subfamily, 319 Queen, The, 84 Queens, The Tropic, 180 Quercus, chrysolepis, 239 Question-sign, The, 164 Race after a Butterfly, 127 Ramsay, Allan, quotation from, 316 rape, Pieris, 280 Reakirt, 87-90 reakirti, Euchloé, 282 rectum, 22, 23 Red Rain, 299 Reds, The Banded, 175 Regions, Faunal, 161 relaxing specimens, 41 Repairing broken specimens, 55 Rhamnus californicus, 309 thodope, Argynnis, 115 Rhopalocera, origin of term, 16; suborder of lepidoptera, 60, 62 Ribes, 252 ridingsi, Neominois, 213 Riley, James Whitcomb, quotation from, 6 27 Riley, Professor C. V., vii, 73, 80, 256 Ringlets, The, 205; Alaskan, 207; Cali- fornian, 205; Elko, 206; Hayden's, 207; 379 Index Ochre, 206; Plain, 206; Ringless, 207; Utah, 207 Robinia pseudacacia, 323 Rogers, quotation from, 294 rosa, Euchloé, 284 Ross, Commander James, 224 Rossetti, Christina, quotation from, 294 rossi, Laria, 224 Rothschild, Hon. Walter, 338 rubicunda, Melitaea, 142 rubidus, Chrysophanus, 255 tubricata, Neonympha, 204 Ruddy Dagger-wing, The, 180 Rumex, 253 rupestris, Argynnis, 120 Russell, quotation from, 339 rustica, Lyczena, 263 rutulus, Papilio, 309 sabuleti, Polites, 354 Sachem, The, 352 seepiolus, Lyczena, 260 seepium, Thecla, 244 sagittigera, Lycaena, 262 samoset, Amblyscirtes, 340 sara, Euchloé, 282 sassacus, Erynnis, 348 sassafras, 315 Satyr, The, 165 Satyrinze, subfamily, 78, 197; fossil, 196 Satyrs, The: Baron's, 216; Boisduval's, 218; Carolinian, 204; Gabb’s, 216 ; Geor- gian, 202; Little Wood-, 203; Mead’s, 216; Mitchell's, 203; Red, 204; Ridings’, 213; Scudder's, 213 Satyrodes, genus, 200; canthus, 200 Satyrus, genus, 214; alope, 215; ariane, 216; baroni, 216; bodpis, 216; charon, 217; gabbi, 216; maritima, 215; meadi, 216; nephele, 215; cetus, 218; olympus, 215; paulus, 217; pegala, 215 ; sthenele, 218; texana, 215 satyrus, Grapta, 165 sauer-kraut, 257 Saxifraga, 306 scales of wings, 18; how to remove, 19; arrangement on wing, 20 scale-insects, injurious to orange-trees, 256 Schaus, William, 160 scriptura, Hesperia, 328 Scudder, Dr. S. H., author of ‘‘ The But- terflies of New England,” vi, vii, 72, 73 Scudderi, Lyczena, 265 ; Colias, 293 Sedum, 306 segments constituting external skeleton of caterpillar, 6 semidea, CEneis, 222 ‘semiramis, Argynnis, 121 setting-blocks, 39 setting-boards, 39 setting-needles, 40 sex, 64 sex-signs, 64 Shakespeare, quotations from, 91, 205, 218, 273 shasta, Lyczena, 265 shellac, 55 Shelley, quotation from, 26 ‘Shingling *’ butterflies when packing for shipment, 55 Sigourney, Mrs., quotation from, 57 silenus, Grapta, 166 Silver-spot, Arizona, 108 ; Bremner's, 113; Columbian, 111; Mead’s, 119; Moun- tain, 108; New Mexican, 107; Nevada, 118; Northwestern, 109; Owen's, 119 simzethis, Thecla, 246 simius, Amblyscirtes, 341 sirius, Chrysophanus, 255 Sisters, The, 187; Californian, 187 sisymbri, Pieris, 278 Sisymbrium, 284 siva, Thecla, 246 size, 271 Skinner, Dr. Henry, 325, 363 Skippers, The, 318; Aaron's, 363; Arctic, 342; Brazilian, 356; Broad-winged, 362; Bronze, 341; Canadian, 347; Carolina, 367; Checkered, 327; Cobweb, 348; Cross-line, 357; Delaware, 365; Dun, 360; Dusted, 366; Erichson’s, 327; Fiery, 354; Golden-banded, 326; Gniz- zled, 327; Hayhurst’s, 331; Hobomok, 364; Howard's, 363; Indian, 348; lowa, 364; Leonard’s, 349; Long-tailed, 321; Morrison's, 347; Ocola, 355; Oregon, 354; Palatka, 358; Peck’s, 353; Pepper- and-salt, 340; Roadside, 340; Sand-hill, 354; Short-tailed, 322; Silver-spotted, 323; Skinner's, 359; Small-checkered, 328; Snow’s, 350; Tawny-edged, 357; Two-banded, 328; Umber, 365; Vol- canic, 351; Woodland, 340; Woven- winged, 341; Wright's, 346; Xanthus, 32 Slosson, Mrs. Annie Trumbull, quotation from, 233 Small Sulphurs, 294; Gundlach’s, 295 smintheus, Parnassius, 306 Smith, Herbert H., 338 : Smith, Sir James Edward, 70 Smith and Abbot, ‘‘ The Natural History of the Rarer Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia,"’ 70 Snout-butterflies, 226, 227; Southern, 227 Snow, Chancellor F. H., 255 snowi, Chrysophanus, 255; Erynnis, 350 snyderi, Argynnis, 118 sofia, Erebia, 210 somnus, Thanaos, 333 sonorensis, Lyczena, 263 Sooty-wing, The, 330; Mohave, 331 sosybius, Neonympha, 204 species, definition of, 62 speciosa, Lyczena, 262 Spenser, Edmund, Quotation from, 226 spermatheca, 23 spicewood, 315 spinetorum, Thecla, 245 spinneret, 6, 22 spinning-vessel, 22 Staudinger, Dr. Otto, 338 stella, Euchloé, 283 steneles, Victorina, 195 sthenele, Satyrus, 218 stomach, 22, 23 Strecker, Herman, 72 strigosa, Anosia, 84 subcostal nervules, 21 subcostal vein, 20, 21 380 subfamily names, 63 submedian vein, 20, 2T subcesophageal ganglion, 22, 23 “‘sugaring,’’ 32 Sulphurs, The, 272, 289; Alexandra, 292; Arctic, 293; Behr’s, 294; Cloudless, 286 ; Common, 291; Gold-and-black, 291; Great, 285; Labrador, 293; Large Orange, 287; Little, 297; Mead’s, 290; Pink- edged, 292; Red-barred, 286; Scudder's, 293; Strecker’s, 290 Superstitions, 90 Suspicious Conduct, 136 Swallowtails, The, 272, 306; Alaskan, 312; Common Eastern, 314; Giant, 311; Newfoundland, 313; Pipe-vine, 315; Spice-bush, 315; Tiger, 309 Swinburne, quotation from, 272 sylvanoides, Erynnis, 349 Synchloé, genus, 159; crocale, 160; janais, 159; lacinia, 159 Systasea, genus, 329; zampa, 329 Tachyris, genus, 275; ilaire, 276 tacita, Thecla, Plate XXIX, Fig. 30 tarquinius, Feniseca, 251 tarsi, 17, 18 tatila, Eunica, 176 taumas, Limochores, 357 taxiles, Atrytone, 365 taygete, Céneis, 223 taylori, Melita, 142 tegule, 17 telamonides, Papilio, 308 Tennyson, quotation from, 213 Terias, genus, 294; damaris, 296; delia, 298 ; elathea, 298; flava, 296; gundlachia, 295 ; jucunda, 298 ; lisa, 297; mexicana, 296; nicippe, 296; proterpia, 295; west- woodi, 297 terissa, Kricogonia, 287 testis, 22 texana, Eresia, 158; Satyrus, 215 textor, Amblyscirtes, 341 Thanaos, genus, 332; afranius, 334; brizo, 332 ; clitus, 336; funeralis, 336; horatius, 336; icelus, 333; juvenalis, 335; lucilius, 333; martialis, 335; nevius, 336; pacu- vius, 336; persius, 334; petronius, 335; somnus, 333 tharos, Phyciodes, 153 Thecla, genus, 237; acadica, 242; acis, 240, 246; adenostomatis, 245; affinis, 249; alcestis, 241 ; arsace, 248 ; augustus, 247; autolycus, 241 ; behri, 247; blenina, 245; calanus, 243; cecrops, 246; chalcis, 244; citima, 239; clytie, 247; crysalus, 239; damon, 246; discoidalis, 246; dume- torum, 249; edwardsi, 243; eryphon, 248; favonius, 240; grunus, 238 ; halesus, 239; henrici, 248; humuli, 242; ines, 247; irus, 248; itys, 243; leeta, 249; liparops, 244; m-album, 240; martialis, 240; meli- nus, 242; nelsoni, 245; niphon, 249; szepium, 244; simzetnis, 246; siva, 246; spinetorum, 245; tacita, Plate XXIX, Fig. 30; titus, 250; wittfeldi, 241 thekla, Melitzea, 147 theonus, Lyczena, 270 Thibet, 172 Index thoas, Papilio, 311 thoé, Chrysophanus, 253 thorax, 7, 14, 17, 22, 23 Thoreau, Quotation from, 93 Thorybes, genus, 324; zemilia, 325 ; bathyl- lus, 325 ; epigena, 325 ; pylades, 324 Thymelicus, genus, 350; ztna, 351; bret- tus, 351; mystic, 351 tibia, 17, 18 tiger, 63 ‘ Timetes, genus, 179; chiron, 180; coresia, 180; petreus, 180 tip for inflating tube, 46 titus, Thecla, 250 tityrus, Epargyreus, 323 Tokyo, 149 Tongue. See Proboscis Tortoise, The Compton, 168 Tortoise-shells, The, 167; the California, 168; Milbert’s, 169 trachez, 15, 22 “Transactions of the American Entomo- logical Society,” 73 transformations, egg to caterpillar, 5; caterpillar to chrysalis, 11; chrysalis to butterfly, 13 triclaris, Brenthis, 130 tritonia, Geirocheilus, 211 trochanter, 17, 18 troilus, Papilio, 315 tulcis, Eresia, 158 turnus, Papilio, 309 Turnitis, 285 Twin-spot, The, 361 tyndarus, Erebia, 210 types of butterflies named by W. H. Ed- wards, vi; used in preparation of this book, vii typhon, Coenonympha, 206 uhleri, neis, 222 Umbbelliferae, 312, 313, 314 umbrosa, Grapta, 164 uncas, Erynnis, 349 Uncle Jotham’s Boarder, 233 United States Department of Agriculture, 49, 7. United States National Museum, 73 upper discocellular vein, 21 upper radial vein, 20, 21 Urtica, 164, 169 urtica, Vanessa, 169 Urticaceze, 164, 165 Utility of Entomology, The, 256 Vanessa, genus, 167; antiopa, 5, 7, 94, 169; californica, 168; j-album, 168; milberti, 169; urticee, 169; vau-album, 168; xan- thomelas; 168 vanillze, Dione, 97 varieties, 64; insular, 64 varuna, CEneis, 222 vau-album, Vanessa, 168 veins of wings, 20, 2T verna, Euphyes, 360 vernalis, Pieris, 278 Vertex, definition of, 14 vesta, Phyciodes, 152 vialis, Amblyscirtes, 340 viator, Phycanassa, 362 381 Index Viceroy, The, 185 victoria, Ornithoptera, 162 Victorina, genus, 194; steneles, 195 violacea, Lycaena, 267 violets, 98, 102 Violet-wings, The, 175; The Dingy, 176 virginiensis, Chrysophanus, 252; Pieris, OE). ; virgulti, Lemonias, 230 vitellius, Atrytone, 364 Wallace, Alfred Russel, 92, 338 walshi, Papilio, 307 Walsingham, Lord, 338 weidemeyeri, Basilarchia, 185 westwoodi, Terias, 297 wheeleri, Melitaea, 141 Whirlabout, The, 351 White Admirals, The, 182 White Peacock, The, 174 Whites, The, 272; Becker's, 277; Cabbage, 280; California, 278; Common, 278; Florida, 276; Great Southern, 277 ; Mus- tard, 279; Pine, 275; Western, 278 whitneyi, Melitaea, 143 Wilcox, Ella Wheeler, quotation from, 186 wings of butterflies, 18, 21 winter quarters of Basilarchia, 183 Wistaria, 322 wittfeldi, Thecla, 241 Wood-nymphs, The, 214; Clouded, 215; Common, 215; Dark, 217; Least, 218; Small, 217; Southern, 215 wrighti, Melitzea, 147; Copzeodes, 346 writers, early, upon butterflies of North America, 69; later, 71 xanthoides, Chrysophanus, 253 xanthomelas, Vanessa, 168 xanthus, Hesperia, 328 xerxes, Lyczena, 261 “Yale Literary Magazine,’ 100 yehl, Limochores, 359 Yellow, The Dwarf, 281; The Fairy, 298 The Mexican, 296; Westwood’s, 297 yuccee, Megathymus, 368 zabulon, Atrytone, 364 zampa, Systasea, 329 Zebra, The. See Charitonius zela, Lemonias, 231 zephyrus, Grapta, 166 zerene, Argynnis, I13 zolicaon, Papilio, 312 5 HH Wit Wh | PTTTTTATTHTTTTTTTTTNTTATVTTNTTATTTT TTT TTT TTT PTET EET EEET NNTTTTTTTT } uf Wi HITT il tH i} i} ih {iti}